2015
 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
ý
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015
OR
o
 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
____________________________________________________________________________
Commission file number 1-815
E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
DELAWARE
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
 
51-0014090
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
974 Centre Road
Wilmington, Delaware 19805
(Address of principal executive offices)
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: 302-774-1000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act
(Each class is registered on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.):
Title of Each Class
__________________________________________________
Common Stock ($.30 par value)
Preferred Stock
(without par value-cumulative)
$4.50 Series
$3.50 Series
No securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
_____________________________________________________
          Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act).    
Yes ý        No  o
         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  o        No ý
         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ý        No  o
         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ý         No  o
         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer  ý
Accelerated filer  o
Non-accelerated filer  o
Smaller reporting company  o
         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes   o   No   ý
         The aggregate market value of voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant (excludes outstanding shares beneficially owned by directors and officers and treasury shares) as of June 30, 2015, was approximately $57.8 billion .
         As of January 29, 2016, 871,681,000 shares (excludes 87,041,000 shares of treasury stock) of the company's common stock, $0.30 par value, were outstanding.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
(Specific pages incorporated are indicated under the applicable Item herein):
 
 
Incorporated
By Reference
In Part No.
The company's Proxy Statement in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 27, 2016.
 
III
 


                                                                

E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Form 10-K
Table of Contents
The terms "DuPont" or the "company" as used herein refer to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company and its consolidated subsidiaries, or to E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, as the context may indicate.
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note on Incorporation by Reference
Information pertaining to certain Items in Part III of this report is incorporated by reference to portions of the company's definitive 2015 Annual Meeting Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days after the end of the year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, pursuant to Regulation 14A (the Proxy).

1


Part I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS

DuPont was founded in 1802 and was incorporated in Delaw are in 1915. Today, DuPont is creating higher growth and higher value by extending the company’s leadership in agriculture and nutrition, strengthening and growing capabilities in advanced materials and leveraging cross-company skills to develop a world-leading bio-based industrial business. Through these strategic priorities, DuPont helps customers find solutions to capitalize on areas of growing global demand — enabling more, safer, nutritious food; creating high-performance, cost-effective and energy efficient materials for a wide range of industries; and increasingly delivering renewably sourced bio-based materials and fuels. Total worldwide employment at December 31, 2015 was about 52,000 people. The company has operations in about 90 countries worldwide and 60 percent of consolidated net sales are made to customers outside the United States of America (U.S.). See Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details on the location of the company's sales and property.

Subsidiaries and affiliates of DuPont conduct manufacturing, seed production or selling activities and some are distributors of products manufactured by the company. As a science and technology based company, DuPont competes on a variety of factors such as product quality and performance or specifications, continuity of supply, price, customer service and breadth of product line, depending on the characteristics of the particular market involved and the product or service provided. Most products are marketed primarily through the company's sales force, although in some regions, more emphasis is placed on sales through distributors. The company utilizes numerous suppliers as well as internal sources to supply a wide range of raw materials, energy, supplies, services and equipment. To ensure availability, the company maintains multiple sources for fuels and many raw materials, including hydrocarbon feedstocks. Large volume purchases are generally procured under competitively priced supply contracts.

DuPont Dow Merger of Equals
On December 11, 2015, DuPont and The Dow Chemical Company (Dow) announced entry into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Merger Agreement), under which the companies will combine in an all-stock merger of equals. The merger transaction is expected to close and become effective (the Effective Time) in the second half of 2016, subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals and approvals by both DuPont and Dow shareholders. The combined company will be named DowDuPont.

DuPont and Dow intend to pursue, subject to the receipt of approval by the board of directors of DowDuPont, the separation of the combined company’s agriculture business, specialty products business and material science business through a series of one or more tax-efficient transactions (collectively, the Business Separations.)

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, each share of common stock, par value $0.30 per share, of DuPont (DuPont Common Stock) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, excluding any shares of DuPont Common Stock that are held in treasury, will be converted into the right to receive 1.2820 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of DowDuPont (DowDuPont Common Stock), for each share of DuPont Common Stock with cash in lieu of any fractional share of DowDuPont. Each share of DuPont Preferred Stock-$4.50 Series and DuPont Preferred Stock-$3.50 Series, in each case issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall remain issued and outstanding and be unaffected by the merger.

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, at the Effective Time, each share of common stock, par value $2.50 per share, of Dow (the Dow Common Stock) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, excluding any shares of Dow Common Stock that are held in treasury, will be converted into the right to receive one share of DowDuPont Common Stock and each share of Cumulative Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, par value $1.00 per share, of Dow (the Dow Preferred) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be automatically canceled and each holder of shares of Dow Preferred will be deemed to hold the same number of shares of preferred stock of DowDuPont on equivalent terms.

See the discussion entitled Dow DuPont Merger of Equals Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, and Part II, Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details and a discussion of some of the risks related to the transaction. Additional information about the Merger Agreement is set forth in the company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 11, 2015.



2


Part I
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS, continued

Spin-off of Performance Chemicals
On July 1, 2015, DuPont completed the separation of its Performance Chemicals segment through the spin-off of all of the issued and outstanding stock of The Chemours Company (Chemours). In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (GAAP), the financial position and results of operations of the Performance Chemicals segment are presented as discontinued operations and, as such, have been excluded from continuing operations and segment results for all periods presented. Additional details related to the separation can be found in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, on page 24 of this report and Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Productivity and Cost Savings Initiatives
On December 11, 2015, DuPont announced a 2016 global cost savings and restructuring plan designed to reduce $730 million in costs in 2016 compared with 2015, which represents a reduction of operating costs on a run-rate basis of about $1.0 billion by end of 2016. As part of the plan, the company committed to take structural actions across all businesses and staff functions globally to operate more efficiently by further consolidating businesses and aligning staff functions more closely with them.  In connection with the restructuring actions, the company recorded a pre-tax charge to earnings of $798 million in the fourth quarter 2015, comprised of $656 million of severance and related benefit costs, $109 million of asset related charges, and $33 million of contract termination costs. Additional details related to this plan can be found in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, on page 23 of this report and Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In June 2014, DuPont announced its global, multi-year initiative to redesign its global organization and operating model to reduce costs and improve productivity and agility across all businesses and functions.  DuPont commenced a restructuring plan to realign and rebalance staff function support, enhance operational efficiency, and to reduce residual costs associated with the separation of its Performance Chemicals segment. As a result, during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, pre-tax (benefits) charges of $(21) million and $541 million, respectively, were recorded. Additional details related to this plan can be found in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, on page 24 of this report and Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Business Segments
The company consists of 10 businesses which are aggregated into 6 reportable segments based on similar economic characteristics, the nature of the products and production processes, end-use markets, channels of distribution and regulatory environment. The company's reportable segments are Agriculture, Electronics & Communications, Industrial Biosciences, Nutrition & Health, Performance Materials and Safety & Protection. The company includes certain businesses not included in the reportable segments, such as pre-commercial programs, nonaligned businesses and pharmaceuticals in Other. Additional information with respect to business segment results is included in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, on page 30 of this report and Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In November 2015, DuPont announced the consolidation of the DuPont Packaging & Industrial Polymers business with the DuPont Performance Polymers business within the Performance Materials segment, as well as the consolidation of the DuPont Protection Technologies business with the DuPont Building Innovations business within the Safety & Protection segment. Both consolidations will be effective on January 1, 2016. The consolidations will create greater efficiency and enhanced capabilities in the two segments where these businesses operate, the Performance Materials segment and the Safety & Protection segment, respectively. These changes will not result in a change in reportable segments.

DuPont Sustainable Solutions, within the company's Safety & Protection segment, is comprised of two business units: clean technologies and consulting solutions. Effective January 1, 2016, the clean technologies business unit will become part of the Industrial Biosciences segment with the focus on working with customers to improve the performance, productivity and sustainability of their products and processes. The company will explore a range of options to maximize the growth of the consulting solutions business unit which effective January 1, 2016 will be reported within Other. Sustainable solutions net sales accounted for about 2 percent of the company's total consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 

3


Part I
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS, continued

Agriculture
Agriculture businesses, DuPont Pioneer (Pioneer) and DuPont Crop Protection (Crop Protection), leverage the company's technology, customer relationships and industry knowledge to improve the quantity, quality and safety of the global food supply and the global production agriculture industry. Land available for worldwide agricultural production is increasingly limited so production growth will need to be achieved principally through improving crop yields and productivity rather than through increases in planted area. The segment's businesses deliver a broad portfolio of products and services that are specifically targeted to achieve gains in crop yields and productivity, including Pioneer ® brand seed products and well-established brands of insecticides, fungicides and herbicides. Research and development focuses on leveraging technology to increase grower productivity and to enhance the value of grains and oilseeds through improved seed traits, superior seed germplasm and effective use of insecticides, herbicides and fungicides. Agriculture accounted for approximately 55 percent of the company's total research and development expense in 2015.

Sales of the company's products in this segment are affected by the seasonality of global agriculture markets and weather patterns. Sales and earnings performance in the Agriculture segment are significantly stronger in the first versus second half of the year reflecting the northern hemisphere planting season. As a result of the seasonal nature of its business, Agriculture's inventory is at its highest level at the end of the calendar year and is sold down in the first and second quarters. Trade receivables in the Agriculture segment are at a low point at year-end and increase through the northern hemisphere selling season to peak at the end of the second quarter.

Pioneer is a world leader in developing, producing and marketing corn hybrids and soybean varieties which improve the productivity and profitability of its customers. Additionally, Pioneer develops, produces and markets canola, sunflower, sorghum, inoculants, wheat and rice. As the world's population grows and the middle class expands, the need for crops for animal feed, food, biofuels and industrial uses continues to increase. The business competes with other seed and plant biotechnology companies. Pioneer seed sales amounted to 27 percent, 27 percent and 28 percent of the company's total consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Pioneer's research and development focuses on integrating high yielding germplasm with value added proprietary and/or licensed native and biotechnology traits with local environment and service expertise. Pioneer uniquely develops integrated products for specific regional application based on local product advancement and testing of the product concepts. Research and development in this arena requires long-term commitment of resources, extensive regulatory efforts and collaborations, partnerships and business arrangements to successfully bring products to market. To protect its investment, the business employs the use of patents covering germplasm and native and biotechnology traits in accordance with country laws. Pioneer holds multiple long-term biotechnology trait licenses from third parties as a normal course of business. The biotechnology traits licensed by Pioneer from third parties are contained in a variety of Pioneer crops, including corn hybrids and soybean varieties. The majority of Pioneer’s corn hybrids and soybean varieties sold to customers contain biotechnology traits licensed from third parties under these long term licenses.
            
Pioneer is actively pursuing the development of innovations for corn hybrids, soybean varieties, canola, sunflower, wheat and rice based on market assessments of the most valuable opportunities. In corn seeds, programs include innovations for drought and nitrogen efficiency and insect protection. In soybean seeds, programs include products with enhanced end-use value and insect protection.

Pioneer has seed production facilities located throughout the world. Seed production is performed directly by the business or contracted with independent growers and conditioners. Pioneer's ability to produce seeds primarily depends upon weather conditions and availability of reliable contract growers.

Pioneer markets and sells seed product primarily under the Pioneer ® brand but also sells and distributes products utilizing additional brand names. Pioneer promotes its products through multiple marketing channels around the world. In the corn and soybean markets of the U.S. Corn Belt, Pioneer ® brand products are sold primarily through a specialized force of independent sales representatives. Outside of North America, Pioneer's products are marketed through a network of subsidiaries, joint ventures and independent producer-distributors.


4


Part I
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS, continued

Crop Protection serves the global production agriculture industry with crop protection products for field crops such as wheat, corn, soybean and rice and specialty crops such as fruit, nut, vine and vegetables. Principle crop protection products are weed control, disease control and insect control offerings for foliar application or as a seed treatment. Crop Protection products are marketed and sold to growers and other end users through a network of wholesale distributors and crop input retailers. Sales for the business' insect control portfolio is led by DuPont TM Rynaxypyr ® insecticide, a product that is used across a broad range of core agricultural crops.

The major commodities, raw materials and supplies for the Agriculture segment include: benzene derivatives, other aromatics and carbamic acid related intermediates, corn and soybean seeds, insect control products, natural gas and seed treatments.

Agriculture net sales outside the U.S. accounted for 50 percent of the segment's total sales in 2015.

Electronics & Communications
Electronics & Communications (E&C) is a leading supplier of differentiated materials and systems for photovoltaics (PV), consumer electronics, displays and advanced printing that enable superior performance and lower total cost of ownership for customers. The segment leverages the company's strong materials and technology base to target attractive growth opportunities in PV materials, circuit and semiconductor fabrication and packaging materials, display materials, packaging graphics, and ink-jet printing. In the growing PV market, E&C continues to be an industry-leading innovator and supplier of metallization pastes and backsheet materials that improve the efficiency and lifetime of solar cells and solar modules. Solar modules, which are made up of solar cells and other materials, are installed to generate power. DuPont is a leading global supplier of materials to the PV industry.

In the consumer electronics markets, E&C materials add value across multiple devices, with growth driven largely by smart phones and tablets. The segment has a portfolio of materials for semiconductor fabrication and packaging, as well as innovative materials for circuit applications, to address critical needs of electronic component and device manufacturers. In packaging graphics, E&C is a leading supplier of flexographic printing systems, including Cyrel ® photopolymer plates and platemaking systems. The segment is investing in new products to strengthen its market leadership position in advanced printing markets. The segment supplies pigmented inks used in digital printing applications for commercial and home office use. In the displays market, E&C has developed solution-process technology, which it licenses, and a growing range of materials for active matrix organic light emitting diode (AMOLED) television displays.

The major commodities, raw materials and supplies for E&C include: acrylic monomers, acetoxystyrene monomer, black and color pigments, styrenic block copolymers, color dyes, copper foil, difluoroethane, diglycolamine, DMAC, hydroxylamine, monomers and polymer resins, oxydianiline, polyester film, polymer films, precious metals and pyromellitic dianhydride.

E&C net sales outside the U.S. accounted for 80 percent of the segment's total sales in 2015.

Industrial Biosciences
Industrial Biosciences is a leader in developing and manufacturing a broad portfolio of bio-based products. The segment's enzymes add value and functionality to processes and products across a broad range of markets such as animal nutrition, detergents, food manufacturing, ethanol production and industrial applications. The result is cost and process benefits, better product performance and improved environmental outcomes. Industrial Biosciences also makes DuPont TM Sorona ® PTT renewably sourced polymer for use in carpet and apparel fibers.
 
The segment includes a joint venture with Tate & Lyle PLC, DuPont Tate & Lyle Bio Products Company, LLC, to produce BioPDO TM 1,3 propanediol using a proprietary fermentation and purification process. BioPDO TM is the key building block for DuPont TM Sorona ® PTT polymer.
The major commodities, raw materials and supplies for the Industrial Biosciences segment include: terephthalic acid, processed grains (including dextrose and glucose), and glycols.
Industrial Biosciences net sales outside the U.S. accounted for 57 percent of the segment's total sales in 2015.


5


Part I
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS, continued

Nutrition & Health
Nutrition & Health offers a wide range of sustainable, bio-based ingredients and advanced molecular diagnostic solutions, providing innovative solutions for specialty food ingredients, food nutrition, health and safety. The segment's product solutions include the wide-range of DuPont Danisco ® food ingredients such as cultures and probiotics, notably Howaru ® , emulsifiers, texturants, natural sweeteners such as Xivia ® and Supro ® soy-based food ingredients. These ingredients hold leading market positions based on industry leading innovation, knowledge and experience, relevant product portfolios and close-partnering with the world's food manufacturers. Nutrition & Health serves various end markets within the food industry including dairy, bakery, meat and beverage segments. Nutrition & Health has research, production and distribution operations around the world.
  
Nutrition & Health products are marketed and sold under a variety of brand names and are distributed primarily through its direct route to market. The direct route to market focuses on strong customer collaborations and insights with multinational customers and regional customers alike.

The major commodities, raw materials and supplies for the Nutrition & Health segment include: cellulose, gelatin, glycerol, guar, organic oils, peels, saccharides, seaweed, soybeans, sugars and yeasts.

Nutrition & Health net sales outside the U.S. accounted for 66 percent of the segment's total sales in 2015.

Performance Materials
DuPont Performance Materials (Performance Materials) includes DuPont Performance Polymers (Performance Polymers) and DuPont Packaging & Industrial Polymers (Packaging & Industrial Polymers) and provides its customers with innovative polymer science solutions and expert application development assistance to enhance the performance, reduce the total system cost and optimize the sustainability of their products. Solutions include productive, higher performance polymers, elastomers, films, parts, and systems and solutions which improve the uniqueness, functionality and profitability of its customers' offerings. Key market segments include automotive and transportation, packaging for food and beverages, electrical/electronic components, material handling, healthcare, construction, semiconductor and aerospace. The segment has several large customers, primarily in the motor vehicle OEM industry supply chain. The company has long-standing relationships with these customers and they are considered to be important to the segment's operating results.

Performance Materials product portfolio includes elastomers and thermoplastic and thermoset engineering polymers which are used by customers to fabricate components for mechanical, chemical and electrical systems. The main products include: DuPont TM Zytel ® long chain polymers, Zytel ® HTN nylon resins, Zytel ® nylon resins, Crastin ® PBT polymer resins, Rynite ® polymer resins, Delrin ® acetal resins, Hytrel ® polyester thermoplastic elastomer resins, Vespel ® parts and shapes, Vamac ® ethylene acrylic elastomer and Kalrez ® perfluoroelastomer.

Performance Materials also specializes in resins and films used in packaging and industrial polymer applications, sealants and adhesives and sporting goods. Key brands include: DuPont TM Surlyn ® ionomer resins, Bynel ® coextrudable adhesive resins, Elvax ® EVA resins, Nucrel ® Elvaloy ® polymer modifiers and Elvaloy ® copolymer resins. Performance Materials product portfolio also includes the DuPont Teijin Films joint venture, whose primary products are Mylar ® and Melinex ® polyester films.

In November 2013, DuPont entered into a definitive agreement to sell Glass Laminating Solutions/Vinyls (GLS/Vinyls), a part of Packaging & Industrial Polymers, to Kuraray Co. Ltd. In June 2014, the sale was completed which resulted in a pre-tax gain of $391 million ($273 million net of tax). The gain was recorded in other income, net in the company's Consolidated Income Statements for the year ended December 31, 2014. GLS/Vinyls specializes in interlayers for laminated safety glass and its key brands include SentryGlas ® and Butacite ® laminate interlayers.

The major commodities, raw materials and supplies for the Performance Materials segment include: acetic acid, acrylic monomers, adipic acid, butanediol, dimethyl terephthalate, dodecanedioic acid, ethane, fiberglass, hexamethylene diamine, methanol, methacrylic acid, methylacrylate, natural gas, paraxylene, perfluoromethylvinyl ether, polytetramethylene glycol, polyethylene, polyolefin resin,purified terephthalic acid, and vinyl acetate monomer.

Performance Materials net sales outside the U.S. accounted for 69 percent of the segment's total sales in 2015.


6


Part I
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS, continued

Safety & Protection
Safety & Protection businesses, DuPont Protection Technologies (Protection Technologies), DuPont Building Innovations (Building Innovations) and DuPont Sustainable Solutions (Sustainable Solutions), satisfy the growing global needs of businesses, governments and consumers for solutions that make life safer, healthier and more secure. By uniting market-driven science with the strength of highly regarded brands, the segment delivers products and services to a large number of markets, including construction, transportation, communications, industrial chemicals, oil and gas, electric utilities, automotive, manufacturing, defense, homeland security and safety consulting.

Protection Technologies is focused on scientifically engineered products and systems to protect people and the environment. With highly recognized brands like DuPont Kevlar ® high strength material, Nomex ® thermal resistant material and Tyvek ® protective material, the business has a broad portfolio with strong positions in many diverse global markets which include: aerospace, life protection, automotive, energy, personal protection, medical, graphics, packaging and other industrial markets.

Building Innovations is committed to the science behind increasing the performance of building systems, helping reduce operating costs and creating more sustainable structures. The business is a market leader of solid surfaces through its DuPont TM Corian ® and Montelli ® lines of products which offer durable and versatile materials for residential and commercial purposes. DuPont™ Tyvek ® offers industry leading solutions for the protection and energy efficiency of buildings and the business also offers Geotextiles for Professional Landscaping applications.

Sustainable Solutions continues to help organizations worldwide reduce workplace injuries and fatalities while improving operating costs, productivity and quality. Sustainable Solutions is a leader in the safety consulting field, selling training products, as well as consulting services. Additionally, Sustainable Solutions is dedicated to clean air, clean fuel and clean water with offerings that help reduce sulfur and other emissions, formulate cleaner fuels, or dispose of liquid waste. Its goal is to help maintain business continuity and environmental compliance for companies in the refining and petrochemical industries, as well as for government entities. In addition, the business is a leading global provider of process technology, proprietary specialty equipment and technical services to the sulfuric acid industry.

The major commodities, raw materials and supplies for the Safety & Protection segment include: alumina trihydrate, benzene, high density polyethylene, isophthaloyl chloride, metaphenylenediamine, methyl methacrylate, paraphenylenediamine, polyester resin, terephthaloyl chloride and quartz.

Safety & Protection net sales outside the U.S. accounted for 59 percent of the segment's total sales in 2015.

Backlog
In general, the company does not manufacture its products against a backlog of orders and does not consider backlog to be a significant indicator of the level of future sales activity. Production and inventory levels are based on the level of incoming orders as well as projections of future demand. Therefore, the company believes that backlog information is not material to understanding its overall business and should not be considered a reliable indicator of the company's ability to achieve any particular level of revenue or financial performance.

Intellectual Property
As a science and technology based company, DuPont believes that securing intellectual property is an important part of protecting its research. Some DuPont businesses operate in environments in which the availability and protection of intellectual property rights affect competition. (Information on the importance of intellectual property rights to Pioneer is included in Item 1 Agriculture business discussion beginning on page 4 of this report.)

Trade secrets are an important element of the company's intellectual property. Many of the processes used to make DuPont products are kept as trade secrets which, from time to time, may be licensed to third parties. DuPont vigilantly protects all of its intellectual property including its trade secrets. When the company discovers that its trade secrets have been unlawfully taken, it reports the matter to governmental authorities for investigation and potential criminal action, as appropriate. In addition, the company takes measures to mitigate any potential impact , which may include civil actions seeking redress, restitution and/or damages based on loss to the company and/or unjust enrichment.


7


Part I
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS, continued

Patents & Trademarks: DuPont continually applies for and obtains U.S. and foreign patents and has access to a large patent portfolio, both owned and licensed. DuPont’s rights under these patents and licenses, as well as the products made and sold under them, are important to the company in the aggregate. The protection afforded by these patents varies based on country, scope of individual patent coverage, as well as the availability of legal remedies in each country. This significant patent estate may be leveraged to align with the company’s strategic priorities within and across segments. At December 31, 2015, the company owned over 21,300 patents with various expiration dates over the next 20 years. In addition to its owned patents, the company owns over 12,400 patent applications.

The company owns or licenses many trademarks that have significant recognition at the consumer retail level and/or business to business level. Ownership rights in trademarks do not expire if the trademarks are continued in use and properly protected.

Research and Development
DuPont conducts research and development (R&D) programs across multiple fields including agriculture, biology, chemistry, engineering, and materials science in support of the company's strategic priorities of Agriculture & Nutrition, Bio-based Industrials, and Advanced Materials. DuPont accelerates market introductions and increases the impact of its offerings through collaboration with partners in the commercial sector (customers and value chain partners) and by working with governments, academia, and local communities around the world. DuPont’s R&D objectives are to leverage the company's unique world-class science and technology capabilities with its deep understanding of markets and value chains to drive revenue and profit growth for the company thereby delivering sustainable returns to our shareholders. DuPont's R&D investment is focused on delivering value to its customers while extending its leadership across the high-value, science-driven segments of the agriculture and food value chains, strengthening its lead as provider of differentiated, high-value advanced industrial materials, and building transformational new bio-based industrial businesses. Each business in the company undertakes R&D activities to support its objectives. In addition, the company directs R&D to support science-intensive new growth opportunities additive to the existing business portfolios. The R&D portfolio is managed by senior business and R&D leaders to ensure consistency with the corporate and business strategies and to capitalize on the application of emerging science. Additional information with respect to R&D related to Agriculture is included on page 4.

The company continues to protect its R&D investment through its intellectual property strategy. See discussion under "Intellectual Property".

Additional information with respect to R&D, including the amount incurred during each of the last three fiscal years, is included in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, on page 26 of this report.

Environmental Matters
Information related to environmental matters is included in several areas of this report: (1) Environmental Proceedings beginning on page 18, (2) Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations beginning on pages 41, 46-48 and (3) Notes 1 and 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Available Information
The company is subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Consequently, the company is required to file reports and information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), including reports on the following forms: annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

The public may read and copy any materials the company files with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

The company's annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports are also accessible on the company's website at http://www.dupont.com by clicking on the section labeled "Investors", then on "Filings & Reports" and then on "SEC Filings." These reports are made available, without charge, as soon as is reasonably practicable after the company files or furnishes them electronically with the SEC.


8


Part I
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS, continued

Executive Officers of the Registrant
Information related to the company's Executive Officers is included in Item 10, Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance, beginning on page 51 of this report.

9


Part I
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

Risks relating to the Mergers
As described in Item 1, Part 1 Business, on December 11, 2015, DuPont and The Dow Chemical Company (Dow) agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, to effect a strategic combination of their respective businesses by: (i) forming Diamond-Orion HoldCo, Inc., a corporation, organized under the laws of the State of Delaware and jointly owned by DuPont and Dow (HoldCo), (ii) Dow merging with a newly formed, wholly owned direct subsidiary of HoldCo, with Dow surviving such merger as a direct wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo (the Dow Merger), and (iii) DuPont merging with a newly formed, wholly owned direct subsidiary of HoldCo, with DuPont surviving such merger as a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of HoldCo (the DuPont Merger and, together with the Dow Merger, the Mergers). Following the consummation of the Mergers, DuPont and Dow intend to pursue, subject to the receipt of approval by the board of directors of HoldCo, the separation of the combined company’s agriculture business, specialty products business and material science business through a series of one or more tax-efficient transactions (collectively, the Business Separations).

The risk factors below should be read in conjunction with the risk factors related to the company’s operations set forth below and other information contained in this report. HoldCo will file a registration statement on Form S-4 with the SEC that will include a joint proxy statement/prospectus relating to the Mergers. DuPont urges you to read the registration statement on Form S-4 once it becomes available because it will contain important information about the Mergers, including relevant risk factors.

The consummation of the Mergers is contingent upon the satisfaction of a number of conditions, including stockholder and regulatory approvals, that are outside of DuPont’s and/or Dow’s control and that DuPont and/or Dow may be unable to obtain. The process to obtain regulatory approvals could prevent, or substantially delay, the consummation of the Mergers and DuPont cannot predict if regulators will impose additional conditions on HoldCo that may have an adverse effect on the combined company’s business or results of operations. As a result, one or more conditions to closing of the Mergers may not be satisfied and the Mergers may not be completed.
The ability to consummate the Mergers is subject to risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks that the conditions to the Mergers are not satisfied, or if possible, waived including, among others (i) the adoption of the Merger Agreement by the stockholders of the common stock of each of DuPont and Dow; (ii) the receipt of certain domestic and foreign approvals under competition laws; (iii) DuPont and Dow reasonably determining that the DuPont Merger and the Dow Merger do not constitute an acquisition of a 50% or greater interest in DuPont and Dow, respectively, under the principles of Section 355(e) of the Internal Revenue Code; and (iv) the absence of governmental restraints or prohibitions preventing the consummation of either of the Mergers. The obligation of each of DuPont and Dow to consummate the Mergers is also conditioned on, among other things, the receipt of a tax opinion from the tax counsel as to the tax-free nature of each of the Mergers. DuPont cannot provide any assurance that the Mergers will be completed or that there will not be a delay in the completion of the Mergers. Additionally, if the Merger Agreement is terminated, DuPont may incur substantial fees in connection with the termination of the transaction and DuPont will not recognize the anticipated benefits of the Mergers. Regulatory authorities may refuse to permit the Mergers or may impose restrictions or conditions on the Mergers that may harm the combined company if the Mergers are completed. Failure to consummate the Mergers substantially as contemplated in the Merger Agreement on or before March 15, 2017 or if certain antitrust-related conditions to the closing have not been satisfied and the parties therefore elect to extend, June 15, 2017, could have a material adverse effect on the company’s stock price and results of operations.


10


Part I
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS, continued

There can be no assurance that the expected benefits of the Mergers, including the Business Separations, will occur or be fully or timely realized.
The success of the Mergers will depend, in part, on the combined company’s ability to successfully combine the businesses of DuPont and Dow. If the combined company is not able to successfully combine the businesses of DuPont and Dow in an efficient and effective manner, including if the intended Business Separations are delayed or ultimately not consummated, the anticipated benefits, synergies operational efficiencies and cost savings may not be realized fully or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected, and the value of common stock, the revenues, levels of expenses and results of operations of the combined company may be adversely affected.

The combination of two independent businesses is a complex, costly and time consuming process, and the management of the combined company may face significant challenges in implementing such integration, including, without limitation:

the diversion of management’s attention from ongoing business concerns and performance shortfalls at one or both of the companies as a result of the devotion of management’s attention to the Mergers;
ongoing diversion of the attention of management from the operation of the combined company’s business as a result of the intended business separations;
difficulties in achieving anticipated cost savings, synergies, business opportunities and growth prospects;
challenges of managing a larger combined company addressing differences in business culture and retaining key personnel;
the possibility of faulty assumptions underlying expectations regarding the integration process, including with respect to the intended Business Separations;
unanticipated issues in integrating information technology, communications programs, financial procedures and operations, and other systems, procedures and policies;
unanticipated changes in applicable laws and regulations;
managing tax costs or inefficiencies associated with integrating the operations of the combined company and the intended Business Separations;
coordinating geographically separate organizations; and
unforeseen expenses or delays associated with the Mergers.

Some of these factors will be outside of the control of management and any one of them could result in increased costs and diversion of management’s time and energy, as well as decreases in the amount of expected revenues which could materially impact the company’s business, financial conditions and results of operations. Difficulties in the integration process and other disruptions resulting from the Mergers, could adversely affect the combined company’s relationships with employees, suppliers, customers, distributors, licensors, and other stakeholders and could harm the reputations of DuPont, Dow and the combined company.

If the combined company is not able to adequately address integration challenges, the combined company may be unable to integrate successfully DuPont’s and Dow’s operations, effect the intended business separations or to realize the anticipated benefits of the transactions. In addition, the actual integration may result in additional and unforeseen expenses, and the anticipated benefits of the integration plan may not be realized. Actual growth and cost savings, if achieved, may be lower and may take longer to achieve than anticipated.

DuPont will be subject to business uncertainties and contractual restrictions until the Mergers are consummated.
Uncertainty about the effect of the Mergers on employees, suppliers, customers, distributors, licensors and licensees as well as regulatory permits, licenses, contracts and other agreements, particularly for which  the Mergers could be deemed a “change-in-control” under the applicable  terms and conditions may have an adverse effect on DuPont, Dow and consequently on the combined company. Changes to existing business relationships, including termination or modification, could negatively affect each of DuPont’s and/or Dow's revenues, earnings and cash flow, as well as the market price of its common stock. These uncertainties may impair each party’s ability to attract, retain and motivate key personnel until the consummation of the Mergers, and could cause suppliers, customers and others that deal with the parties to seek to change existing business relationships with them. Retention of employees could be challenging during the pendency of the Mergers due to uncertainty about their future roles. If key employees depart because of issues related to the uncertainty and difficulty of integration or a desire not to remain with the businesses, the combined company’s business following the consummation of the Mergers could be negatively impacted. Further, no assurance can be given that the combined company will be able to attract or retain key management personnel and other key employees of DuPont and Dow to the same extent that DuPont and Dow have previously been able to attract or retain their employees.


11


Part I
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS, continued

In addition, the Merger Agreement restricts each of DuPont and Dow, without the consent of the other party, from making certain acquisitions and divestitures, entering into certain contracts, incurring certain indebtedness and expenditures, paying dividends in excess of certain thresholds, repurchasing or issuing securities outside of existing share repurchase and equity award programs, and taking other specified actions until the earlier of the completion of the mergers or the termination of the merger agreement. These restrictions may prevent or delay pursuit of strategic corporate or business opportunities that may arise prior to the consummation of the Mergers. Adverse effects arising during the pendency of the Mergers could be exacerbated by any delays in consummation of the Mergers or termination of the Merger Agreement.

DuPont expects to incur substantial transaction-related costs in the connection with the Mergers.
DuPont expects to incur significant costs, expenses and fees for professional services and other transaction costs in connection with the transaction. The substantial majority of these costs will be non-recurring expenses relating to the Mergers and the intended Business Separations, including costs relating to integration and separation planning. These costs could adversely affect the financial condition and results of operation of DuPont prior to the Mergers and of the combined company following the Mergers.
Risks Related to the Company’s Operations
The company's operations could be affected by various risks, many of which are beyond its control. Based on current information, the company believes that the following identifies the most significant risk factors that could affect its businesses. Past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods.

The company’s operations outside the United States are subject to risks and restrictions, which could negatively affect our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
The company’s operations outside the United States are subject to risks and restrictions, including fluctuations in currency values and foreign-currency exchange rates; exchange control regulations; changes in local political or economic conditions; import and trade restrictions; import or export licensing requirements and trade policy and other potentially detrimental domestic and foreign governmental practices or policies affecting U.S. companies doing business abroad. Although DuPont has operations throughout the world, sales outside the U.S. in 2015 were principally to customers in Eurozone countries, China, Brazil, and Japan. Further, the company’s largest currency exposures are the European Euro, Brazilian Real, the Chinese Yuan, and the Japanese Yen. Market uncertainty or an economic downturn in these geographic areas could reduce demand for the company’s products and result in decreased sales volume, which could have a negative impact on DuPont’s results of operations. In addition, changes in exchange rates may affect the company’s results from operations, financial condition and cash flows in future periods. The company actively manages currency exposures that are associated with net monetary asset positions, committed currency purchases and sales, foreign currency-denominated revenues and other assets and liabilities created in the normal course of business.

Volatility in energy and raw materials costs could have a significant impact on the company's sales and earnings.
The company's manufacturing processes consume significant amounts of energy and raw materials, the costs of which are subject to worldwide supply and demand as well as other factors beyond the control of the company. Significant variations in the cost of energy, which primarily reflect market prices for oil, natural gas, and raw materials affect the company's operating results from period to period. Legislation to address climate change by reducing greenhouse gas emissions and establishing a price on carbon could create increases in energy costs and price volatility.

When possible, the company purchases raw materials through negotiated long-term contracts to minimize the impact of price fluctuations. Additionally, the company enters into over-the-counter and exchange traded derivative commodity instruments to hedge its exposure to price fluctuations on certain raw material purchases. The company takes actions to offset the effects of higher energy and raw material costs through selling price increases, productivity improvements and cost reduction programs. Success in offsetting higher raw material costs with price increases is largely influenced by competitive and economic conditions and could vary significantly depending on the market served. If the company is not able to fully offset the effects of higher energy and raw material costs, it could have a significant impact on the company's financial results.


12


Part I
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS, continued

The company's results of operations and financial condition could be seriously impacted by business disruptions and security breaches, including cybersecurity incidents.
Business and/or supply chain disruptions, plant and/or power outages and information technology system and/or network disruptions, regardless of cause including acts of sabotage, employee error or other actions, geo-political activity, weather events and natural disasters could seriously harm the company's operations as well as the operations of its customers and suppliers. Failure to effectively prevent, detect and recover from security breaches, including attacks on information technology and infrastructure by hackers; viruses; breaches due to employee error or actions; or other disruptions could result in misuse of the company's assets, business disruptions, loss of property including trade secrets and confidential business information, legal claims or proceedings, reporting errors, processing inefficiencies, negative media attention, loss of sales and interference with regulatory compliance. Like most major corporations, the company is the target of industrial espionage, including cyber-attacks, from time to time. The company has determined that these attacks have resulted, and could result in the future, in unauthorized parties gaining access to at least certain confidential business information. However, to date, the company has not experienced any material financial impact, changes in the competitive environment or business operations that it attributes to these attacks. Although management does not believe that the company has experienced any material losses to date related to security breaches, including cybersecurity incidents, there can be no assurance that it will not suffer such losses in the future. The company actively manages the risks within its control that could lead to business disruptions and security breaches. As these threats continue to evolve, particularly around cybersecurity, the company may be required to expend significant resources to enhance its control environment, processes, practices and other protective measures. Despite these efforts, such events could have a material adverse effect on the company's business, financial condition or results of operations.

Unpredictable seasonal and weather factors could impact sales and earnings from the company’s Agriculture segment.
The agriculture industry is subject to seasonal and weather factors, which can vary unpredictably from period to period. Weather factors can affect the presence of disease and pests on a regional basis and, accordingly, can positively or adversely affect the demand for crop protection products, including the mix of products used. The weather also can affect the quality, volume and cost of seeds produced for sale as well as demand and product mix. Seed yields can be higher or lower than planned, which could lead to higher inventory and related-write-offs and affect ability to supply.

Inability to discover, develop and protect new technologies and enforce the company's intellectual property rights could adversely affect the company's financial results.
The company competes with major global companies that have strong intellectual property estates, including intellectual property rights supporting the use of biotechnology to enhance products, particularly agricultural and bio-based products. Speed in discovering, developing and protecting new technologies and bringing related products to market is a significant competitive advantage. Failure to predict and respond effectively to this competition could cause the company's existing or candidate products to become less competitive, adversely affecting sales. Competitors are increasingly challenging intellectual property positions and the outcomes can be highly uncertain. If challenges are resolved adversely, it could negatively impact the company's ability to obtain licenses on competitive terms, commercialize new products and generate sales from existing products.

Intellectual property rights, including patents, plant variety protection, trade secrets, confidential information, trademarks, tradenames and other forms of trade dress, are important to the company's business. The company endeavors to protect its intellectual property rights in jurisdictions in which its products are produced or used and in jurisdictions into which its products are imported. However, the company may be unable to obtain protection for its intellectual property in key jurisdictions. Further, changes in government policies and regulations, including changes made in reaction to pressure from non-governmental organizations, could impact the extent of intellectual property protection afforded by such jurisdictions.

The company has designed and implemented internal controls to restrict access to and distribution of its intellectual property. Despite these precautions, the company's intellectual property is vulnerable to unauthorized access through employee error or actions, theft and cybersecurity incidents, and other security breaches. When unauthorized access and use or counterfeit products are discovered, the company reports such situations to governmental authorities for investigation, as appropriate, and takes measures to mitigate any potential impact. Protecting intellectual property related to biotechnology is particularly challenging because theft is difficult to detect and biotechnology can be self-replicating. Accordingly, the impact of such theft can be significant. See Part I, Item 1 for additional details on the company's intellectual property.


13


Part I
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS, continued

Market acceptance, government policies, rules, regulations and competition could affect the company's ability in certain markets to generate and sustain sales or affect profitability from products based on biotechnology.
The company is using biotechnology to create and improve products, particularly in its Agriculture and Industrial Biosciences segments. The company is also using biotechnology in the development of certain products and pre-commercial programs in Other. These products enable cost and process benefits, better product performance and functionality, and improve environmental outcomes in a broad range of products, technologies and processes such as seeds, enzymes, animal nutrition, detergents, food ingredients, ethanol production and industrial applications. The company's ability to generate and sustain sales from such products could be impacted by market acceptance, including perception of benefits and costs relative to products based on conventional technologies, as well as governmental policies, laws and regulations that affect the development, manufacture and commercialization of products, particularly the testing and planting of seeds containing biotechnology traits and the import of grains, food and food ingredients and other products derived from those seeds.

In order to maintain its right to produce or sell existing products or to commercialize new products containing biotechnology traits, particularly seed products, the company must be able to demonstrate its ability to satisfy the requirements of regulatory agencies. Sales into and use of seeds with biotechnology traits in jurisdictions where cultivation has been approved could be affected if key import markets have not approved the import of grains, food and food ingredients and other products derived from those seeds. If import of grains, food and food ingredients and other products derived from those seeds containing such biotechnology traits occurs in these markets, it could lead to disruption in trade and potential liability for the company.

In addition, the company’s regulatory compliance could be affected by the detection of low level presence of biotechnology traits in conventional seed or products produced from such seed. Furthermore, the detection of biotechnology traits not approved in the country of cultivation may affect the company’s ability to supply product and could affect exports of products produced from such seeds and even result in crop destruction or product recalls.

DuPont’s ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval for some of its products in the Agriculture segment could limit sales or affect profitability in certain markets.
In most jurisdictions, the company must test the safety, efficacy and environmental impact of its Agricultural products to satisfy regulatory requirements and obtain the necessary approvals. In certain jurisdictions the company must periodically renew its approvals which may require it to demonstrate compliance with then-current standards. The regulatory environment is lengthy, complex and in some markets unpredictable, with requirements that can vary by product, technology, industry and country. The regulatory environment may be impacted by the activities of non-governmental organizations and special interest groups and stakeholder reaction to actual or perceived impacts of new technology, products or processes on safety, health and the environment. Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals requires submitting a significant amount of information and data, which may require participation from technology providers. Regulatory standards and trial procedures are continuously changing. The pace of change together with the lack of regulatory harmony could result in unintended noncompliance.

Responding to these changes and meeting existing and new requirements may involve significant costs or capital expenditures or require changes in business practice that could result in reduced profitability.  The failure to receive necessary permits or approvals could have near- and long-term effects on the company’s ability to produce and sell some current and future products.

The company might not realize all of the expected benefits from cost and productivity initiatives to the extent and as anticipated.
In connection with its ongoing review of costs, working capital performance and capital spending, in December 2015, the company announced a global cost savings and restructuring plan designed to reduce costs in 2016 by $730 million as compared with 2015. Also in connection with this review, the company has elected to defer certain projects including the design, testing and deployment of a multi-year, phased implementation of an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system to integrate, simplify and standardize processes and systems for information technology, sourcing and finance functions. The company has no current intention to abandon the ERP implementation. However, depending on the length of the deferment and future implementation plans, the company’s current investment could become impaired and significant additional investment could be required. Failure to effectively implement cost and productivity initiatives, including the 2016 global cost savings and restructuring plan as planned could adversely affect the company’s financial results.



14


Part I
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS, continued

Failure to effectively manage acquisitions, divestitures, alliances and other portfolio actions could adversely impact our future results.
From time to time, the company evaluates acquisition candidates that may strategically fit its business and/or growth objectives. If the company is unable to successfully integrate and develop acquired businesses, the company could fail to achieve anticipated synergies and cost savings, including any expected increases in revenues and operating results, which could have a material adverse effect on the company’s financial results. The company continually reviews its portfolio of assets for contributions to the company’s objectives and alignment with its growth strategy. However, the company may not be successful in separating underperforming or non-strategic assets and gains or losses on the divestiture of, or lost operating income from, such assets may affect the company’s earnings. Moreover, the company might incur asset impairment charges related to acquisitions or divestitures that reduce its earnings.

The company's business, including its results of operations and reputation, could be adversely affected by process safety and product stewardship issues.
Failure to appropriately manage safety, human health, product liability and environmental risks associated with the company's products, product life cycles and production processes could adversely impact employees, communities, stakeholders, the environment, the company's reputation and its results of operations. Public perception of the risks associated with the company's products and production processes could impact product acceptance and influence the regulatory environment in which the company operates. While the company has procedures and controls to manage process safety risks, issues could be created by events outside of its control including natural disasters, severe weather events, acts of sabotage and substandard performance by the company's external partners.

As a result of the company's current and past operations, including operations related to divested businesses, the company could incur significant environmental liabilities.
The company is subject to various laws and regulations around the world governing the environment, including the discharge of pollutants and the management and disposal of hazardous substances. As a result of its operations, including its past operations and operations of divested businesses, the company could incur substantial costs, including remediation and restoration costs. The costs of complying with complex environmental laws and regulations, as well as internal voluntary programs, are significant and will continue to be so for the foreseeable future. The ultimate costs under environmental laws and the timing of these costs are difficult to predict. The company's accruals for such costs and liabilities may not be adequate because the estimates on which the accruals are based depend on a number of factors including the nature of the matter, the complexity of the site, site geology, the nature and extent of contamination, the type of remedy, the outcome of discussions with regulatory agencies and other Potentially Responsible Parties (PRPs) at multi-party sites and the number and financial viability of other PRPs.

At December 31, 2015, the company had recognized a liability of $492 million related to the matters. Since considerable uncertainty exists, under adverse changes in circumstances, the potential liability may range up to $1.0 billion above the amount accrued at December 31, 2015. As described in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, DuPont and Chemours entered a Separation Agreement in connection with the spin-off of Chemours on July 1, 2015. Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, the company is indemnified by Chemours for certain environmental matters that have an estimated liability of $291 million as of December 31, 2015 and a potential exposure that ranges up to approximately $610 million above the amount accrued. As such, the company has recorded an indemnification asset of $291 million corresponding to the company’s accrual balance related to these matters at December 31, 2015. If based on the actions, results of operations or financial position of Chemours, it were no longer probable that the Chemours’ indemnification obligations would be satisfied, then the company could not continue to recognize the related indemnification asset adversely impacting DuPont’s financial position.

Additional details on the company’s risks associated with environmental laws, regulations and environmental liabilities can be found in Part I, Item 1, Part II, Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, on page 46 of this report and Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


15


Part I
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS, continued

The company's results of operations could be adversely affected by litigation and other commitments and contingencies.
The company faces risks arising from various unasserted and asserted litigation matters, including, but not limited to, product liability, patent infringement, antitrust claims, and claims for third party property damage or personal injury stemming from alleged environmental torts. The company has noted a nationwide trend in purported class actions against chemical manufacturers generally seeking relief such as medical monitoring, property damages, off-site remediation and punitive damages arising from alleged environmental torts without claiming present personal injuries. The company also has noted a trend in public and private nuisance suits being filed on behalf of states, counties, cities and utilities alleging harm to the general public. Various factors or developments can lead to changes in current estimates of liabilities such as a final adverse judgment, significant settlement or changes in applicable law. A future adverse ruling or unfavorable development could result in future charges that could have a material adverse effect on the company. An adverse outcome in any one or more of these matters could be material to the company's financial results.

In the ordinary course of business, the company may make certain commitments, including representations, warranties and indemnities relating to current and past operations, including those related to divested businesses and issue guarantees of third party obligations. If the company were required to make payments as a result, they could exceed the amounts accrued, thereby adversely affecting the company's results of operations.

Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, Chemours indemnifies DuPont against certain litigation, environmental, workers' compensation and other liabilities that arose prior to the distribution. The term of this indemnification is indefinite and includes defense costs and expenses, as well as monetary and non-monetary settlements and judgments. If based on the actions, results of operations or financial position of Chemours, it were no longer probable that the Chemours’ indemnification obligations would be satisfied, then the company could not continue to recognize the related indemnification asset adversely impacting DuPont’s financial position.





16


Part I
ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

The company's corporate headquarters are located in Wilmington, Delaware. The company's manufacturing, processing, marketing and research and development facilities, as well as regional purchasing offices and distribution centers are located throughout the world. Additional information with respect to the company's property, plant and equipment and leases is contained in Notes 10, 16 and 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The company has investments in property, plant and equipment related to global manufacturing operations. Collectively there are approximately 290 principal sites in total. The number of sites used by their applicable segment(s) by major geographic area around the world is as follows:
 
Number of Sites
 
Agriculture
Electronics & Communications
Industrial Biosciences
Nutrition & Health
Performance Materials
Safety & Protection
Total 1
Asia Pacific
23

10

1

13

13

9

69

EMEA 2
26

3

7

26

6

4

72

Latin America
22


1

10

1

3

37

U.S. & Canada
61

17

7

16

12

11

124

 
132

30

16

65

32

27

302


1.
Sites that are used by multiple segments are included more than once in the figures above.
2.
Europe, Middle East, and Africa (EMEA).
The company's plants and equipment are well maintained and in good operating condition . The company believes it has sufficient production capacity to meet demand in 2016. Properties are primarily owned by the company; however, certain properties are leased. No title examination of the properties has been made for the purpose of this report and certain properties are shared with other tenants under long-term leases.

DuPont recognizes that the security and safety of its operations are critical to its employees, community and to the future of the company. As such, the company has merged chemical site security into its safety core value where it serves as an integral part of its long standing safety culture. Physical security measures have been combined with process safety measures (including the use of inherently safer technology), administrative procedures and emergency response preparedness into an integrated security plan. The company has conducted vulnerability assessments at operating facilities in the U.S. and high priority sites worldwide and identified and implemented appropriate measures to protect these facilities from physical and cyber-attacks. DuPont is working with carriers, including railroad, shipping and trucking companies, to secure chemicals in transit.


17


Part I
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The company is subject to various litigation matters, including, but not limited to, product liability, patent infringement, antitrust claims, and claims for third party property damage or personal injury stemming from alleged environmental torts. Information regarding certain of these matters is set forth below and in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Litigation
Imprelis ® Herbicide Claims Process
Information related to this matter is included in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under the heading Imprelis ® .

PFOA: Environmental and Litigation Proceedings
For purposes of this report, the term PFOA means collectively perfluorooctanoic acid and its salts, including the ammonium salt and does not distinguish between the two forms. Information related to this matter is included in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements under the heading PFOA.

Environmental Proceedings
LaPorte Plant, LaPorte, Texas
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) conducted a multimedia inspection at the LaPorte facility in January 2008. DuPont, EPA and the Department of Justice (DOJ) began discussions in the Fall 2011 relating to the management of certain materials in the facility's waste water treatment system, hazardous waste management, flare and air emissions. These negotiations continue.

LaPorte Plant, LaPorte, Texas - Crop Protection
On November 15, 2014 there was a release of methyl mercaptan at the company’s LaPorte facility.  The release occurred at the site’s Crop Protection unit resulting in four employee fatalities inside the unit. DuPont is continuing its investigation into the incident. Several governmental agencies also are conducting their own investigations. DuPont is cooperating with these agency reviews. In May 2015, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) cited the company for eight serious and one repeat violation with an associated penalty of $99,000. The company is contesting OSHA’s findings.

LaPorte Plant, LaPorte, Texas - OSHA Process Safety Management (PSM) Audit
In 2015, OSHA conducted a PSM audit of the Crop Protection and Fluoroproducts units at the LaPorte Plant. In July 2015, OSHA cited the company for three willful, one repeat and four serious PSM violations and placed the company in its Severe Violator Enforcement Program. OSHA has proposed a penalty of $273,000. The company is contesting OSHA’s findings.

Sabine Plant, Orange, Texas
In June 2012, DuPont began discussions with DOJ and EPA related to a multimedia inspection that EPA conducted at the Sabine facility in March 2009. The discussions involve the management of materials in the facility's waste water treatment system, hazardous waste management, flare and air emissions, including leak detection and repair.



18


Part II

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
The company's common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (symbol DD) and certain non-U.S. exchanges. The number of record holders of common stock was approximately 62,000 at January 29, 2016.

Holders of the company's common stock are entitled to receive dividends when they are declared by the Board of Directors. While it is not a guarantee of future conduct, the company has continuously paid a quarterly dividend since the fourth quarter 1904. Dividends on common stock and preferred stock are usually declared in January, April, July and October. When dividends on common stock are declared, they are usually paid mid-March, June, September and December. Preferred dividends are paid on or about the 25th of January, April, July and October. The Stock Transfer Agent and Registrar is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

The company's quarterly high and low trading stock prices and dividends per common share for 2015 and 2014 are shown below.
    
Market Prices 1
 
 
2015
High
Low
Per Share
Dividend
Declared
 
Fourth Quarter
$
75.72

$
47.43

$
0.38

2  
Third Quarter
61.93

47.11

0.38

2  
Second Quarter
75.80

63.55

0.49

 
First Quarter
80.65

70.19

0.47

 
 
 
 
 
 
2014
 

 

 

 
Fourth Quarter
$
75.82

$
64.55

$
0.47

 
Third Quarter
72.92

63.70

0.47

 
Second Quarter
69.75

64.35

0.45

 
First Quarter
67.95

59.35

0.45

 
1.  
Historical market prices do not reflect any adjustment for the impact of the spin-off of Chemours.
2.  
Per share dividend declared includes impact of the spin-off of Chemours.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
In January 2014, the company's Board of Directors authorized a $5 billion share buyback plan. There is no required completion date for purchases under this plan.

In the first quarter 2015, DuPont announced its intention to buy back shares of about $4 billion using the distribution proceeds received from Chemours. In connection with the completion of the spin-off of Chemours, the Board of Directors authorized the use of the distribution proceeds to buy back shares of the company's common stock as follows: $2 billion to be purchased and retired by December 31, 2015 with the remainder to be purchased and retired by December 31, 2016 . In August 2015, the company entered an accelerated share repurchase (ASR) agreement. Under the terms of the ASR agreement, the company paid $2 billion to the financial institution and received and retired 35 million shares at an average price of $57.16 per share.

DuPont’s objective continues to be to complete the remaining $2 billion stock buyback by year end December 31, 2016. However, as a result of the planned merger of equals with Dow, the company expects it will have limited opportunities to enter the market prior to the shareholder vote on the merger. After the vote, the company plans to make repurchases.

See Part II, Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, on page 37 of this report and Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.


19


Part II
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES, continued

The following table summarizes information with respect to the company's purchase of its common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2015 :
Month
Total Number of Shares Purchased
Average Price
Paid per Share
Total Number of
Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program
Approximate Value
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Programs (1) (Dollars in millions)
December:
 
 
 
 
ASR (2)
6,208,599

$57.16
6,208,599

 
Total
6,208,599

 
6,208,599

$
4,647


1.  
Represents approximate value of shares that may yet be purchased under the 2014 and 2015 plans.
2.  
Shares purchased in December 2015 include the final share delivery amount under the August ASR agreement.
   
Stock Performance Graph
The following graph presents the cumulative five-year total shareholder return for the company's common stock compared with the S&P 500 Stock Index and the Dow Jones Industrial Average.

 
12/31/2010
12/31/2011
12/31/2012
12/31/2013
12/31/2014
12/31/2015
DuPont
$
100

$
95

$
96

$
144

$
168

$
164

S&P 500 Index
100

102

118

157

178

181

Dow Jones Industrial Average
100

108

119

155

170

171

The graph assumes that the values of DuPont common stock, the S&P 500 Stock Index and the Dow Jones Industrial Average were each $100 on December 31, 2010 and that all dividends were reinvested.


20


Part II
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA



(Dollars in millions, except per share)
2015
2014
2013
2012
2011
Summary of operations 1
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
25,130

$
28,406

$
28,998

$
27,610

$
25,883

Employee separation / asset related charges, net
$
810

$
476

$
112

$
457

$
53

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
$
2,591

$
4,313

$
2,566

$
1,290

$
1,715

Provision for income taxes on continuing operations
$
696

$
1,168

$
360

$
122

$
59

Net income attributable to DuPont
$
1,953

$
3,625

$
4,848

$
2,755

$
3,559

Basic earnings per share of common stock from continuing operations
$
2.10

$
3.42

$
2.36

$
1.21

$
1.73

Diluted earnings per share of common stock from continuing operations
$
2.09

$
3.39

$
2.34

$
1.20

$
1.71

Financial position at year-end
 
 
 
 
 
Working capital 2
$
7,402

$
8,517

$
10,541

$
7,173

$
6,452

Total assets
$
41,166

$
50,490

$
52,142

$
50,339

$
49,062

Borrowings and capital lease obligations
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term
$
1,165

$
1,422

$
1,721

$
1,275

$
817

Long-term
$
7,642

$
9,233

$
10,699

$
10,429

$
11,691

Total equity
$
10,200

$
13,378

$
16,286

$
10,299

$
9,208

General
 
 
 
 
 
For the year
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of property, plant & equipment and investments in
    affiliates
$
1,705

$
2,062

$
1,940

$
1,890

$
1,910

Depreciation 1
$
978

$
1,006

$
1,027

$
1,065

$
941

Research and development expense 1
$
1,898

$
1,958

$
2,037

$
2,001

$
1,843

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding (millions)
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
894

915

926

933

928

Diluted
900

922

933

942

941

Dividends per common share
$
1.72

$
1.84

$
1.78

$
1.70

$
1.64

At year-end
 
 
 
 
 
Employees (thousands) 3
52

54

55

61

61

Closing stock price
$
66.60

$
73.94

$
64.97

$
44.98

$
45.78

Common stockholders of record (thousands)
63

66

70

74

78


1.  
Information has been restated to reflect the impact of discontinued operations, as applicable. See Note 1, Basis of Presentation, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
2.  
Working capital has been restated to exclude the assets and liabilities related to the Performance Chemicals segment. The assets and liabilities related to the Performance Chemicals business are presented as assets of discontinued operations and liabilities of discontinued operations, respectively, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for all periods presented. At December 31, 2012, working capital included approximately $2 billion of net assets related to the Performance Coatings business, of which approximately $1.3 billion was previously considered to be noncurrent and was classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2012. Working capital at December 31, 2013 includes cash received from the sale of the Performance Coatings business. See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.
3.  
Number of employees excludes employees associated with the Performance Chemicals segment for all periods presented.




21


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This report contains forward-looking statements which may be identified by their use of words like “plans,” “expects,” “will,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “intends,” “projects,” “estimates” or other words of similar meaning. All statements that address expectations or projections about the future, including statements about the company's strategy for growth, product development, regulatory approval, market position, anticipated benefits of recent acquisitions, timing of anticipated benefits from restructuring actions, outcome of contingencies, such as litigation and environmental matters, expenditures, financial results, and timing of, as well as expected benefits, including synergies, from the proposed merger with The Dow Chemical Company (Dow) and intended post-merger separations, are forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements are based on certain assumptions and expectations of future events which may not be accurate or realized. Forward-looking statements also involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the company's control. Some of the important factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from those projected in any such forward-looking statements are:

Risks related to the agreement between DuPont and Dow to effect an all-stock merger of equals, including the completion of the proposed transaction on anticipated terms and timing, the ability to fully and timely realize the expected benefits of the proposed transaction and risks related to the intended business separations contemplated to occur after the completion of the proposed transaction;
Volatility in energy and raw material prices;
Failure to develop and market new products and optimally manage product life cycles;
Outcome of significant litigation and environmental matters, including those related to divested businesses, including realization of associated indemnification assets, if any;
Failure to appropriately manage process safety and product stewardship issues;
Ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval for its products especially in the Agriculture segment;
Failure to realize all of the expected benefits from cost and productivity initiatives to the extent and as anticipated;
Effect of changes in tax, environmental and other laws and regulations or political conditions in the United States of America (U.S.) and other countries in which the company operates;
Conditions in the global economy and global capital markets, including economic factors such as inflation, deflation, fluctuation in currency rates, interest rates and commodity prices;
Failure to appropriately respond to market acceptance, government rules, regulations and policies affecting products based on biotechnology;
Impact of business disruptions, including supply disruptions, and security threats, regardless of cause, including acts of sabotage, cyber-attacks, terrorism or war, natural disasters and weather events and patterns which could affect demand as well as availability of product, particularly in the Agriculture segment;
Ability to discover, develop and protect new technologies and enforce the company's intellectual property rights; and
Successful integration of acquired businesses and separation of underperforming or non-strategic assets or businesses.

For some of the important factors that could cause the company's actual results to differ materially from those projected in any such forward-looking statements, see the Risk Factors discussion set forth under Part I, Item 1A beginning on page 10.

Overview

DuPont Dow Merger of Equals     On December 11, 2015, DuPont and Dow announced entry into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Merger Agreement), under which the companies will combine in an all-stock merger of equals. The merger transaction is expected to close in the second half of 2016, subject to customary closing conditions, including regulatory approvals and approvals by both DuPont and Dow shareholders. The combined company will be named DowDuPont.

DuPont and Dow intend to pursue, subject to the receipt of approval by the board of directors of DowDuPont, the separation of the combined company’s agriculture business, specialty products business and material science business through a series of one or more tax-efficient transactions (collectively, the Business Separations.)
 
In connection with the planned merger, the company incurred $10 million in transaction related costs, which were recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended December 31, 2015.


22


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


See the discussion entitled Dow DuPont Merger of Equals under Part 1, Item 1 Business of this report, Part 1, Item 1A, Risk Factors, and Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details and a discussion of some of the risks related to the transaction.

Purpose DuPont’s businesses serve markets where the increasing demand for more and healthier food, renewably sourced materials and fuels, and advanced industrial materials is creating substantial growth opportunities. The company’s unique combination of sciences, proven research and development (R&D) engine, broad global reach, and deep market penetration are distinctive competitive advantages that position the company to continue capitalizing on this enormous potential.

Strategy DuPont’s near term focus is to deliver earnings growth while positioning the businesses to compete successfully over the long term; continue to improve capital allocation and working capital performance; and complete the proposed merger of equals with Dow.

DuPont has dramatically refined its portfolio to focus investment in areas of significant opportunity and secular growth; enhanced its innovation platform to deliver substantial revenues from new products; increased focus on efficiency, cost discipline, and accountability; and expanded markets geographically. The company is better connecting its laboratories and the marketplace, and striving for faster, more effective execution in delivering innovative solutions for customers.

The goal is to increase agility and responsiveness to market conditions, a necessity to win in a globally competitive environment, and drive growth across three strategic priorities: extending leadership in agriculture and nutrition, strengthening and growing advanced materials capabilities, and leveraging science to develop a world leading bio-based industrial business.

The company is committed to maintaining a strong balance sheet and to return excess cash to shareholders unless there is a compelling opportunity to invest for growth.

Results     Net sales of $25.1 billion, were down 12 percent versus prior year, principally reflecting 7 percent negative impact from currency, 3 percent lower volume and 2 percent negative impact from portfolio changes. Income from continuing operations after income taxes declined from $3.1 billion to $1.9 billion, reflecting lower segment operating earnings, the absence of prior year gains on businesses and other assets, and higher restructuring charges, partially offset by costs savings associated with the 2014 redesign initiative and restructuring plan. Total pre-tax segment operating earnings of $4.2 billion, were 16 percent below last year, principally due to the negative impact of currency of about $785 million and lower volumes driven by weakness in agriculture markets, partially offset by costs savings associated with the 2014 operational redesign initiative and restructuring plan.

Analysis of Operations
2016 Global Cost Savings and Restructuring Plan      On December 11, 2015, DuPont announced a 2016 global cost savings and restructuring plan designed to reduce $730 million in costs in 2016 compared with 2015, which represents a reduction of operating costs on a run-rate basis of about $1.0 billion by end of 2016. As part of the plan, the company committed to take structural actions across all businesses and staff functions globally to operate more efficiently by further consolidating businesses and aligning staff functions more closely with them.  In connection with the restructuring actions, the company recorded a pre-tax charge to earnings of $798 million in the fourth quarter 2015, comprised of $656 million of severance and related benefit costs, $109 million of asset related charges, and $33 million of contract termination costs.  Future cash expenditures related to this charge are anticipated to be approximately $680 million, primarily related to the payment of severance and related benefits.  The restructuring actions associated with this charge are expected to impact approximately 10 percent of DuPont’s workforce and to be substantially complete in 2016. The company anticipates additional charges could occur in relation to the restructuring actions, which it cannot reasonably estimate at this time.
 

23


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

Redesign Initiative and 2014 Restructuring Plan In June 2014, DuPont announced its global, multi-year initiative to redesign its global organization and operating model to reduce costs and improve productivity and agility across all businesses and functions.  DuPont commenced a restructuring plan to realign and rebalance staff function support, enhance operational efficiency, and to reduce residual costs associated with the separation of its Performance Chemicals segment. As a result, during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 pre-tax (benefits) charges of $(21) million and $541 million, respectively, were recorded. Cost reductions from the 2014 operational redesign are essentially complete and for full year 2015, the company delivered incremental cost savings of approximately $0.40 per share year over year. Additional details related to this plan can be found in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Separation of Performance Chemicals In October 2013, DuPont announced its intention to separate its Performance Chemicals segment through a U.S. tax-free spin-off to shareholders, subject to customary closing conditions.  In July 2015, DuPont completed the separation of its Performance Chemicals segment through the spin-off of all of the issued and outstanding stock of The Chemours Company (Chemours).

Divestiture of Performance Coatings In August 2012, the company entered into a definitive agreement with Flash Bermuda Co. Ltd., a Bermuda exempted limited liability company formed by affiliates of The Carlyle Group (collectively referred to as "Carlyle") in which Carlyle agreed to purchase certain subsidiaries and assets comprising the company's Performance Coatings business. In February 2013, the sale was completed resulting in a pre-tax gain of approximately $2.7 billion ($2.0 billion net of tax). The gain was recorded in income from discontinued operations after income taxes in the Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended December 31, 2013.



24


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
NET SALES
$
25,130

$
28,406

$
28,998


2015 versus 2014    The table below shows a regional breakdown of 2015 consolidated net sales based on location of customers and percentage variances from prior year:
 
Percent Change Due to:
(Dollars in billions)
2015
Net Sales
Percent
Change vs.
2014
Local
Price and Product Mix
Currency
Volume
Portfolio and Other
Worldwide
$
25.1

(12
)

(7
)
(3
)
(2
)
U.S. & Canada
10.8

(6
)
(2
)
(1
)
(2
)
(1
)
EMEA 1
6.0

(17
)
2

(15
)
(2
)
(2
)
Asia Pacific
5.6

(9
)
(2
)
(3
)
(2
)
(2
)
Latin America
2.7

(23
)
2

(15
)
(9
)
(1
)

1.  
Europe, Middle East, and Africa (EMEA).

Net sales of $25.1 billion were down 12 percent versus prior year reflecting a 7 percent negative impact from weaker currencies, particularly the Brazilian Real and the European Euro, 3 percent lower volume and a 2 percent negative impact from the absence of sales from divested businesses. Lower volume principally reflects a 6 percent decline in Agriculture that was primarily driven by lower seed volume and reduced demand for insect control products in Latin America, and a 7 percent decline in volumes for Electronics & Communications, primarily driven by competitive pressures impacting sales of Solamet ® paste. These declines more than offset volume growth for Performance Materials, Nutrition & Health, and Industrial Biosciences. Portfolio and other reflects the impact of the prior year sales of Glass Laminating Solutions/Vinyls within the Performance Materials segment and Sontara ® within the Safety & Protection segment. The impact from local prices and product mix was about even with prior year as 3 percent higher Agriculture prices were offset primarily by lower prices in Performance Materials and Electronics & Communications. Net sales in developing markets were $8.2 billion, 33 percent of total company net sales versus 34 percent in 2014, representing a slight decline principally due to lower Agriculture volume in Latin America. Developing markets include China, India, countries located in Latin America, Eastern and Central Europe, Middle East, Africa and South East Asia.
2014 versus 2013    The table below shows a regional breakdown of 2014 consolidated net sales based on location of customers and percentage variances from 2013:

 
Percent Change Due to:
(Dollars in billions)
2014
Net Sales
Percent
Change vs.
2013
Local
Price and Product Mix
Currency
Volume
Portfolio and Other
Worldwide
$
28.4

(2
)

(1
)

(1
)
U.S. & Canada
11.4

(3
)


(2
)
(1
)
EMEA 1
7.3

2

1


2

(1
)
Asia Pacific
6.2

(2
)
(1
)
(2
)
3

(2
)
Latin America
3.5

(7
)
(1
)
(3
)
(2
)
(1
)

1.  
Europe, Middle East, and Africa (EMEA).

Net sales of $28.4 billion were 2 percent below prior year including a 1 percent reduction from portfolio changes, primarily in the Performance Materials Segment, and a 1 percent negative currency impact reflecting the stronger U.S. dollar versus most currencies. Local prices were flat as 1 percent higher Agriculture prices were offset by lower prices in Electronics & Communication, primarily from lower metals prices. In developing markets, sales declined 1 percent to $9.7 billion. Sales in developing markets represented 34 percent of total company sales in 2014 and 2013.


25


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
COST OF GOODS SOLD
$
15,112

$
17,023

$
17,642

As a percent of net sales
60
%
60
%
61
%

2015 versus 2014     Cost of goods sold (COGS) decreased $1.9 billion, or 11 percent, principally reflecting declines from currency due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar verses global currencies, productivity improvements, impacts of portfolio changes, lower volume and lower raw material costs. COGS as a percent of sales was unchanged from prior year at 60 percent as the benefit of productivity improvements offset the negative impact of currency which decreased sales by 7 percent and COGS by 4 percent. 

2014 versus 2013    COGS decreased 4 percent to $17.0 billion and decreased as a percentage of sales by 1 percent, principally due to portfolio changes, lower pension and OPEB costs and lower costs for metals and other raw materials.

(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
OTHER OPERATING CHARGES
$
459

$
645

$
1,222

As a percent of net sales
2
%
2
%
4
%

2015 versus 2014    Other operating charges decreased $186 million, or 29 percent, principally reflecting $130 million reduction in the estimated liability related to Imprelis ® herbicide claims, cost savings from the company's operational redesign initiative partially offset by lower insurance recoveries year over year related to Imprelis ® herbicide claims.

2014 versus 2013    Other operating charges decreased $577 million to $645 million, and decreased as a percentage of sales by 2 percent, principally due to the absence of prior year charges for Imprelis ® herbicide claims and current year insurance recoveries.

See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information related to the the Imprelis ® matter.
(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
$
4,615

$
4,891

$
5,342

As a percent of net sales
18
%
17
%
18
%

2015 versus 2014     The $276 million decrease was primarily due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus global currencies, cost savings from the company's operational redesign initiative, and lower selling and commission expense, mainly within the Agriculture segment, partially offset by an increase in pension and OPEB costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased by 1 percent, primarily due to lower sales and higher pension and OPEB costs.

2014 versus 2013     The $451 million decrease was largely attributable to lower pension and OPEB costs and lower sales commissions within the Agriculture segment. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased by 1 percent, primarily due to lower pension and OPEB costs.

(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSE
$
1,898

$
1,958

$
2,037

As a percent of net sales
8
%
7
%
7
%

2015 versus 2014     The $60 million decrease was primarily due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus global currencies, cost savings from the company's operational redesign initiative, partially offset by higher pension and OPEB costs. Research and development expense as a percent of sales increased due to lower sales.

2014 versus 2013     The $79 million decrease was primarily attributable to lower pension and OPEB costs and lower spending for Agriculture and Electronic & Communications programs.

26


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
OTHER INCOME, NET
$
(697
)
$
(1,277
)
$
(371
)

2015 versus 2014 The $580 million decrease was primarily due to the absence of prior year gains on sales of businesses and other assets, including a $391 million gain on the sale of GLS/Vinyls, within the Performance Materials segment, and a $240 million gain on the sale of copper fungicides and land management businesses, both within the Agriculture segment, partially offset by gains on sales of businesses and assets in 2015, primarily in the Agriculture and Performance Materials segments. In addition, pre-tax exchange gains decreased $166 million compared to prior year driven by lower gains on foreign currency exchange contracts. See Note 5 and 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of the company's policy of hedging the foreign currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities. These decreases were partially offset by $145 million gain associated with the company's settlement of a legal claim related to the Safety & Protection segment and $85 million increase in equity in earnings of affiliates, primarily due to the absence of $65 million for charges associated with the restructuring actions of a joint venture within the Performance Materials segment recorded in 2014.

2014 versus 2013    The $906 million increase was primarily due to $710 million of gains on sales of businesses and other assets, including a $391 million gain on the sale of GLS/Vinyls, within the Performance Materials segment, and a $240 million gain on the sale of copper fungicides and land management businesses, both within the Agriculture segment. There were additional net exchange gains of $297 million, partially offset by $65 million for charges associated with the restructuring actions of a joint venture within the Performance Materials segment and the absence of the $26 million re-measurement gain on equity method investment in 2013.

Additional information related to the company's other income, net is included in Note 5 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
INTEREST EXPENSE
$
342

$
377

$
448


The $35 million decrease in 2015 was primarily due to lower average borrowings partially offset by slightly higher average interest rates compared to prior year.

The $71 million decrease in 2014 was due to lower average borrowings as average interest rates were essentially unchanged in each year.
(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
EMPLOYEE SEPARATION/ASSET RELATED CHARGES, NET
$
810

$
476

$
112


The $810 million in charges recorded during 2015 in employee separation / asset related charges, net consist of a $793 million charge related to the 2016 restructuring plan discussed below, a $38 million impairment charge discussed below, partly offset by a $21 million net benefit related to the 2014 restructuring plan. The $21 million net benefit was recorded to adjust the estimated costs associated with the 2014 restructuring program due to lower than estimated individual severance costs and workforce reductions achieved through non-severance programs, offset by the identification of additional projects in certain segments.

On December 11, 2015, DuPont announced a 2016 global cost savings and restructuring plan designed to reduce $730 million in costs compared to 2015. As part of the plan, the company committed to take structural actions across all businesses and staff functions globally to operate more efficiently by further consolidating businesses and aligning staff functions more closely with them. As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2015, a pre-tax charge of $798 million was recorded, consisting of $793 million of employee separation / asset related charges, net and $5 million in other income, net. The charges consisted of $656 million in severance and related benefit costs, $109 million in asset related charges, and $33 million in contract termination charges. Future cash expenditures related to this charge are anticipated to be approximately $680 million, primarily related to the payment of severance and related benefits.  The restructuring actions associated with this charge are expected to impact approximately 10 percent of DuPont’s workforce and to be substantially complete in 2016.


27


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

The $476 million in charges recorded during 2014 in employee separation / asset related charges, net related to the 2014 global, multi-year initiative to redesign its global organization and operating model to improve productivity and agility across all businesses and functions.  DuPont commenced a restructuring plan to realign and rebalance staff function support, enhance operational efficiency, and to reduce residual costs associated with the separation of its Performance Chemicals segment. As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2014, a pre-tax charge of $541 million was recorded, consisting of $476 million in employee separation / asset related charges, net and $65 million in other income, net. The charges consisted of $301 million severance and related benefit costs, $17 million of other non-personnel costs, and $223 million of asset related costs, including $65 million of costs associated with the restructuring actions of a joint venture within the Performance Materials segment. The actions associated with this charge and all related payments are substantially complete.

The $112 million in charges recorded during 2013 in employee separation / asset related charges, net consisted of a net $17 million restructuring benefit and a $129 million asset impairment charge discussed below. The net $17 million restructuring benefit consisted of a $26 million benefit associated with prior year restructuring programs offset by a $9 million charge resulting from restructuring actions related to a joint venture within the Performance Materials segment. The majority of the $26 million benefit was due to the achievement of work force reductions through non-severance programs associated with the 2012 restructuring program.


Asset Impairments
During 2015, the company recorded an impairment charge of $38 million in the Other segment, the majority relating to an impairment of a cost basis investment.

During 2013, the company recorded an asset impairment charge of $129 million to write-down the carrying value of an asset group, within the Electronics & Communications segment, to fair value.

Additional details related to the restructuring programs and asset impairments discussed above can be found in Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Below is a summary of the net impact related to items recorded in employee separation / asset related charges, net:
 (Dollars in millions)
2015 (Charges) and Credits
2014 (Charges) and Credits
2013 (Charges) and Credits
Agriculture
$
(164
)
$
(134
)
$
1

Electronics & Communications
(78
)
(84
)
(131
)
Industrial Biosciences
(52
)
(13
)
1

Nutrition & Health
(50
)
(15
)
6

Performance Materials
(58
)
(34
)
(6
)
Safety & Protection
(49
)
(52
)
4

Other
(40
)
(22
)
1

Corporate expenses
(319
)
(122
)
12

Total Charges
$
(810
)
$
(476
)
$
(112
)

(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES ON CONTINUING OPERATIONS
$
696

$
1,168

$
360

Effective income tax rate
26.9
%
27.1
%
14.0
%

In 2015, the company recorded a tax provision on continuing operations of $0.7 billion, reflecting a $0.5 billion decrease from 2014. The decrease was largely due to the impact associated with the company’s policy of hedging the foreign currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities of its operations, the absence of 2014 gains on sales of businesses and other assets in the Performance Materials and Agriculture segments, as well as increased tax benefits on employee separation/asset related charges.

In 2014, the company recorded a tax provision on continuing operations of $1.2 billion, reflecting a $0.8 billion increase from 2013, largely due to the impact associated with the company’s policy of hedging the foreign currency-denominated monetary

28


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

assets and liabilities of its operations, gains on sales of businesses and other assets in the Performance Materials and Agriculture segments, and the impact of Imprelis ® charges in 2013 versus additional insurance recoveries in 2014. These impacts were partially offset by increased tax benefits on employee separation/asset related charges. The higher effective tax rate principally reflects the impact of foreign exchange losses on net monetary assets for which no corresponding tax benefit is realized, in addition to the impact of the Venezuelan bolivar devaluation which is also nondeductible.

See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details related to the provision for income taxes on continuing operations, as well as items that significantly impact the company's effective income tax rate.
(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS AFTER INCOME TAXES
$
1,895

$
3,145

$
2,206


Income from continuing operations after income taxes for 2015 was $1.9 billion compared to $3.1 billion in 2014 and $2.2 billion in 2013. The changes between periods were due to the reasons noted above.

Corporate Outlook
Current difficult global economic conditions in agriculture and slower growth in emerging markets are expected to continue challenging the company’s sales growth in 2016. The company expects headwinds from currency due to the continued strengthening of the U.S. dollar which is expected to be most significant in the first half of 2016. Growth in emerging markets is expected to slow, leading to a shift in the company’s earnings mix to higher tax jurisdictions. The company expects income from continuing operations in 2016 will benefit from $730 million reduction in costs as a result of the 2016 global cost savings and restructuring plan.  These cost reductions will be weighted toward the second half of 2016 reflecting implementation of specific actions during the first and second quarters. In addition, the company expects income from continuing operations in 2016 to be impacted by transaction related costs associated with the proposed merger with Dow. See additional information regarding 2016 outlook under "Segment Reviews" beginning on page 30.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of recent accounting pronouncements.


29


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

Segment Reviews
Segment operating earnings is defined as income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes excluding significant pre-tax benefits (charges), non-operating pension and other postretirement employee benefit costs, exchange gains (losses), corporate expenses and interest. Non-operating pension and other postretirement employee benefit costs includes all of the components of net periodic benefit cost from continuing operations with the exception of the service cost component. Reclassifications of prior year data have been made to conform to current year classifications. See Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details related to significant pre-tax benefits (charges) excluded from segment operating earnings. All references to prices are on a U.S. dollar (USD) basis, including the impact of currency, unless otherwise noted.

A reconciliation of segment operating earnings to income from continuing operations before income taxes for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 is included in Note 22 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

DuPont Sustainable Solutions, within the company's Safety & Protection segment, is comprised of two business units: clean technologies and consulting solutions. Effective January 1, 2016, the clean technologies business unit will become part of the Industrial Biosciences segment with the focus on working with customers to improve the performance, productivity and sustainability of their products and processes. The company will explore a range of options to maximize the growth of the consulting solutions business unit which effective January 1, 2016 will be reported within Other. Sustainable solutions net sales accounted for about 2 percent of the company's total consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Segment results and 2016 segment outlook information are not reflective of the 2016 reporting change.



30


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

AGRICULTURE
(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
Net sales
$
9,798

$
11,296

$
11,728

Operating earnings
$
1,646

$
2,352

$
2,480

Operating earnings margin
17
%
21
%
21
%
 
2015
2014
Change in net sales from prior period due to:
 
 
Local Price and Product Mix
3
 %
1
 %
Currency
(9
)%
(2
)%
Volume
(6
)%
(3
)%
Portfolio and Other
(1
)%
 %
Total change
(13
)%
(4
)%

2015 versus 2014     Full year 2015 segment net sales of $9.8 billion decreased $1.5 billion, or 13 percent, primarily due to the negative impact of currency and lower seed and crop protection volumes, primarily in Brazil and North America, which were partly offset by higher local corn seed prices. In Brazil, lower corn seed volume reflects the impact of a reduction in summer planted hectares of corn and fall armyworm resistance impacting performance of certain corn hybrids. In North America, lower soybean volume reflects between 1 and 2 points of share loss and lower soybean planted area; lower corn planted area was partially offset by higher local corn seed prices. Lower crop protection volume is primarily due to low expected insect pressure, the adoption of insect protected soybean varieties, higher inventories, and a challenging macro environment. Insect control volumes were also impacted by the shutdown of the LaPorte manufacturing facility in Texas.

2015 operating earnings and operating earnings margin decreased primarily due to the negative impact of currency of $538 million, lower sales, and an approximately $120 million negative impact of the shutdown of the LaPorte manufacturing facility and the absence of prior year impacts from performance-based compensation adjustments, partially offset by cost reductions and continued productivity improvements.

2014 versus 2013   Full year 2014 segment net sales of $11.3 billion decreased $0.4 billion, or 4 percent, primarily due to lower corn seed volumes in Brazil and North America and the negative impact of currency, which was partly offset by an increase in crop protection volumes and higher local corn seed prices. In Brazil, corn seed market share and price were lower reflecting the impact of fall armyworm resistance and a reduction in planted hectares of corn. Higher volumes in insecticides were driven by continued growth in Rynaxypyr ® insecticide and from successful launches of Cyazypyr ® insecticide and new seed treatments in several markets.

2014 operating earnings decreased primarily due to lower corn seed volumes and the negative impact of currency which were partially offset by higher crop protection volumes, lower performance-based compensation expense of approximately $110 million, higher local seed prices and lower seed input costs. Operating earnings margin was about the same in each period.

Outlook    Farmer net returns for row crops continue to trend down as land and rent prices have lagged the transition on lower commodity prices as grain stocks remain at elevated levels. The company expects the economic environment in the agriculture sector to remain challenged with corn and soybean commodity prices at the low end of normal until demand accelerates or there is a disruption in global production. Volatile currency markets are expected to continue to present headwinds given the size of DuPont Agriculture's businesses in Europe and Latin America. As farmers look to relative economics between crop alternatives, the company expects a slight year over year increase in Brazil Safrinha and North America corn area, provided weather cooperates during planting. Pioneer's order book in North America suggests a modest improvement in corn demand at the expense of soybeans in a highly competitive seed market. In crop protection, continued weak demand for foliar-applied insecticides in Brazil and elevated distributor inventories will continue to present challenges.


31


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

For the first half of 2016, which reflects the majority of the northern hemisphere season, the company expects Agriculture sales to be mid-single digits percent lower with operating earnings in the low-teens percent below 2015 as local price gains and the benefit of cost actions are more than offset by lower insecticide and soybean volumes and currency. Crop protection's volume forecast assumes a continued impact from the shutdown of the LaPorte manufacturing facility. Volumes will be more challenged in the first quarter, due to the strong start in North America corn seed which benefited the fourth quarter of 2015, and due to crop protection in Brazil.
Full year 2016 segment net sales are expected to be down mid-single digits percent and full year operating earnings are expected to be about flat as local price gains and cost actions are offset by currency headwinds and lower volumes.


ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATIONS
(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
Net sales
$
2,070

$
2,381

$
2,534

Operating earnings
$
359

$
336

$
314

Operating earnings margin
17
%
14
%
12
%
 
2015
2014
Change in net sales from prior period due to:
 
 
Local Price and Product Mix
(4
)%
(7
)%
Currency
(2
)%
(1
)%
Volume
(7
)%
2
 %
Portfolio and Other
 %
 %
Total change
(13
)%
(6
)%

2015 versus 2014     Full year 2015 segment net sales of $2.1 billion decreased $0.3 billion, or 13 percent, primarily due to competitive pressures impacting Solamet ® paste and lower pricing from the pass-through of lower metals prices and the negative impact of currency, partially offset by volume growth in Tedlar ® film photovoltaics and products for the consumer electronics market.

2015 operating earnings and operating earnings margin increased as cost reductions and continued productivity improvements more than offset lower sales.

2014 versus 2013    Full year 2014 segment net sales of $2.4 billion decreased $0.2 billion, or 6 percent, as volume growth in several product lines was more than offset by pass-through of lower metals prices and by competitive pressures impacting Solamet ® paste.

2014 operating earnings and operating earnings margin increased due to volume growth and productivity improvements. These were partly offset by the absence of $20 million of OLED technology licensing income realized during 2013.

Outlook    In 2016 the company expects the photovoltaic market to remain strong with module installations forecasted to increase mid-teens percent driving strong growth in Tedlar® film in photovoltaics. Segment results are expected to continue to be negatively impacted by declines in Solamet ® paste with the impact lessening in the second half of the year due to more favorable year-over-year comparisons and expected new product introductions. The company anticipates consumer electronics markets will have a weaker start to the year but strengthen in the second half as channel inventories are worked off.

Full year 2016 segment net sales are expected to be about flat as strong volume growth in Tedlar® film for photovoltaics is offset by lower sales of Solamet® paste and lower metals pricing. Full year operating earnings are expected to be in the low-twenty percent range higher from increased volume and cost reductions and continued productivity improvements.


32


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

INDUSTRIAL BIOSCIENCES
(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
Net sales
$
1,171

$
1,244

$
1,211

Operating earnings
$
203

$
192

$
151

Operating earnings margin
17
%
15
%
12
%
 
2015
2014
Change in net sales from prior period due to:
 
 
Local Price and Product Mix
(3
)%
1
%
Currency
(6
)%
%
Volume
3
 %
2
%
Portfolio and Other
 %
%
Total change
(6
)%
3
%

2015 versus 2014 Full year 2015 segment net sales of $1.2 billion decreased 6 percent, primarily due to the negative impact of currency, lower prices and demand for biomaterials, partially offset by volume growth in enzymes, principally for home and personal care, food markets and ethanol production.

2015 operating earnings and operating earnings margin increased primarily due to cost reductions and continued productivity improvements, partially offset by lower sales.

2014 versus 2013 Full year 2014 segment net sales of $1.2 billion increased 3 percent, primarily due to increased enzyme demand, principally for ethanol production, food and animal nutrition, driven by new product offerings. In 2014, ethanol industry fundamentals were adjusting to a lower energy cost environment but demand for the company's novel enzymes and other functional bio products designed to increase production rates, yield and efficiency remained steady.

2014 operating earnings and operating earnings margin increased from higher volumes and improved product mix as discussed above.

Outlook    Full year 2016 segment net sales are expected to increase in the low-single digits percent, driven by volume improvement, pricing and the impact of new product introductions in bioactives, including increased penetration in food markets. Full year operating earnings are expected to be about flat, reflecting cost savings and productivity improvements offset by higher product costs and currency.


















33


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

NUTRITION & HEALTH
(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
Net sales
$
3,256

$
3,529

$
3,473

Operating earnings
$
373

$
369

$
286

Operating earnings margin
11
%
10
%
8
%
 
2015
2014
Change in net sales from prior period due to:
 
 
Local Price and Product Mix
 %
1
 %
Currency
(9
)%
(2
)%
Volume
2
 %
3
 %
Portfolio and Other
(1
)%
 %
Total change
(8
)%
2
 %

2015 versus 2014     Full year 2015 segment net sales of $3.3 billion decreased 8 percent, primarily due to the negative impact of currency. Volume growth in probiotics, ingredient systems, texturants and cultures was partially offset by lower volumes in specialty proteins due to competitive challenges.

2015 operating earnings and operating earnings margin increased as cost reductions and continued productivity improvements and volume gains were mostly offset by the negative impact from currency of $53 million and the absence of the prior year $18 million gain from the termination of a distribution agreement.

2014 versus 2013     Full year 2014 segment net sales of $3.5 billion increased 2 percent, as volume growth in specialty proteins, cultures and probiotics, was partially offset by a negative impact from currency.

2014 operating earnings and operating earnings margin increased from improved product mix, volume growth, productivity improvements and a gain of $18 million from the termination of a distribution agreement, partially offset by the negative impact from currency.

Outlook    In 2016, market conditions are expected to remain challenging with currency headwinds persisting, primarily in Europe and Latin America. Full year 2016 segment net sales are expected to be down low-single digits percent as volume growth, driven by investments in probiotics and cultures, is more than offset by the negative impact of currency. Full year operating earnings are expected to be up high-teens percent benefiting from cost reductions and productivity improvements, further expanding operating margins.

34


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

PERFORMANCE MATERIALS
(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
Net sales
$
5,305

$
6,059

$
6,166

Operating earnings
$
1,216

$
1,267

$
1,249

Operating earnings margin
23
%
21
%
20
%
 
2015
2014
Change in net sales from prior period due to:
 
 
Local Price and Product Mix
(4
)%
1
 %
Currency
(6
)%
(1
)%
Volume
1
 %
2
 %
Portfolio and Other
(3
)%
(4
)%
Total change
(12
)%
(2
)%

2015 versus 2014 Full year 2015 segment net sales of $5.3 billion decreased $0.8 billion, or 12 percent, primarily due to the negative impact of currency, lower ethylene pricing and the portfolio impact of the sale of Glass Laminating Solutions/Vinyls (GLS/Vinyls) in June 2014 (see Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information). Partially offsetting the declines are increased ethylene volumes due to the prior year scheduled outage at the ethylene unit in Orange, Texas and increased demand for Performance Polymers offerings in automotive markets, primarily in the U.S. and Europe in the second half of 2015.

2015 operating earnings decreased as cost reductions and continued productivity improvements were more than offset by the negative impact of currency of $132 million and lower selling prices. 2015 operating earnings includes $49 million of benefits, comprised of a net benefit from a joint venture, the sale of a business and the realization of tax benefits associated with a manufacturing site. Operating earnings margin increased due primarily to cost reductions and continued productivity improvements.

2014 versus 2013      Full year 2014 segment net sales of $6.1 billion decreased $0.1 billion, or 2 percent, due primarily to the impact of the sale of GLS/Vinyls and decreased ethylene volumes as a result of the second quarter scheduled outage at the Orange, Texas ethylene unit. This was partially offset by increased demand in automotive markets, primarily in China, Europe and North America.

2014 operating earnings and operating earnings margin increased due primarily to increased automotive demand, partially offset by the portfolio impact of the sale of GLS/Vinyls.

Outlook     Full year 2016 segment net sales are expected to be down in the low-single digits percent and full year operating earnings are expected to be down about 10 percent as volume growth will be more than offset by lower ethylene price and the negative impact of currency.


35


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

SAFETY & PROTECTION
(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
Net sales
$
3,527

$
3,892

$
3,880

Operating earnings
$
704

$
772

$
664

Operating earnings margin
20
%
20
%
17
%
 
2015
2014
Change in net sales from prior period due to:
 
 
Local Price and Product Mix
 %
(1
)%
Currency
(4
)%
 %
Volume
(1
)%
3
 %
Portfolio and Other
(4
)%
(2
)%
Total change
(9
)%
 %

2015 versus 2014 Full year 2015 segment net sales of $3.5 billion decreased $0.4 billion, or 9 percent, primarily due to the negative impact of currency, the portfolio impact of the Sontara ® divestiture, and lower volume. Decreased demand for Sustainable Solution offerings, Nomex ® thermal resistant fiber and Kevlar ® high strength materials was driven by a weakened oil and gas industry and military spending delays, partially offset by volume growth for Tyvek ® protective material, including medical packaging.

2015 operating earnings decreased $68 million, or 9 percent, as cost reductions and continued productivity improvements were more than offset by the negative impact of currency of $53 million and lower sales. 2015 operating earnings margin was flat from prior year as cost reductions and continued productivity improvements were offset by lower sales.

2014 versus 2013      Full year 2014 segment net sales of $3.9 billion were essentially equal to prior year, as increased demand for Nomex ® thermal resistant fiber and Kevlar ® high strength materials was offset by impact of portfolio changes and lower sales for clean technologies offerings.

2014 operating earnings and operating earnings margin increased, due primarily to the above mentioned increase in volumes, productivity improvements and lower product costs, partially offset by lower sales from clean technologies offerings, a negative currency impact, and the portfolio impact of the Sontara ® divestiture.
 
Outlook    Full year 2016 segment net sales are expected to be up by the low single digits percent with volume growth partially offset by the negative impact of currency. Full year operating earnings are expected to be up by the mid teens percent, on cost reductions and productivity improvements, leading to operating margin expansion for the year.

















36


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

Liquidity & Capital Resources
 
December 31,
(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
$
6,206

$
7,034

Total debt
8,807

10,655


Pursuant to its cash discipline policy, the company seeks first to maintain a strong balance sheet and second, to return excess cash to shareholders unless the opportunity to invest for growth is compelling. The company continually reviews its sources of liquidity and debt portfolio and occasionally may make adjustments to one or both to ensure adequate liquidity and an optimum debt maturity schedule.

The company's credit ratings impact its access to the debt capital markets and cost of capital. The company remains committed to a strong financial position and strong investment-grade rating. The company's long-term and short-term credit ratings are as follows:
 
Long-term
Short-term
Outlook
Standard & Poor's
A-
A-2
Credit Watch Negative
Moody’s Investors Service
A3
P-2
Negative
Fitch Ratings
A
F1
Rating Watch Negative

In May 2015, Moody's Investor Service (Moody's) downgraded the company's long-term rating to A3 from A2, and the short-term rating to P-2 from P-1. In October 2015, Standard and Poor's Rating Services (Standard and Poor's) downgraded the company's long-term rating to A- from A, and the short-term rating to A-2 from A-1. In December 2015 following the announcement of the Merger Agreement with Dow, Standard and Poor's and Fitch Ratings placed the outlook on the company's long-term and the short-term rating on negative watch and Moody’s placed the company on negative outlook.

The company believes its ability to generate cash from operations and access to capital markets will be adequate to meet anticipated cash requirements to fund working capital, capital spending, dividend payments, share repurchases, debt maturities and other cash needs and that its current strong financial position, liquidity and credit ratings continue to provide access as needed to the capital markets. While the company expects that capacity for its commercial paper could be reduced as a result of its current short-term credit ratings, the company's liquidity needs can continue to be met through a variety of sources, including cash provided by operating activities, cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, commercial paper, syndicated credit lines, bilateral credit lines, long-term debt markets, bank financing, committed receivable repurchase facilities and asset sales.

The company has access to approximately $4.9 billion in unused credit lines, which includes a $4 billion revolving credit facility to support its commercial paper program, with several major financial institutions. These unused credit lines provide additional support to meet short-term liquidity needs and general corporate purposes including letters of credit.

In February 2016, in line with seasonal agricultural working capital requirements, the company entered into a committed receivable repurchase agreement of up to $1 billion (the repurchase facility) that expires on November 30, 2016. Under the facility, the company may sell a portfolio of available and eligible outstanding customer notes receivables within the Agriculture segment to participating institutions and simultaneously agree to repurchase at a future date. See further discussion of this facility in Item 9B, Other Information and Note 24 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


37


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

The company's cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are $6.2 billion and $7.0 billion, respectively. Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities held outside of the U.S. of $4.2 billion and $4.5 billion at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively, are generally utilized to fund local operating activities and capital expenditure requirements and are expected to support non-U.S. liquidity needs for the next 12 months and the foreseeable future thereafter. The company expects domestic liquidity needs, for at least the next 12 months and the foreseeable future thereafter, will be met through existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities held in the U.S. and the various sources of liquidity discussed above. Therefore, the company believes that it has sufficient sources of domestic liquidity to support its assumption that undistributed earnings at December 31, 2015 can be considered reinvested indefinitely.

(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
Cash provided by operating activities
$
2,316

$
3,712

$
3,179


Cash provided by operating activities decreased $1.4 billion in 2015 compared to 2014 primarily due to the absence of Chemours in the second half of 2015 compared with a full year of results in 2014 for an impact of approximately $1.0 billion and a lower cash earnings contribution from continuing operations of approximately $0.3 billion.

Cash provided by operating activities increased $0.5 billion in 2014 compared to 2013 due to lower year over year income tax payments associated with the sale of businesses and higher insurance recoveries and lower claims payments related to Imprelis ® (See Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information).

(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
Cash (used for) provided by investing activities
$
(1,828
)
$
(337
)
$
2,945


Cash used for investing activities in 2015 increased by $1.5 billion compared to 2014. The change was primarily due to lower proceeds received from the sale of businesses in 2015 compared to 2014 and increase purchases of marketable securities in 2015 compared to 2014. This was partially offset by lower purchases of property, plant and equipment, mainly due to the absence of Chemours in the second half of 2015 which accounted for $0.3 billion. See Note 20 for further discussion of marketable securities outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

Cash used for investing activities in 2014 decreased $3.3 billion compared to 2013. The change was primarily due to lower proceeds received from the sale of businesses in 2014 compared to 2013.

Purchases of property, plant and equipment totaled $1.6 billion, $2.0 billion and $1.9 billion in 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. The company expects 2016 purchases of property, plant and equipment to about $1.1 billion.

(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
Cash used for financing activities
$
(1,823
)
$
(5,074
)
$
(1,474
)

The $3.3 billion decrease in cash used for financing activities in 2015 was primarily due to the distribution of Chemours borrowings to the company as part of the separation, partially offset by a reduction in short term borrowings, and an increase in the repurchase of common stock.

The $3.6 billion increase in cash used for financing activities in 2014 was primarily due to lower borrowings and higher payments for the repurchase of common stock.

Dividends paid to common and preferred shareholders were $1.5 billion, $1.7 billion, and $1.7 billion in 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. Dividends per share of common stock were $1.72, $1.84, and $1.78 in 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. In January 2016, the Board of Directors declared a first quarter common stock dividend of $0.38 per share. With the first quarter 2016 dividend, the company has paid quarterly consecutive dividends since the company’s first dividend in the fourth quarter 1904.


38


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

In the first quarter 2015, DuPont announced its intention to buy back shares of about $4 billion using the distribution proceeds received from Chemours. In connection with the completion of the spin-off of Chemours, the Board of Directors authorized the use of the distribution proceeds to buy back shares of the company's common stock as follows: $2 billion to be purchased and retired by December 31, 2015 with the remainder to be purchased and retired by December 31, 2016. In August 2015, the company entered an accelerated share repurchase (ASR) agreement. Under the terms of the August 2015 ASR agreement, the company paid $2 billion to the financial institution and received and retired 35 million shares at an average price of $57.16 per share. See Part I, Item 5 Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities and Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

DuPont’s objective continues to be to complete the remaining $2 billion stock buyback by year end December 31, 2016. However, as a result of the planned merger of equals with Dow, the company expects it will have limited opportunities to enter the market prior to the shareholder vote on the merger. After the vote, the company plans to make repurchases.

In January 2014, the company's Board of Directors authorized a $5 billion share buyback plan. In February and August 2014, the company entered into two separate ASR agreements. The February 2014 ASR agreement was completed in the second quarter of 2014, under which the company purchased and retired 15.1 million shares for $1 billion. The August 2014 ASR agreement was completed in the fourth quarter of 2014, under which the company purchased and retired 10.4 million shares for $700 million. In addition to the ASR agreements, in 2014, the company repurchased and retired 4.7 million shares in the open market for a total cost of $300 million. In 2015, the company repurchased and retired 4.6 million shares in the open market for a total cost of $353 million. As a result, the company has completed $2.4 billion of repurchases as of December 31, 2015. The remainder of the $5 billion share buyback will be purchased in future periods as there is no required completion date for purchases under the 2014 plan.

In December 2012, the company's Board of Directors authorized a $1 billion share buyback plan. In 2013, the company entered into an ASR agreement with a financial institution under which the company used $1 billion of the proceeds from the sale of Performance Coatings for the purchase and retirement 20.4 million shares of common stock.

See Note 17 Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information relating to the above share buyback plans.

(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
Cash provided by operating activities
$
2,316

$
3,712

$
3,179

Purchases of property, plant and equipment
(1,629
)
(2,020
)
(1,882
)
Free cash flow
$
687

$
1,692

$
1,297


Free cash flow is a measurement not recognized in accordance with GAAP and should not be viewed as an alternative to GAAP measures of performance. All companies do not calculate non-GAAP financial measures in the same manner and, accordingly, the company's free cash flow definition may not be consistent with the methodologies used by other companies. The company defines free cash flow as cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property, plant and equipment, and therefore indicates operating cash flow available for payment of dividends, other investing activities and other financing activities. Free cash flow is useful to investors and management to evaluate the company's cash flow and financial performance, and is an integral financial measure used in the company's financial planning process.

For further information relating to the change in cash provided by operating activities, see discussion above under cash provided by operating activities.


39


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

Critical Accounting Estimates
The company's significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Management believes that the application of these policies on a consistent basis enables the company to provide the users of the financial statements with useful and reliable information about the company's operating results and financial condition.

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts, including, but not limited to, receivable and inventory valuations, impairment of tangible and intangible assets, long-term employee benefit obligations, income taxes, restructuring liabilities, environmental matters and litigation. Management's estimates are based on historical experience, facts and circumstances available at the time and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable. The company reviews these matters and reflects changes in estimates as appropriate. Management believes that the following represents some of the more critical judgment areas in the application of the company's accounting policies which could have a material effect on the company's financial position, liquidity or results of operations.

Long-term Employee Benefits
Accounting for employee benefit plans involves numerous assumptions and estimates. Discount rate and expected return on plan assets are two critical assumptions in measuring the cost and benefit obligation of the company's pension and other long-term employee benefit plans. Management reviews these two key assumptions annually as of December 31 st . These and other assumptions are updated periodically to reflect the actual experience and expectations on a plan specific basis as appropriate. As permitted by GAAP, actual results that differ from the assumptions are accumulated on a plan by plan basis and to the extent that such differences exceed 10 percent of the greater of the plan's benefit obligation or the applicable plan assets, the excess is amortized over the average remaining service period of active employees.

About 80 percent of the company's benefit obligation for pensions and essentially all of the company's other long-term employee benefit obligations are attributable to the benefit plans in the U.S. In the U.S. the discount rate is developed by matching the expected cash flow of the benefit plans to a yield curve constructed from a portfolio of high quality fixed-income instruments provided by the plan's actuary as of the measurement date. For non-U.S. benefit plans, the company utilizes prevailing long-term high quality corporate bond indices to determine the discount rate, applicable to each country, at the measurement date.

Within the U.S., the company establishes strategic asset allocation percentage targets and appropriate benchmarks for significant asset classes with the aim of achieving a prudent balance between return and risk. Strategic asset allocations in other countries are selected in accordance with the laws and practices of those countries. Where appropriate, asset-liability studies are also taken into considerat ion. The long-term expected return on plan assets in the U.S. is based upon historical real returns (net of inflation) for the asset classes covered by the investment policy, expected performance, and projection s of inflation and interest rates ove r the long-term period during which benefits are payable to plan participants. Consistent with prior years, the long-term expected r eturn on plan assets in the U.S. reflects the asset allocation of the plan and the effect of the company's active management of the plans' assets.

In determining annual expense for the principal U.S. pension plan, the company uses a market-related value of assets rather than its fair value. The market-related value of assets is calculated by averaging market returns over 36 months. Accordingly, there may be a lag in recognition of changes in market valuation. As a result, changes in the fair value of assets are not immediately reflected in the company's calculation of net periodic pension cost. The following table shows the market-related value and fair value of plan assets for the principal U.S. pension plan:

(Dollars in billions)
2015
2014
2013
Market-related value of assets
$
15.1

$
15.9

$
15.5

Fair value of plan assets
14.4

15.8

16.1

For plans other than the principal U.S. pension plan, pension expense is determined using the fair value of assets.


40


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

The company changed the method it used to estimate the 2016 service cost and interest cost components of net periodic benefit cost for the U.S. benefit plans. For these plans, the company has historically estimated these service and interest cost components utilizing a single weighted-average discount rate derived from the yield curve and cash flow for measurement of the benefit obligation at the beginning of the period. The company will utilize a full yield curve approach in the estimation of these 2016 components by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows. The company made this change as it believes it is a more precise measurement of service and interest costs by improving the correlation between projected benefit cash flows to the corresponding spot yield curve rates. The company considers this a change in estimate, and, accordingly, will account for it prospectively starting in 2016. This change does not affect the measure of the total benefit obligation. See information with the respect to the impact of the change in method on 2016 pension expense under "Long-term Employee Benefits" beginning on page 45.
The following table highlights the potential impact on the company's pre-tax earnings due to changes in certain key assumptions with respect to the company's pension and other long-term employee benefit plans, based on assets and liabilities at December 31, 2015 :
Pre-tax Earnings Benefit (Charge)
(Dollars in millions)
1/2 Percentage
Point
Increase
1/2 Percentage
Point
Decrease
Discount rate
$
72

$
(74
)
Expected rate of return on plan assets
88

(88
)

In October 2014, the Society of Actuaries released final reports of new mortality tables and a mortality improvement scale for measurement of retirement program obligations in the U.S. The company adopted these tables in measuring the 2014 long-term employee benefit obligations. This adoption increased the benefit obligation at December 31, 2014 by approximately $1.7 billion. The effect of this adoption was amortized into net periodic benefit cost beginning in 2015. In October 2015, the Society of Actuaries released an updated mortality improvement scale reflecting a decline in longevity projection from the October 2014 release. This release was adopted by the company in measuring the 2015 long-term employee benefit obligations in the U.S. This adoption decreased the benefit obligation at December 31, 2015 by approximately $0.4 billion. The effect of this adoption will be amortized into net periodic benefit cost beginning in 2016.

Additional information with respect to pension and other long-term employee benefits expenses, liabilities and assumptions is discussed under "Long-term Employee Benefits" beginning on page 45 and in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Environmental Matters
DuPont accrues for remediation activities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and a reasonable estimate of the liability can be made. The company has recorded a liability of $492 million as of December 31, 2015 ; these accrued liabilities exclude claims against third parties and are not discounted. As remediation activities vary substantially in duration and cost from site to site, it is difficult to develop precise estimates of future site remediation costs. The company's estimates are based on a number of factors, including the complexity of the geology, the nature and extent of contamination, the type of remedy, the outcome of discussions with regulatory agencies and other Potentially Responsible Parties (PRPs) at multi-party sites and the number of and financial viability of other PRPs. Therefore, considerable uncertainty exists with respect to environmental remediation costs and, under adverse changes in circumstances, the potential liability may range up to $1.0 billion above the amount accrued as of December 31, 2015 .


41


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

Legal Contingencies
The company's results of operations could be affected by significant litigation adverse to the company, including product liability claims, patent infringement and antitrust claims, and claims for third party property damage or personal injury stemming from alleged environmental torts. The company records accruals for legal matters when the information available indicates that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Management makes adjustments to these accruals to reflect the impact and status of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of counsel and other information and events that may pertain to a particular matter. Predicting the outcome of claims and lawsuits and estimating related costs and exposure involves substantial uncertainties that could cause actual costs to vary materially from estimates. In making determinations of likely outcomes of litigation matters, management considers many factors. These factors include, but are not limited to, the nature of specific claims including unasserted claims, the company's experience with similar types of claims, the jurisdiction in which the matter is filed, input from outside legal counsel, the likelihood of resolving the matter through alternative dispute resolution mechanisms and the matter's current status. Considerable judgment is required in determining whether to establish a litigation accrual when an adverse judgment is rendered against the company in a court proceeding. In such situations, the company will not recognize a loss if, based upon a thorough review of all relevant facts and information, management believes that it is probable that the pending judgment will be successfully overturned on appeal. A detailed discussion of significant litigation matters is contained in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Indemnification Assets
Pursuant to the Separation Agreement discussed in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the company is indemnified by Chemours against certain litigation, environmental, workers' compensation and other liabilities that arose prior to the distribution. The term of this indemnification is indefinite and includes defense costs and expenses, as well as monetary and non-monetary settlements and judgments.  In connection with the recognition of liabilities related to these indemnified matters, the company records an indemnification asset when recovery is deemed probable.  In assessing the probability of recovery, the company considers the contractual rights under the Separation Agreement and any potential credit risk.  Future events, such as potential disputes related to recovery as well as solvency of Chemours, could cause the indemnification assets to have a lower value than anticipated and recorded. The company evaluates the recovery of the indemnification assets recorded when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying values may not be fully recoverable.  

Income Taxes
The breadth of the company's operations and the global complexity of tax regulations require assessments of uncertainties and judgments in estimating taxes the company will ultimately pay. The final taxes paid are dependent upon many factors, including negotiations with taxing authorities in various jurisdictions, outcomes of tax litigation and resolution of disputes arising from federal, state and international tax audits in the normal course of business. The resolution of these uncertainties may result in adjustments to the company's tax assets and tax liabilities. It is reasonably possible that net reductions to the company’s global unrecognized tax benefits could be in the range of $225 million to $250 million within the next 12 months with the majority due to the settlement of uncertain tax positions with various tax authorities.

Deferred income taxes result from differences between the financial and tax basis of the company's assets and liabilities and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when changes are enacted. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. Significant judgment is required in evaluating the need for and magnitude of appropriate valuation allowances against deferred tax assets. The realization of these assets is dependent on generating future taxable income, as well as successful implementation of various tax planning strategies. For example, changes in facts and circumstances that alter the probability that the company will realize deferred tax assets could result in recording a valuation allowance, thereby reducing the deferred tax asset and generating a deferred tax expense in the relevant period. In some situations these changes could be material.

At December 31, 2015 , the company had a deferred tax asset balance of $3.4 billion, net of valuation allowance of $1.5 billion. Realization of these assets is expected to occur over an extended period of time. As a result, changes in tax laws, assumptions with respect to future taxable income, and tax planning strategies could result in adjustments to these assets. See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details related to the deferred tax asset balance.


42


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

Valuation of Assets
The assets and liabilities of acquired businesses are measured at their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired, including identified intangibles, is recorded as goodwill. The determination and allocation of fair value to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is based on various assumptions and valuation methodologies requiring considerable management judgment, including estimates based on historical information, current market data and future expectations. The principal assumptions utilized in the company's valuation methodologies include revenue growth rates, operating margin estimates, royalty rates, and discount rates. Although the estimates were deemed reasonable by management based on information available at the dates of acquisition, those estimates are inherently uncertain.

Assessment of the potential impairment of property, plant and equipment, goodwill, other intangible assets, investments in affiliates and other assets is an integral part of the company's normal ongoing review of operations. Testing for potential impairment of these assets is significantly dependent on numerous assumptions and reflects management's best estimates at a particular point in time. The dynamic economic environments in which the company's diversified businesses operate, and key economic and business assumptions with respect to projected selling prices, market growth and inflation rates, can significantly affect the outcome of impairment tests. Estimates based on these assumptions may differ significantly from actual results. Changes in factors and assumptions used in assessing potential impairments can have a significant impact on the existence and magnitude of impairments, as well as the time in which such impairments are recognized. In addition, the company continually reviews its diverse portfolio of assets to ensure they are achieving their greatest potential and are aligned with the company's growth strategy. Strategic decisions involving a particular group of assets may trigger an assessment of the recoverability of the related assets. Such an assessment could result in impairment losses.

Based on the results of the company's annual goodwill impairment test, completed in the third quarter 2015, we determined that the fair value of each of the reporting units substantially exceeded its carrying value, and therefore there were no indications of impairment. The company's methodology for estimating the fair value of its reporting units is using the income approach based on the present value of future cash flows. The income approach has been generally supported by additional market transaction analyses. There can be no assurance that the company's estimates and assumptions regarding forecasted cash flow and revenue and operating income growth rates made for purposes of the annual goodwill impairment test will prove to be accurate predictions of the future. The company believes the current assumptions and estimates utilized are both reasonable and appropriate.

In the fourth quarter 2015, the company elected to defer further testing and deployment of a multi-year, phased implementation of an enterprise resource planning (ERP) system. At December 31, 2015, the company has capitalized costs associated with the ERP system of approximately $435 million which have not yet been placed in service.  It remains probable that the ERP system will be completed and placed in service. 


43


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Certain Guarantee Contracts
Information with respect to the company's guarantees is included in Note 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Historically, the company has not had to make significant payments to satisfy guarantee obligations; however, the company believes it has the financial resources to satisfy these guarantees.

Contractual Obligations
Information related to the company's significant contractual obligations is summarized in the following table:
 
 
Payments Due In
(Dollars in millions)
Total at
December 31,
2015
2016
2017 –
2018
2019 –
2020
2021 and
beyond
Long-term debt obligations 1
$
8,777

$
1,115

$
1,353

$
1,506

$
4,803

Expected cumulative cash requirements for
     interest payments through maturity
3,213

371

649

435

1,758

Capital leases 1
13

1

2

2

8

Operating leases
1,238

248

411

303

276

Purchase obligations 2
 

 

 

 

 

Information technology infrastructure & services
157

56

68

33


Raw material obligations 3
1,524

561

468

296

199

Utility obligations
196

118

33

25

20

Human resource services
40

30

9

1


License agreements 4
1,545

351

474

370

350

Other
165

79

47

25

14

Total purchase obligations
3,627

1,195

1,099

750

583

Other liabilities 1,5,6
 

 

 

 

 

Workers' compensation
91

16

39

17

19

Asset retirement obligations
49

2

6

3

38

Environmental remediation
492

125

134

82

151

Legal settlements
14

1

4

4

5

Other 7
165

53

23

15

74

Total other long-term liabilities
811

197

206

121

287

Total contractual obligations 8
$
17,679

$
3,127

$
3,720

$
3,117

$
7,715


1.  
Included in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
2.  
Represents enforceable and legally binding agreements in excess of $1 million to purchase goods or services that specify fixed or minimum quantities; fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the agreement.
3.  
Includes raw material obligations related to supply agreements with Koch Industries, Inc. (INVISTA).
4.  
Primarily represents remaining minimum payments under DuPont Pioneer license agreements.
5.  
Pension and other long-term employee benefit obligations have been excluded from the table above. Expected 2016 funding for the principal U.S. pension plan and non-U.S. plans with plan assets is disclosed below within Long Term Employee Benefits. Contributions beyond 2016 are expected to be made, however, the amount of contributions are dependent on the future economic environment, investment returns on pension trust assets, as well as rules and regulations of the respective country in which the plans operate.  The company’s remaining pension plans with no plan assets and other long-term employee benefits plans are paid from operating cash flows. The benefit payments for these plans are excluded from the table above as the timing and amounts of benefit payments are uncertain. The estimated benefit payments in 2016 for these plans are disclosed below within Long Term Employee Benefits. Refer to Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information regarding the pension and other long-term employee benefit plans.
6.  
The company's contractual obligations do not reflect an offset for recoveries associated with indemnifications by Chemours in accordance with the Separation Agreement. Refer to Note 3 and 16 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional detail related to the indemnifications.
7.  
Primarily represents employee-related benefits other than pensions and other long-term employee benefits.
8.  
Due to uncertainty regarding the completion of tax audits and possible outcomes, the timing of certain payments of obligations related to unrecognized tax benefits cannot be made and have been excluded from the table above. See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional detail.

The company expects to meet its contractual obligations through its normal sources of liquidity and believes it has the financial resources to satisfy these contractual obligations.


44


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

Long-term Employee Benefits
The company has various obligations to its employees and retirees. The company maintains retirement-related programs in many countries that have a long-term impact on the company's earnings and cash flows. These plans are typically defined benefit pension plans, as well as medical, dental and life insurance benefits for pensioners and survivors and disability benefits for employees (other long-term employee benefits). Approximately 80 percent of the company's worldwide benefit obligation for pensions and essentially all of the company's worldwide other long-term employee benefit obligations are attributable to the U.S. benefit plans. Pension coverage for employees of the company's non-U.S. consolidated subsidiaries is provided, to the extent deemed appropriate, through separate plans. The company regularly explores alternative solutions to meet its global pension obligations in the most cost effective manner possible as demographics, life expectancy and country-specific pension funding rules change. Where permitted by applicable law, the company reserves the right to change, modify or discontinue its plans that provide pension, medical, dental, life insurance and disability benefits.

The majority of employees hired in the U.S. on or after January 1, 2007 are not eligible to participate in the pension and post-retirement medical, dental and life insurance plans, but receive benefits in the defined contribution plans.

Benefits under defined benefit pension plans are based primarily on years of service and employees' pay near retirement. Pension benefits are paid primarily from trust funds established to comply with applicable laws and regulations. Unless required by law, the company does not make contributions that are in excess of tax deductible limits. The actuarial assumptions and procedures utilized are reviewed periodically by the plans' actuaries to provide reasonable assurance that there will be adequate funds for the payment of benefits. No contributions were made to the principal U.S. pension plan in 2015 and the company expects to contribute $230 million to this plan in 2016.
Funding for each pension plan other than the principal U.S. pension plan is governed by the rules of the sovereign country in which it operates. Thus, there is not necessarily a direct correlation between pension funding and pension expense. In general, however, improvements in plans' funded status tends to moderate subsequent funding needs. The company contributed $164 million to its pension plans other than the principal U.S. pension plan in 2015.

U.S. pension benefits that exceed federal limitations are covered by separate unfunded plans and these benefits are paid to pensioners and survivors from operating cash flows. The company's remaining pension plans with no plan assets are paid from operating cash flows. The company made benefit payments of $144 million to its unfunded plans in 2015.

The company's other long-term employee benefits are unfunded and the cost of the approved claims is paid from operating cash flows. Pre-tax cash requirements to cover actual net claims costs and related administrative expenses were $237 million, $233 million and $207 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Changes in cash requirements reflect the net impact of higher per capita health care costs, demographic changes, plan amendments and changes in participant premiums, co-pays and deductibles.

In 2016, the company expects to contribute about the same as 2015 for pension plans other than the principal U.S. pension plan, its remaining plans with no plan assets and its other long-term employee benefit plans.

The company's income can be significantly affected by pension and defined contribution benefits as well as other long-term employee benefits. The following table summarizes the extent to which the company's income over each of the last 3 years was affected by pre-tax charges related to long-term employee benefits:
(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
Long-term employee benefit plan charges 1
$
616

$
715

$
1,153


1.  
The long-term employee benefit plan charges include discontinued operations of $(245), $96 and $113 for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The above charges for pension and other long-term employee benefits are determined as of the beginning of each year. The decrease in long-term employee benefit expense in 2015 is due to a curtailment gain partially offset by a decrease in discount rate. The decrease in long-term employee benefit expense in 2014 is primarily related to higher discount rates and better than expected pension asset returns. See "Long-term Employee Benefits" under the Critical Accounting Estimates section beginning on page 40 of this report for additional information on determining annual expense.


45


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

The company's key assumptions used in calculating its pension and other long-term employee benefits are the expected return on plan assets, the rate of compensation increases and the discount rate (see Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements). For 2016, long term employee benefits expense from continuing operations is expected to decrease by about $230 million due to the adoption of the full yield curve approach and a higher discount rate which will be partially offset by a lower expected return on plan assets for the US pension plan from 8.5% to 8.0%. The adoption of the full yield curve approach will reduce 2016 expense by $210 million as a result of a $10 million and $200 million reduction in service and interest cost components, respectively. The estimated 2016 long term employee benefit expense from continuing operations does not include the impact of any settlement losses or curtailment gains resulting from actions associated with the 2016 global cost savings and restructuring program, as it cannot be estimated at this time.

Environmental Matters
The company operates global manufacturing, product handling and distribution facilities that are subject to a broad array of environmental laws and regulations. Such rules are subject to change by the implementing governmental agency, and the company monitors these changes closely. Company policy requires that all operations fully meet or exceed legal and regulatory requirements. In addition, the company implements voluntary programs to reduce air emissions, minimize the generation of hazardous waste, decrease the volume of water use and discharges, increase the efficiency of energy use and reduce the generation of persistent, bioaccumulative and toxic materials. Management has noted a global upward trend in the amount and complexity of proposed chemicals regulation. The costs to comply with complex environmental laws and regulations, as well as internal voluntary programs and goals, are significant and will continue to be significant for the foreseeable future.
 
Pre-tax environmental expenses charged to current operations are summarized below:
(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2013
Environmental operating costs
$
380

$
380

$
375

Increase in remediation accrual
118

95

90

            
$
498

$
475

$
465


About 75 percent of total pre-tax environmental expenses charged to current operations in 2015 resulted from operations in the U.S. Based on existing facts and circumstances, management does not believe that year over year changes, if any, in environmental expenses charged to current operations will have a material impact on the company's financial position, liquidity or results of operations. Annual expenditures are not expected to vary significantly from the range of such expenditures experienced in the past few years. Longer term, expenditures are subject to considerable uncertainty and may fluctuate significantly.

Environmental Operating Costs
As a result of its operations, the company incurs costs for pollution abatement activities including waste collection and disposal, installation and maintenance of air pollution controls and wastewater treatment, emissions testing and monitoring, and obtaining permits. The company also incurs costs related to environmental related research and development activities including environmental field and treatment studies as well as toxicity and degradation testing to evaluate the environmental impact of products and raw materials.

Remediation Accrual
Changes in the remediation accrual balance are summarized below:
(Dollars in millions)
 
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
458

Remediation payments
(75
)
Increase in remediation accrual
95

Balance at December 31, 2014
$
478

Remediation payments
(104
)
Increase in remediation accrual
118

Balance at December 31, 2015
$
492



46


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

Considerable uncertainty exists with respect to environmental remediation costs, and, under adverse changes in circumstances, the potential liability may range up to $1.0 billion above the amount accrued as of December 31, 2015 . However, based on existing facts and circumstances, management does not believe that any loss, in excess of amounts accrued, related to remediation activities at any individual site will have a material impact on the financial position, liquidity or results of operations of the company.

Pursuant to the Separation Agreement discussed in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the company is indemnified by Chemours for certain environmental matters, included in the liability of $492 million, that have an estimated liability of $291 million as of December 31, 2015 and a potential exposure that ranges up to approximately $610 million above the amount accrued. As such, the company has recorded an indemnification asset of $291 million corresponding to the company's accrual balance related to these matters at December 31, 2015 .

As of December 31, 2015 , the company has been notified of potential liability under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA or Superfund) or similar state laws at about 500 sites around the U.S., including approximately 100 sites for which DuPont does not believe it has liability based on current information. Active remediation is under way at approximately 140 of these sites. In addition, the company has resolved its liability at approximately 190 sites, either by completing remedial actions with other PRPs or by participating in "de minimis buyouts" with other PRPs whose waste, like the company's, represented only a small fraction of the total waste present at a site. The company received notice of potential liability at one new site during 2015 compared with three and five similar notices in 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

Environmental Capital Expenditures
In 2015 , the company spent approximately $20 million on environmental capital projects either required by law or necessary to meet the company's internal environmental goals. The company currently estimates expenditures for environmental-related capital projects to be about $40 million in 2016 . In the U.S., additional capital expenditures are expected to be required over the next decade for treatment, storage and disposal facilities for solid and hazardous waste and for compliance with the Clean Air Act (CAA). Until all CAA regulatory requirements are established and known, considerable uncertainty will remain regarding estimates for future capital expenditures. However, management does not believe that the costs to comply with these requirements will have a material impact on the financial position or liquidity of the company.

Climate Change
The company believes that climate change is an important global issue that presents risks and opportunities. Expanding upon significant global greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions and other environmental footprint reductions made in the period 1990-2010, as of 2014 the company reduced its environmental footprint, achieving reductions of 9 percent in GHG emissions intensity and 8 percent in water consumption versus a 2010 baseline. In addition, as of 2014, the company achieved an 11 percent reduction in energy intensity from non-renewable resources versus a 2010 baseline. The company continuously evaluates opportunities for existing and new product and service offerings in light of the anticipated demands of a low-carbon economy.

The company is actively engaged in efforts to develop constructive public policies to reduce GHG emissions and encourage lower carbon forms of energy. Such policies may bring higher operating costs as well as greater revenue and margin opportunities. Legislative efforts to control or limit GHG emissions could affect the company's energy source and supply choices as well as increase the cost of energy and raw materials derived from fossil fuels. Such efforts are also anticipated to provide the business community with greater certainty for the regulatory future, help guide investment decisions, and drive growth in demand for low-carbon and energy-efficient products, technologies, and services. Similarly, demand is expected to grow for products that facilitate adaptation to a changing climate.

There are existing efforts to address GHG emissions at the national and regional levels. Several of the company's facilities in the European Union (EU) are regulated under the EU Emissions Trading Scheme. China has begun pilot programs for carbon taxes and trading of GHG emissions in selected areas. The current unsettled policy environment in the U.S., where many company facilities are located, adds an element of uncertainty to business decisions, particularly those relating to long-term capital investments.


47


Part II

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS, continued

In 2010, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) launched a phased-in scheme to regulate GHG emissions first from large stationary sources under the existing CAA permitting requirements administered by state and local authorities. Large capital investments may be required to install Best Available Control Technology on major new or modified sources of GHG emissions. In 2015, the EPA promulgated regulations for carbon dioxide emissions from new and reconstructed/modified Electric Generating Units (EGU's). In 2015, the EPA also promulgated new regulations for carbon dioxide emissions from existing EGUs that would be based on individual state emission reduction programs. These regulations are currently being challenged in the U.S. federal court. If the regulations survive these challenges, they may affect the long term price and supply of electricity and natural gas and demand for products that contribute to energy efficiency and renewable energy. The precise impact of the aforementioned regulations is uncertain due to the flexibility provided to the states in developing their programs and anticipated legal challenges to this regulatory approach. A comprehensive national policy that addresses climate change by relying on market-based mechanisms to drive reductions in greenhouse gases is likely to be more economically efficient than the facility-by-facility controls that would result from implementation of recently promulgated rules under EPA’s existing authorities.

At the international level, significant differences in regional or national approaches could present challenges in a global marketplace, highlighting the need for coordinated global policy actions. An effective global climate policy framework will help drive the market changes that are needed to stimulate and efficiently deploy new innovations in science and technology, while maintaining open and competitive global markets.


48


Part II
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK



The company’s global operations are exposed to financial market risks relating to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, and interest rates. The company has established a variety of programs including use of derivative instruments and other financial instruments to manage the exposure to financial market risks as to minimize volatility of financial results. In the ordinary course of business, the company enters into derivative instruments to hedge its exposure to foreign currency, interest rate and commodity price risks under established procedures and controls. For additional information on these derivatives and related exposures, see Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Decisions regarding whether or not to hedge a given commitment are made on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the amount and duration of the exposure, market volatility and economic trends. Foreign currency exchange contracts are also used, from time to time, to manage near-term foreign currency cash requirements.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risks
The company has significant international operations resulting in a large number of currency transactions that result from international sales, purchases, investments and borrowings. The primary currencies for which the company has an exchange rate exposure are the European Euro (EUR), Brazilian Real, Chinese Yuan, and Japanese Yen. The company uses forward exchange contracts to offset its net exposures, by currency, related to the foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities of its operations. In addition to the contracts disclosed in Note 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, from time to time, the company will enter into foreign currency exchange contracts to establish with certainty the USD amount of future firm commitments denominated in a foreign currency.

Certain foreign entities of the company held USD denominated marketable securities, mainly US government securities, at December 31, 2015 . The USD/EUR is the primary foreign exchange exposure for these nonfunctional currency denominated marketable securities. These marketable securities are classified as “available-for-sale” and as such, fluctuations in foreign exchange are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss (AOCI) within the Consolidated Statements of Equity. These fluctuations are subsequently reclassified from AOCI to earnings in the period in which the marketable securities are sold.

The following table illustrates the fair values of outstanding foreign currency contracts and nonfunctional currency denominated marketable securities at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , and the effect on fair values of a hypothetical adverse change in the foreign exchange rates that existed at December 31, 2015 and 2014 . The sensitivities for foreign currency contracts and nonfunctional currency denominated marketable securities are based on a 10 percent adverse change in foreign exchange rates.
 
Fair Value
Asset/(Liability)
Fair Value
Sensitivity
(Dollars in millions)
2015
2014
2015
2014
Foreign currency contracts
$
(6
)
$
192

$
(738
)
$
(870
)
Marketable securities
788


(110
)


Since the company's risk management programs are highly effective, the potential loss in value for each risk management portfolio described above would be largely offset by changes in the value of the underlying exposure.

Concentration of Credit Risk
The company maintains cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, derivatives and certain other financial instruments with various financial institutions. These financial institutions are generally highly rated and geographically dispersed and the company has a policy to limit the dollar amount of credit exposure with any one institution.

As part of the company's financial risk management processes, it continuously evaluates the relative credit standing of all of the financial institutions that service DuPont and monitors actual exposures versus established limits. The company has not sustained credit losses from instruments held at financial institutions.

The company's sales are not materially dependent on any single customer. As of December 31, 2015, no one individual customer balance represented more than five percent of the company's total outstanding receivables balance. Credit risk associated with its receivables balance is representative of the geographic, industry and customer diversity associated with the company's global businesses.

The company also maintains strong credit controls in evaluating and granting customer credit. As a result, it may require that customers provide some type of financial guarantee in certain circumstances. Length of terms for customer credit varies by industry and region.

49


Part II
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The financial statements and supplementary data required by this Item are included herein, commencing on page F-1 of this report.

ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The company maintains a system of disclosure controls and procedures to give reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the company's reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. These controls and procedures also give reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in such reports is accumulated and communicated to management to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

As of December 31, 2015 , the company's Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), together with management, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the company's disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

There has been no change in the company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2015 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company's internal control over financial reporting. The company has completed its evaluation of its internal controls and has concluded that the company's system of internal controls over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015 (see page F-2).

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

On February 3, 2016, the company entered into a committed receivable repurchase agreement of up to $1 billion (the repurchase facility) that expires on November 30, 2016. Under the repurchase facility, the company may sell a portfolio of available and eligible outstanding customer notes receivables within the Agriculture segment to participating institutions and simultaneously agree to repurchase at a future date. The repurchase facility is considered a secured borrowing with the customer notes receivables, inclusive of those that are sold and repurchased, equal to 105% of the outstanding amounts borrowed utilized as collateral. Borrowings under the repurchase facility will have an interest rate of LIBOR + 0.75%.

50


Part III

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information with respect to this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy, including information within the sections entitled, "Election of Directors," "Governance of the Company-Committees of the Board," "Governance of the Company-Committee Membership," "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," and “Stockholder Nominations for Election of Directors.”

The company has adopted a Code of Ethics for its CEO, CFO, and Controller that may be accessed from the company's website at www.dupont.com by clicking on "Investors" and then "Corporate Governance." Any amendments to, or waiver from, any provision of the code will be posted on the company's website at the above address.

Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following is a list, as of February 4, 2016 , of the company's Executive Officers:
 
Age
Executive
Officer
Since
Chair of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer:
 
 
Edward D. Breen
59
2015
Other Executive Officers:
 
 
Benito Cachinero-Sánchez
57
2011
Senior Vice President - Human Resources
 
 
James C. Collins
53
2014
Executive Vice President
 
 
C. Marc Doyle
46
2015
Executive Vice President
 
 
Nicholas C. Fanandakis
59
2009
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 
 
Stacy L. Fox
62
2014
Senior Vice President and General Counsel
 
 
Douglas Muzyka
61
2014
Senior Vice President and Chief Science & Technology Officer
 
 

The company's Executive Officers are elected or appointed for the ensuing year or for an indefinite term and until their successors are elected or appointed.

Edward D. Breen joined the DuPont Board of Directors in February 2015, was named Interim Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (CEO) in October 2015, and assumed his current role as Chair of the Board and CEO in November 2015. Mr. Breen served as Chairman and CEO of Tyco International plc (Tyco) from July 2002 until September 2012.  Prior to joining Tyco, Mr. Breen held several senior management positions at Motorola from 2000 to 2002, including as President and Chief Operating Officer. From December 1997 to January 2000, he served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of General Instrument Corporation.  Between 1994 and 1997, Mr. Breen was President of the Broadband Networks Group for General Instrument, President of Eastern Operations for the Communications Division and served as Executive Vice President of Terrestrial Systems. Mr. Breen currently serves as Chairman of Tyco and a Director of Comcast Corporation. He also serves as a member of the advisory board of New Mountain Capital LLC, a private equity firm.

Benito Cachinero-Sánchez joined DuPont in April 2011 as Senior Vice President - Human Resources. Prior to joining DuPont, he was Corporate Vice President of Human Resources at Automatic Data Processing (ADP). Prior to ADP, he was Vice President, Human Resources for the Medical Devices & Diagnostics Group of Johnson & Johnson.


51


Part III
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, continued

James C. Collins joined DuPont in 1984 as an engineer.  He has held positions in engineering, supervision and plant management at a variety of manufacturing sites.  In 1993, he joined the Agriculture Sales & Marketing Group where he served in a variety of roles across the globe supporting DuPont’s seed and crop protection businesses.  From 2004 to 2010, he was responsible for DuPont Crop Protection as Vice President and General Manager and then President.  In January 2011, he was appointed Vice President for Acquisition & Integration of Danisco, and was named President of DuPont Industrial Biosciences in May of that year.  Beginning in September 2013, he assumed additional business and functional responsibilities as Senior Vice President.  In December 2014, he was named Executive Vice President and had responsibility for the Electronics & Communications, Industrial Biosciences, Performance Materials segments as well as regional management for Europe, Middle East, Africa and Canada and Corporate Communications.   Effective January 2016, Mr. Collins has responsibility for the Agriculture businesses.

C. Marc Doyle joined DuPont in 1995 as a research scientist within DuPont Central Research & Development. He has held positions in business development, marketing and business management, including strategic planning manager, global displays business manager and regional business director of the Asia Pacific region for the Microcircuit Materials business.  In February 2008, he became the Global Business Director for DuPont Photovoltaic Solutions within the DuPont Electronics & Communications business. He was named Global Market and Product Director for DuPont Protection Technologies in September 2011.  In this role, Mr. Doyle had been responsible for the Kevlar ® and Nomex ® product lines globally.  In June 2013 he was named President of DuPont Protection Technologies. In July 2015 he was named Senior Vice President and assumed responsibility for the Safety & Protection businesses. Effective January 2016, he has been named Executive Vice President and assumed responsibility for the Electronics & Communications, Protection Solutions, Industrial Biosciences, Nutrition & Health, Sustainable Solutions and Performance Materials businesses.

Nicholas C. Fanandakis joined DuPont in 1979 as an accounting and business analyst. Since then, Mr. Fanandakis served in a variety of plant, marketing, and product management and business director roles. Mr. Fanandakis served as Vice President and General Manager—DuPont Chemical Solutions Enterprise from 2003 until February 2007 when he was named Vice President—Corporate Plans. In January 2008, Mr. Fanandakis was named Group Vice President—DuPont Applied BioSciences. In November 2009, he was named Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. In August 2010, he was named Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

Stacy L. Fox joined DuPont in October 2014 as Senior Vice President and General Counsel. Effective January 2016, she also has responsibility for Corporate Communications. Prior to joining DuPont she served as Deputy Emergency Manager of the City of Detroit. Prior to that role, she was Senior Vice President of Strategy and General Counsel of Sunoco, Inc. She also served as a member of the Board of Directors of Sunoco Partners LLC. Earlier, she served as Executive Vice President of Corporate Transactions and Legal Affairs for Visteon. Ms. Fox is also a founder and principal of the Roxbury Group.

Douglas Muzyka joined the company in 1985 as a research scientist and held a variety of research and research management roles. In 1994, he was named Director of Technology and New Business Development for DuPont Nylon, Asia Pacific. In 1998, he was named Global Business Director for the Nylon Industrial Specialties business. In 2001, Mr. Muzyka was then named President and General Manager of DuPont Mexico. In January 2003, he was named President and Chief Executive Officer of DuPont Canada Inc. and in September 2003, concurrently Vice President and General Manager - DuPont Nutrition & Health. In July 2006, he assumed the role of President - DuPont Greater China. In September 2010, he was named Senior Vice President and Chief Science and Technology Officer. Effective January 2016, he also has responsibility for engineering technologies and regional leadership.

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information with respect to this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy, including information within the sections entitled, "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Compensation of Executive Officers," "Directors' Compensation," "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and "Compensation Committee Report."


52


Part III

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information with respect to this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy, including information within the section entitled "Ownership of Company Stock."

Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2015
(Shares in thousands, except per share)
Plan Category
Number of Securities to
be Issued Upon Exercise
of Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights
   
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price of
Outstanding Options,
Warrants and Rights 2
Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans 3
   
Equity compensation plans approved by
    security holders
22,928

1  
$
54.89

39,815

   
Equity compensation plans not
    approved by security holders
14

4  


5  
Total
22,942

   
$
54.89

39,815

   

1.  
Includes stock-settled time-vested and performance-based restricted stock units granted and stock units deferred under the company's Equity and Incentive Plan, Stock Performance Plan, Variable Compensation Plan and the Stock Accumulation and Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors. Performance-based restricted stock units reflect the maximum number of shares to be awarded at the conclusion of the performance cycle (200 percent of the original grant). The actual award payouts can range from 0 to 200 percent of the original grant.
2.  
Represents the weighted-average exercise price of the outstanding stock options only; the outstanding stock-settled time-vested and performance-based restricted stock units and deferred stock units are not included in this calculation.
3.  
Reflects shares available pursuant to the issuance of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other stock-based awards under the amended Equity and Incentive Plan approved by the shareholders in April 2011 (see Note 19 to the company's Consolidated Financial Statements). The maximum number of shares of stock reserved for the grant or settlement of awards under the Equity and Incentive Plan (Share Limit) shall be 110,000 and shall be subject to adjustment as provided therein; provided that each share in excess of 30,000 issued under the Equity and Incentive Plan pursuant to any award settled in stock, other than a stock option or stock appreciation right, shall be counted against the foregoing Share Limit as four and one-half shares for every one share actually issued in connection with such award. (For example, if 32,000 shares of restricted stock are granted under the Equity and Incentive Plan, 39,000 shall be charged against the Share Limit in connection with that award.)
4.  
Includes 14 deferred stock units resulting from base salary and short-term incentive (STIP) deferrals under the Management Deferred Compensation Plan (MDCP). Under the MDCP, a select group of management or highly compensated employees can elect to defer the receipt of their base salary, STIP or Long Term Incentive (LTI) award. LTI deferrals are included in footnote 1 to the above chart. The company does not match deferrals under the MDCP. There are seven core investment options under the MDCP for base salary and STIP deferrals, including deferred stock units with dividend equivalents credited as additional stock units. In general, deferred stock units are distributed in the form of DuPont common stock and may be made in the form of lump sum at a specified future date prior to retirement or a lump sum or annual installments after separation from service. Shareholder approval of the MDCP was not required under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.
5.  
There is no limit on the number of shares that can be issued under the MDCP and no further shares are available for issuance under the other equity compensation arrangements described in footnote 4 to the above chart.


53


Part III

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information with respect to this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy, including information within the sections entitled, "Governance of the Company-Review and Approval of Transactions with Related Persons" and "Governance of the Company-Corporate Governance Guidelines," "Governance of the Company-Committees of the Board," "Governance of the Company-Committee Membership" and "Election of Directors."

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Information with respect to this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy, including information within the section entitled "Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm."



54


Part IV

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)
Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits:
1.
Financial Statements (See the Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements on page F-1 of this report).
2.
Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(Dollars in millions)
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
Accounts Receivable—Allowance for Doubtful Receivables
 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period
$
235

$
262

$
237

Additions charged to cost and expenses
58

58

70

Deductions from reserves 1
(68
)
(85
)
(45
)
Balance at end of period
$
225

$
235

$
262

Inventory—Obsolescence Reserve
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of period
$
180

$
212

$
250

Additions charged to expenses
391

386

304

Deductions from reserves 2
(334
)
(418
)
(342
)
Balance at end of period
$
237

$
180

$
212

Deferred Tax Assets—Valuation Allowance
 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period
$
1,704

$
1,711

$
1,861

Net (benefits) charges to income tax expense
(71
)
(47
)
29

(Deductions) additions to other comprehensive income (loss)
(104
)
40

(179
)
Balance at end of period
$
1,529

$
1,704

$
1,711


1. Deductions include write-offs, recoveries and currency translation adjustments.
2. Deductions include disposals and currency translation adjustments.

Financial Statement Schedules listed under SEC rules but not included in this report are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto incorporated by reference.


55


Part IV
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, continued

3.
Exhibits

The following list of exhibits includes both exhibits submitted with this Form 10-K as filed with the SEC and those incorporated by reference to other filings:
Exhibit
Number
 
Description
 
 
 
3.1
 
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the company’s Annual Report on Form 8-K (Commission file number 1-815) dated June 1, 2015).
 
 
 
3.2
 
Company’s Bylaws, as last amended effective October 22, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission file number 1-815) for the period ended September 30, 2015).
 
 
 
4
 
The company agrees to provide the Commission, on request, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt of the company and its subsidiaries.
 
 
 
10.1*
 
The DuPont Stock Accumulation and Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, as last amended effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission file number 1-815) for the year ended December 31, 2013).
 
 
 
10.2*
 
Company’s Supplemental Retirement Income Plan, as last amended effective December 18, 1996 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission file number 1-815) for the year ended December 31, 2011).
 
 
 
10.3*
 
Company’s Pension Restoration Plan, as last amended effective June 29, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission file number 1-815) for the period ended June 30, 2015).
 
 
 
10.4*
 
Company’s Rules for Lump Sum Payments, as last amended effective May 15, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission file number 1-815) for the period ended June 30, 2015).
 
 
 
10.5*
 
Company’s Stock Performance Plan, as last amended effective January 25, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission file number 1-815) for the year ended December 31, 2011).
 
 
 
10.6*
 
Company’s Equity and Incentive Plan, as amended October 23, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.06 to the company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission file number 1-815) for the period ended September 30, 2014).
 
 
 
10.7*
 
Form of Award Terms under the company’s Equity and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission file number 1-815) for the period ended June 30, 2013).
 
 
 
10.8*
 
Company’s Retirement Savings Restoration Plan, as last amended effective May 15, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.08 to the company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission file number 1-815) for the period ended June 30, 2014).
 
 
 
10.9*
 
Company’s Retirement Income Plan for Directors, as last amended January 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission file number 1-815) for the period ended March 31, 2012).
 
 
 
10.10*
 
Company's Senior Executive Severance Plan, as amended and restated effective December 10, 2015. The company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedules to the Commission upon request.
 
 
 
10.11*
 
Supplemental Deferral Terms for Deferred Long Term Incentive Awards and Deferred Variable Compensation Awards (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the company's Annual Report on Form 10-K (Commission file number 1-815) for the year ended December 31, 2013).
 
 
 
10.12*
 
Form of 2014 Award Terms under the Company's Equity and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission file number 1-815) for the period ended March 31, 2014).
 
 
 
10.13*
 
Company’s Management Deferred Compensation Plan, as last amended effective April 15, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission file number 1-815) for the period ended June 30, 2014).
 
 
 

56


Part IV
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, continued

10.14*
 
Separation Agreement dated October 5, 2015, by and between E.I. du Pont Nemours and Company and Ellen J. Kullman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the company's Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission file number 1-815) dated October 5, 2015).
 
 
 
10.15*
 
Form of 2015 Award Terms under the Company's Equity and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (Commission file number 1-815) for the period ended March 31, 2015).
 
 
 
10.16*
 
Letter Agreement dated January 4, 2016, by and between the Company and Mr. James C. Borel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the company's Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission file number 1-815) dated January 22, 2016).

 
 
 
10.17**
 
Separation Agreement by and between the Company and The Chemours Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the company's Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission file number 1-815) dated July 8, 2015).
 
 
 
10.18
 
Tax Matters Agreement by and between the Company and The Chemours Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the company's Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission file number 1-815) dated July 8, 2015).
 
 
 
10.19**
 
Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between the Company and The Dow Chemical Company, dated as of December 11, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the company's Current Report on Form 8-K (Commission file number 1-815) dated December 11, 2015).
 
 
 
10.20**
 
Master Repurchase Agreement with Cooperatieve Rabobank, U.A. (New York Branch) and The Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi UFJ Ltd. (New York Branch) dated as of February 3, 2016.
 
 
 
10.21**
 
Master Framework Agreement with Cooperatieve Rabobank, U.A. (New York Branch) and The Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi UFJ Ltd. (New York Branch) dated as of February 3, 2016.
 
 
 
12
 
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
 
 
21
 
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
 
 
 
23
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
 
 
31.1
 
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the company’s Principal Executive Officer.
 
 
 
31.2
 
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of the company’s Principal Financial Officer.
 
 
 
32.1
 
Section 1350 Certification of the company’s Principal Executive Officer. The information contained in this Exhibit shall not be deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission nor incorporated by reference in any registration statement filed by the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
 
 
32.2
 
Section 1350 Certification of the company’s Principal Financial Officer. The information contained in this Exhibit shall not be deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission nor incorporated by reference in any registration statement filed by the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
 
 
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document
 
 
 
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
 
 
 
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
 
 
 
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
 
 
 
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
 
 
 
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
*
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
**
DuPont hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to such agreement to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.


57


Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
February 4, 2016
 
 
 
E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
 
By:
/s/ Nicholas C. Fanandakis
 
 
Nicholas C. Fanandakis
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

_____________________________________________

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated:
Signature
 
Title(s)
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ E.D. Breen
 
Chair of the Board of Directors and
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
February 4, 2016
E. D. Breen
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ L. Andreotti
 
Director
 
February 4, 2016
L. Andreotti
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ R.A. Brown
 
Director
 
February 4, 2016
R. A. Brown
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ A.M. Cutler
 
Director
 
February 4, 2016
A. M. Cutler
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ E.I. du Pont, II
 
Director
 
February 4, 2016
E. I. du Pont, II
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ J. L. Gallogly
 
Director
 
February 4, 2016
J. L. Gallogly
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ M.A. Hewson
 
Director
 
February 4, 2016
M. A. Hewson
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ L.D. Juliber
 
Director
 
February 4, 2016
L. D. Juliber
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ U. M. Schneider
 
Director
 
February 4, 2016
U. M. Schneider
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ L. M. Thomas
 
Director
 
February 4, 2016
L. M. Thomas
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ P. J. Ward
 
Director
 
February 4, 2016
P. J. Ward
 
 
 
 

58

                                                                

E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 
Page(s)
Consolidated Financial Statements:
 

F-1

                                                                

Management's Reports on Responsibility for Financial Statements and
Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management's Report on Responsibility for Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the Consolidated Financial Statements and the other financial information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP) and are considered by management to present fairly the company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The financial statements include some amounts that are based on management's best estimates and judgments. The financial statements have been audited by the company's independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The purpose of their audit is to express an opinion as to whether the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K present fairly, in all material respects, the company's financial position, results of operations and cash flows in conformity with GAAP. Their report is presented on the following page.
Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining an adequate system of internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. The company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:
i.
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;
ii.
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorization of management and directors of the company; and
iii.
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisitions, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Internal control over financial reporting has certain inherent limitations which may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, changes in conditions and business practices may cause variation in the effectiveness of internal controls.
Management assessed the effectiveness of the company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 , based on criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) . Based on its assessment and those criteria, management concluded that the company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 .
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of the company's internal control over financial reporting as of, as stated in their report, which is presented on the following page.

 
Edward D. Breen
Chair of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer
 
Nicholas C. Fanandakis
Executive Vice President
and Chief Financial Officer
February 4, 2016

F-2

                                                                

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a) (2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements and financial statement schedule, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in "Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting" appearing on page F-2. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements, on the financial statement schedule and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 4, 2016


F-3

                                                                

E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Consolidated Financial Statements
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
(Dollars in millions, except per share)
For the year ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
Net sales
$
25,130

$
28,406

$
28,998

Cost of goods sold
15,112

17,023

17,642

Other operating charges
459

645

1,222

Selling, general and administrative expenses
4,615

4,891

5,342

Research and development expense
1,898

1,958

2,037

Other income, net
(697
)
(1,277
)
(371
)
Interest expense
342

377

448

Employee separation / asset related charges, net
810

476

112

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
2,591

4,313

2,566

Provision for income taxes on continuing operations
696

1,168

360

Income from continuing operations after income taxes
1,895

3,145

2,206

Income from discontinued operations after income taxes
64

491

2,656

Net income
1,959

3,636

4,862

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
6

11

14

Net income attributable to DuPont
$
1,953

$
3,625

$
4,848

Basic earnings per share of common stock:
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share of common stock from continuing operations
$
2.10

$
3.42

$
2.36

Basic earnings per share of common stock from discontinued operations
0.07

0.54

2.87

Basic earnings per share of common stock
$
2.17

$
3.95

$
5.22

Diluted earnings per share of common stock:
 
 
 
Diluted earnings per share of common stock from continuing operations
$
2.09

$
3.39

$
2.34

Diluted earnings per share of common stock from discontinued operations
0.07

0.53

2.85

Diluted earnings per share of common stock
$
2.16

$
3.92

$
5.18

Dividends per share of common stock
$
1.72

$
1.84

$
1.78


See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-9.

F-4

                                                                

E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Consolidated Financial Statements
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Dollars in millions, except per share)
For the year ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
Net income
$
1,959

$
3,636

$
4,862

Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax:
 
 
 
      Cumulative translation adjustment
(1,605
)
(876
)
25

      Net revaluation and clearance of cash flow hedges to earnings:



      Additions and revaluations of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
(37
)
53

(58
)
      Clearance of hedge results to earnings
12

15

(25
)
      Net revaluation and clearance of cash flow hedges to earnings
(25
)
68

(83
)
      Pension benefit plans:
 
 
 
      Net (loss) gain
(57
)
(4,131
)
3,293

      Prior service benefit

44

62

      Effect of foreign exchange rates
119



      Reclassifications to net income:






                Amortization of prior service (benefit) cost
(9
)
2

8

                Amortization of loss
768

601

957

                Curtailment / settlement loss
70

11

153

      Pension benefit plans, net
891

(3,473
)
4,473

      Other benefit plans:
 
 
 
      Net gain (loss)
4

(280
)
513

      Prior service benefit

50

211

      Effect of foreign exchange rates
(1
)


      Reclassifications to net income:






                Amortization of prior service benefit
(182
)
(214
)
(195
)
                Amortization of loss
78

57

76

                Curtailment / settlement gain
(274
)

(153
)
      Other benefit plans, net
(375
)
(387
)
452

      Net unrealized (loss) gain on securities
(19
)

1

Other comprehensive (loss) income, before tax
(1,133
)
(4,668
)
4,868

      Income tax (expense) benefit related to items of other comprehensive income
(175
)
1,403

(1,665
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
(1,308
)
(3,265
)
3,203

Comprehensive income
651

371

8,065

      Less: Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
6

12

12

Comprehensive income attributable to DuPont
$
645

$
359

$
8,053


See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-9.

F-5

                                                                

E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Consolidated Financial Statements
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in millions, except per share)
December 31,
2015
2014
Assets
 

 

Current assets
 

 

Cash and cash equivalents
$
5,300

$
6,910

Marketable securities
906

124

Accounts and notes receivable, net
4,643

5,238

Inventories
6,140

6,787

Prepaid expenses
248

264

Deferred income taxes
518

532

Assets of discontinued operations

6,227

Total current assets
17,755

26,082

Property, plant and equipment
24,130

23,773

Less: Accumulated depreciation
14,346

13,765

Net property, plant and equipment
9,784

10,008

Goodwill
4,248

4,332

Other intangible assets
4,144

4,569

Investment in affiliates
688

762

Deferred income taxes
3,431

3,734

Other assets
1,116

1,003

Total
$
41,166

$
50,490

Liabilities and Equity
 

 

Current liabilities
 

 

Accounts payable
$
3,398

$
3,786

Short-term borrowings and capital lease obligations
1,165

1,422

Income taxes
210

534

Other accrued liabilities
5,580

5,596

Liabilities of discontinued operations

2,467

Total current liabilities
10,353

13,805

Long-term borrowings and capital lease obligations
7,642

9,233

Other liabilities
12,591

13,615

Deferred income taxes
380

459

Total liabilities
30,966

37,112

Commitments and contingent liabilities




Stockholders' Equity
 

 

Preferred stock, without par value – cumulative; 23,000,000 shares authorized;
     issued at December 31, 2015 and 2014:
 

 

$4.50 Series – 1,673,000 shares (callable at $120)
167

167

$3.50 Series – 700,000 shares (callable at $102)
70

70

Common stock, $.30 par value; 1,800,000,000 shares authorized;
     issued at December 31, 2015 – 958,388,000; 2014 – 992,020,000
288

298

Additional paid-in capital
11,081

11,174

Reinvested earnings
14,510

16,894

Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(9,396
)
(8,556
)
Common stock held in treasury, at cost
     (Shares: December 31, 2015 and 2014 – 87,041,000)
(6,727
)
(6,727
)
Total DuPont stockholders' equity
9,993

13,320

Noncontrolling interests
207

58

Total equity
10,200

13,378

Total
$
41,166

$
50,490


See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-9.

F-6

                                                                

E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Consolidated Financial Statements
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY
(Dollars in millions, except per share)
 
Preferred
Stock
Common
Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Reinvested
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Compre-
hensive
Loss
Treasury
Stock
Non-
controlling
Interests
Total
Equity
2013
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance January 1, 2013
$
237

$
306

$
10,655

$
14,232

$
(8,495
)
$
(6,727
)
$
91

$
10,299

Sale of a majority interest in a consolidated subsidiary












(34
)
(34
)
Acquisitions of a noncontrolling interest in consolidated subsidiaries
  

  

4

  

  

  



4

Net income
  

  

  

4,848

  

  

14

4,862

Other comprehensive income (loss)
  

  

  

  

3,205

  

(2
)
3,203

Common dividends ($1.78 per share)
  

  

  

(1,658
)
  

  

(12
)
(1,670
)
Preferred dividends
  

  

  

(10
)
  

  

  

(10
)
Common stock issued - compensation plans
  

4

628

  

  

  

  

632

Common stock repurchased
  

  

  

  

  

(1,000
)
  

(1,000
)
Common stock retired
 

(6
)
(215
)
(779
)
  

1,000

 


Balance December 31, 2013
$
237

$
304

$
11,072

$
16,633

$
(5,290
)
$
(6,727
)
$
57

$
16,286

2014
 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sale of a majority interest in a consolidated subsidiary
  

  



  

  

  

(5
)
(5
)
Net income
  

  

  

3,625

  

  

11

3,636

Other comprehensive (loss) income
  

  

  

  

(3,266
)
  

1

(3,265
)
Common dividends ($1.84 per share)
  

  

  

(1,695
)
  

  

(6
)
(1,701
)
Preferred dividends
  

  

  

(10
)
  

  

  

(10
)
Common stock issued - compensation plans
  

3

434

  

  

  

  

437

Common stock repurchased
  

  



  

  

(2,000
)
  

(2,000
)
Common stock retired
 

(9
)
(332
)
(1,659
)
  

2,000

 


Balance December 31, 2014
$
237

$
298

$
11,174

$
16,894

$
(8,556
)
$
(6,727
)
$
58

$
13,378

2015
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidation of a joint venture
 
 
(1
)
 
 
 
151

150

Net income






1,953





6

1,959

Other comprehensive loss








(1,308
)




(1,308
)
Common dividends ($1.72 per share)






(1,542
)




(4
)
(1,546
)
Preferred dividends






(10
)






(10
)
Common stock issued - compensation plans


2

359









361

Common stock repurchased










(2,353
)


(2,353
)
Common stock retired


(12
)
(451
)
(1,890
)


2,353




Spin-off of Chemours






(895
)
468



(4
)
(431
)
Balance December 31, 2015
$
237

$
288

$
11,081

$
14,510

$
(9,396
)
$
(6,727
)
$
207

$
10,200


See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-9.
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Consolidated Financial Statements
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in millions)
For the year ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
Operating activities
 

 

 

Net income
$
1,959

$
3,636

$
4,862

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:
 




Depreciation
1,104

1,254

1,280

Amortization of intangible assets
362

363

323

Net periodic pension benefit cost
591

406

953

Contributions to pension plans
(308
)
(311
)
(313
)
Gain on sales of businesses
(59
)
(726
)
(2,687
)
Other operating activities – net
253

366

170

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:
 




Accounts and notes receivable
(448
)
(88
)
(976
)
Inventories and other operating assets
164

(318
)
(519
)
Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:
 




Accounts payable and other operating liabilities
(1,063
)
(1,064
)
240

Accrued interest and income taxes
(239
)
194

(154
)
Cash provided by operating activities
2,316

3,712

3,179

Investing activities
 

 

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment
(1,629
)
(2,020
)
(1,882
)
Investments in affiliates
(76
)
(42
)
(58
)
Payments for businesses – net of cash acquired
(152
)

(133
)
Proceeds from sales of businesses - net
139

1,058

4,841

Proceeds from sales of assets – net
17

34

142

Purchases of short-term financial instruments
(1,897
)
(936
)
(497
)
Proceeds from maturities and sales of short-term financial instruments
1,121

950

452

Foreign currency exchange contract settlements
615

430

40

Other investing activities – net
34

189

40

Cash (used for) provided by investing activities
(1,828
)
(337
)
2,945

Financing activities
 

 

 

Dividends paid to stockholders
(1,546
)
(1,696
)
(1,661
)
Net (decrease) increase in short-term (less than 90 days) borrowings
(1
)
(11
)
16

Long-term and other borrowings:
 

 

 

Receipts
3,679

104

2,013

Payments
(1,537
)
(1,794
)
(1,312
)
Repurchase of common stock
(2,353
)
(2,000
)
(1,000
)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
274

327

536

Payments for noncontrolling interest
(1
)

(65
)
Cash transferred to Chemours at spin-off
(250
)


Other financing activities – net
(88
)
(4
)
(1
)
Cash used for financing activities
(1,823
)
(5,074
)
(1,474
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
(275
)
(332
)
(88
)
(Decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents
(1,610
)
(2,031
)
4,562

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
6,910

8,941

4,379

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
5,300

$
6,910

$
8,941

Supplemental cash flow information:
 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for
 

 

 

Interest, net of amounts capitalized
$
341

$
394

$
489

Income taxes
885

1,016

1,323

                            
See Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-9.

F-7

E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in millions, except per share)



1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The company follows generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP). The significant accounting policies described below, together with the other notes that follow, are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Preparation of Financial Statements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Basis of Consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the company, subsidiaries in which a controlling interest is maintained and variable interest entities (VIEs) for which DuPont is the primary beneficiary. For those consolidated subsidiaries in which the company's ownership is less than 100 percent, the outside stockholders' interests are shown as noncontrolling interests. Investments in affiliates over which the company has significant influence but not a controlling interest are carried on the equity method. At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the assets, liabilities and operations of VIEs for which DuPont is the primary beneficiary were not material to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the company.

The company is also involved with certain joint ventures accounted for under the equity method of accounting that are VIEs. The company is not the primary beneficiary, as the nature of the company's involvement with the VIEs does not provide it the power to direct the VIEs significant activities. Future events may require these VIEs to be consolidated if the company becomes the primary beneficiary. At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the maximum exposure to loss related to the unconsolidated VIEs is not considered material to the Consolidated Financial Statements of the company.

Basis of Presentation
Certain reclassifications of prior year's data have been made to conform to current year's presentation.

On July 1, 2015, the company completed the separation of its Performance Chemicals segment through the spin-off of all of the issued and outstanding stock of The Chemours Company (Chemours). In accordance with GAAP, the financial position and results of operations of the Performance Chemicals segment are presented as discontinued operations and, as such, have been excluded from continuing operations and segment results for all periods presented. The sum of the individual earnings per share amounts from continuing operations and discontinued operations may not equal the total company earnings per share amounts due to rounding. The assets and liabilities related to the Performance Chemicals segment are presented as assets of discontinued operations and liabilities of discontinued operations in the Consolidated Balance Sheets for all periods presented. The cash flows and comprehensive income related to the Performance Chemicals segment have not been segregated and are included in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and Comprehensive Income, respectively, for all periods presented. Amounts related to the Performance Chemicals segment are consistently included or excluded from the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements based on the respective financial statement line item. See Note 3 for additional information.

The company revised accumulated other comprehensive loss at January 1, 2013 to adjust for currency translation of $97 and pension settlement charges of $54 that should have been recorded in prior years. The revision resulted in a $151 decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss with a corresponding reduction in reinvested earnings. The currency translation was related to an adjustment to the exchange rates used by a foreign subsidiary in the translation of the financial statements to U.S. dollar (USD) in prior years. See further discussion of the pension settlement charges in Note 18. The impact of these adjustments is not material to the company's current or previously issued financial statements.

In February 2013, the company sold its Performance Coatings business (which represented a reportable segment). In accordance with GAAP, the results of Performance Coatings are presented as discontinued operations and, as such, have been excluded from continuing operations and segment results for all periods presented. The cash flows and comprehensive income related to the Performance Coatings business have not been segregated and are included in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and Comprehensive Income, respectively, for all periods presented. See Note 3 for additional information.


F-8


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Revenue Recognition
The company recognizes revenue when the earnings process is complete. The company's revenues are from the sale of a wide range of products to a diversified base of customers around the world. Revenue for product sales is recognized upon delivery, when title and risk of loss have been transferred, collectability is reasonably assured and pricing is fixed or determinable. A majority of product sales are sold FOB (free on board) shipping point or, with respect to non United States of America (U.S.) customers, an equivalent basis. Accruals are made for sales returns and other allowances based on the company's experience. The company accounts for cash sales incentives as a reduction in sales and noncash sales incentives as a charge to cost of goods sold or selling expense, depending on the nature of the incentive. Amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling fees are included in net sales and costs incurred by the company for the delivery of goods are classified as cost of goods sold in the Consolidated Income Statements. Taxes on revenue-producing transactions are excluded from net sales.

The company periodically enters into prepayment contracts with customers in the Agriculture segment and receives advance payments for product to be delivered in future periods. These advance payments are recorded as deferred revenue (classified as other accrued liabilities) or debt, depending on the nature of the program. Revenue associated with advance payments is recognized as shipments are made and title, ownership and risk of loss pass to the customer.

Licensing and royalty income is recognized in accordance with agreed upon terms, when performance obligations are satisfied, the amount is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

Cost of Goods Sold
Cost of goods sold primarily includes the cost of manufacture and delivery, ingredients or raw materials, direct salaries, wages and benefits and overhead.

Other Operating Charges
Other operating charges includes product claim charges and recoveries, non-capitalizable costs associated with capital projects and other operational expenses. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily include selling and marketing expenses, commissions, functional costs, and business management expenses.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents represent investments with maturities of three months or less from time of purchase. They are carried at cost plus accrued interest.
 
Marketable Securities
Marketable securities represent investments in fixed and floating rate financial instruments with maturities greater than three months and up to twelve months at time of purchase. Investments classified as held-to-maturity are recorded at amortized cost. The carrying value approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the investment. Investments classified as available-for-sale are carried at estimated fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.




F-9


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Fair Value Measurements
Under the accounting for fair value measurements and disclosures, a fair value hierarchy was established that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). A financial instrument's level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The company uses the following valuation techniques to measure fair value for its assets and liabilities:
Level 1
Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
 
 
 
Level 2
Significant other observable inputs (e.g. quoted prices for similar items in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar items in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable such as interest rate and yield curves, and market-corroborated inputs);
 
 
 
Level 3
Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, which are valued based on management's estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Inventories
The company's inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Elements of cost in inventories include raw materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead. Stores and supplies are valued at cost or market, whichever is lower; cost is generally determined by the average cost method.

As of December 31, 2015 approximately 55 , 30 and 15 percent of the company’s inventories were accounted for under the first-in first out (FIFO), average cost and last-in first out (LIFO) methods, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 approximately 60 , 25 and 15 percent of the company’s inventories were accounted for under the FIFO, average cost and LIFO methods, respectively. Inventories accounted for under the FIFO method are primarily comprised of products with shorter shelf lives such as seeds, certain food-ingredients and enzymes.

The company establishes allowances for obsolescence of inventory based upon quality considerations and assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment is carried at cost and is depreciated using the straight-line method. Substantially all equipment and buildings are depreciated over useful lives ranging from 15 to 25  years. Capitalizable costs associated with computer software for internal use are amortized on a straight-line basis over 5 to 7  years. When assets are surrendered, retired, sold or otherwise disposed of, their gross carrying values and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and included in determining gain or loss on such disposals.

Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations; replacements and improvements are capitalized.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from other assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment at least annually; however, these tests are performed more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. Impairment exists when carrying value exceeds fair value. The company's fair value methodology is based on prices of similar assets or other valuation methodologies including discounted cash flow techniques.

Definite-lived intangible assets, such as purchased and licensed technology, patents and customer lists are amortized over their estimated useful lives, generally for periods ranging from 1 to 20  years or amortized based on units of production. The company continually evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets. Once these assets are fully amortized, they are removed from the Consolidated Balance Sheets.


F-10


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The company evaluates the carrying value of long-lived assets to be held and used when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. The carrying value of a long-lived asset group is considered impaired when the total projected undiscounted cash flows from the assets are separately identifiable and are less than its carrying value. In that event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset. The company's fair value methodology is an estimate of fair market value which is made based on prices of similar assets or other valuation methodologies including present value techniques. Long-lived assets to be disposed of other than by sale are classified as held for use until their disposal. Long-lived assets to be disposed of by sale are classified as held for sale and are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair market value less cost to sell. Depreciation is discontinued for long-lived assets classified as held for sale.

Research and Development
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expense includes costs (primarily consisting of employee costs, materials, contract services, research agreements, and other external spend) relating to the discovery and development of new products, enhancement of existing products and regulatory approval of new and existing products.

Royalty Expense
The company’s Agriculture segment currently has certain third party biotechnology trait license agreements, which require up-front and variable payments subject to the licensor meeting certain conditions. These payments are reflected as prepaid expenses and other assets and are amortized to cost of goods sold as seeds containing the respective trait technology are utilized over the life of the license. The company evaluates the carrying value of the prepaid royalties when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.

Environmental
Accruals for environmental matters are recorded in operating expenses when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Accrued liabilities do not include claims against third parties and are not discounted.

Costs related to environmental remediation and restoration are charged to expense. Other environmental costs are also charged to expense unless they increase the value of the property or reduce or prevent contamination from future operations, in which case, they are capitalized.

Asset Retirement Obligations
The company records asset retirement obligations at fair value at the time the liability is incurred. Accretion expense is recognized as an operating expense using the credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate in effect when the liability was recognized. The associated asset retirement obligations are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset and depreciated over the estimated remaining useful life of the asset, generally for periods ranging from 1 to 25  years.

Litigation
The company accrues for liabilities related to litigation matters when the information available indicates that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs such as outside counsel fees and expenses are charged to expense in the period incurred.

Insurance/Self-Insurance
The company self-insures certain risks where permitted by law or regulation, including workers' compensation, vehicle liability and employee related benefits. Liabilities associated with these risks are estimated in part by considering historical claims experience, demographic factors and other actuarial assumptions. For other risks, the company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance, reflecting comprehensive reviews of relevant risks. A receivable for an insurance recovery is generally recognized when the loss has occurred and collection is considered probable.


F-11


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes is determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes. Under this approach, deferred taxes represent the future tax consequences expected to occur when the reported amounts of assets and liabilities are recovered or paid. The provision for income taxes represents income taxes paid or payable for the current year plus the change in deferred taxes during the year. Deferred taxes result from differences between the financial and tax basis of the company's assets and liabilities and are adjusted for changes in tax rates and tax laws when changes are enacted. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will not be realized. Provision has been made for income taxes on unremitted earnings of subsidiaries and affiliates, except for subsidiaries in which earnings are deemed to be indefinitely invested. Investment tax credits or grants are accounted for in the period earned (the flow-through method). Interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits is included in miscellaneous income and expenses, net, within other income, net. Income tax related penalties are included in the provision for income taxes.

Foreign Currency Translation
The company's worldwide operations utilize the U.S. dollar (USD) or local currency as the functional currency, where applicable. The company identifies its separate and distinct foreign entities and groups the foreign entities into two categories: 1) extension of the parent (USD functional currency) and 2) self-contained (local functional currency). If a foreign entity does not align with either category, factors are evaluated and a judgment is made to determine the functional currency.

For foreign entities where the USD is the functional currency, all foreign currency-denominated asset and liability amounts are re-measured into USD at end-of-period exchange rates, except for inventories, prepaid expenses, property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets, which are re-measured at historical rates. Foreign currency income and expenses are re-measured at average exchange rates in effect during the year, except for expenses related to balance sheet amounts re-measured at historical exchange rates. Exchange gains and losses arising from re-measurement of foreign currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities are included in income in the period in which they occur.

For foreign entities where the local currency is the functional currency, assets and liabilities denominated in local currencies are translated into USD at end-of-period exchange rates and the resultant translation adjustments are reported, net of their related tax effects, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in equity. Assets and liabilities denominated in other than the local currency are re-measured into the local currency prior to translation into USD and the resultant exchange gains or losses are included in income in the period in which they occur. Income and expenses are translated into USD at average exchange rates in effect during the period.

The company changes the functional currency of its separate and distinct foreign entities only when significant changes in economic facts and circumstances indicate clearly that the functional currency has changed. As a result of the separation of its Performance Chemicals segment, coupled with the company’s redesign initiative, the functional currency at certain of the company’s foreign entities was re-evaluated which, in some cases, has resulted in a change in the foreign entities' functional currency during 2015.

Venezuelan Foreign Currency
Venezuela is considered a highly inflationary economy under GAAP and the USD is the functional currency for the company's subsidiaries in Venezuela. The official exchange rate continues to be set through the National Center for Foreign Commerce (CENCOEX, previously CADIVI). Based on its evaluation of the restrictions and limitations affecting the availability of specific exchange rate mechanisms, management concluded in the second quarter of 2014 that the Alternative Currency Exchange System (SICAD 2) auction process would be the most likely mechanism available. As a result, in the second quarter of 2014, the company changed from the official exchange rate to the SICAD 2 exchange rate, which resulted in a pre-tax charge of $58 . The charge is recorded within other income, net in the company's Consolidated Income Statements for the year ended December 31, 2014.

During the first quarter of 2015, the Venezuelan government enacted additional changes to the country's foreign exchange systems including the introduction of the Foreign Exchange Marginal System (SIMADI) auction process. Management has concluded that the SIMADI auction process would be the most likely exchange mechanism available. As a result, effective in the first quarter of 2015, the company changed from the SICAD 2 to the SIMADI exchange rate, to re-measure its Bolivar Fuertes (VEF) denominated net monetary assets which resulted in a pre-tax charge of $3 . The charge is recorded within other income, net in the company's Consolidated Income Statements for the year ended December 31, 2015. The remaining net monetary assets and non-monetary assets are immaterial at December 31, 2015.


F-12


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Hedging and Trading Activities
Derivative instruments are reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their fair values. For derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges, changes in the fair values of the derivative instruments will generally be offset in the income statement by changes in the fair value of the hedged items. For derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of any hedge is reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until it is cleared to earnings during the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings. The ineffective portion of all hedges is recognized in current period earnings. Changes in the fair values of derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges are recorded in current period earnings.

In the event that a derivative designated as a hedge of a firm commitment or an anticipated transaction is terminated prior to the maturation of the hedged transaction, gains or losses realized at termination are deferred and included in the measurement of the hedged transaction. If a hedged transaction matures, or is sold, extinguished, or terminated prior to the maturity of a derivative designated as a hedge of such transaction, gains or losses associated with the derivative through the date the transaction matured are included in the measurement of the hedged transaction and the derivative is reclassified as for trading purposes. Derivatives designated as a hedge of an anticipated transaction are reclassified as for trading purposes if the anticipated transaction is no longer probable.

Cash flows from derivative instruments accounted for as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges are reported in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged. Cash flows from all other derivative instruments are generally reported as investing activities in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. See Note 20 for additional discussion regarding the company's objectives and strategies for derivative instruments.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Accounting Pronouncements Implemented in 2015
In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued authoritative guidance amending existing requirements for reporting discontinued operations.  Under the new guidance, discontinued operations reporting will be limited to disposal transactions that represent strategic shifts having a major effect on operations and financial results. The amended guidance also enhances disclosures and requires assets and liabilities of a discontinued operation to be classified as such for all periods presented in the financial statements. Public entities will apply the amended guidance prospectively to all disposals occurring within annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2014 and interim periods within those years. The company adopted this standard on January 1, 2015. Due to the change in requirements for reporting discontinued operations described above, presentation and disclosures of disposal transactions after adoption may be different than under previous standards.

New Accounting Pronouncements to be Implemented
In November 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update (ASU) No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. The amendments under the new guidance require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The guidance is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. Earlier application is permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The amendments in this ASU may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. The company is early adopting this guidance effective January 1, 2016 on a retrospective basis.

In May 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-07, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820), Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities that Calculate Net Asset Value per Share or its Equivalent. This guidance removes the requirement to categorize within the fair value hierarchy all investments for which fair value is measured using the net asset value per share practical expedient. The guidance also removes the requirement to make certain disclosures for all investments that are eligible to be measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient. Rather, those disclosures are limited to investments for which the entity has elected to measure the fair value using that practical expedient. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. A reporting entity should apply the amendments retrospectively to all periods presented and early adoption is permissible. The company anticipates that this guidance will only impact disclosure and will not impact the company's financial position or results of operations.


F-13


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02 Consolidation (Topic 810), Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis. The amendments under the new guidance modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are VIEs or voting interest entities and eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership. The ASU is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. A reporting entity also may apply the amendments retrospectively. The company does not expect this guidance to have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.
In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) jointly issued ASU No. 2014-9, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue and develops a common revenue standard for GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. In July 2015, the FASB approved a deferral of the ASU effective date from annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016 to annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017. The company is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this guidance on its financial position and results of operations.
2.  PROPOSED MERGER WITH DOW CHEMICAL
On December 11, 2015, DuPont and The Dow Chemical Company (Dow) announced entry into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Merger Agreement), under which the companies will combine in an all-stock merger of equals. The companies anticipate that the merger will close and become effective (the Effective Time), in the second half of 2016 and at that time the combined company will be named DowDuPont. Following the consummation of the merger, DuPont and Dow intend to pursue, subject to the receipt of approval by the board of directors of DowDuPont, the separation of the combined company’s agriculture business, specialty products business and material science business through a series of one or more tax-efficient transactions (collectively, the Business Separations.)

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, each share of common stock, par value $0.30 per share, of DuPont (DuPont Common Stock) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, excluding any shares of DuPont Common Stock that are held in treasury, will be converted into the right to receive 1.2820 shares common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of DowDuPont (DowDuPont Common Stock), for each share of DuPont Common Stock with cash in lieu of any fractional share of DowDuPont. Each share of DuPont Preferred Stock-$4.50 Series and DuPont Preferred Stock-$3.50 Series, in each case issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall remain issued and outstanding and be unaffected by the merger.
 
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, at the Effective Time, each share of common stock, par value $2.50 per share, of Dow (the Dow Common Stock) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, excluding any shares of Dow Common Stock that are held in treasury, will be converted into the right to receive one share of DowDuPont Common Stock and each share of Cumulative Convertible Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, par value $1.00 per share, of Dow (the Dow Preferred) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be automatically canceled and each holder of shares of Dow Preferred will be deemed to hold the same number of shares of preferred stock of DowDuPont on equivalent terms. 

The aforementioned 1.2820 exchange ratio set forth in the Merger Agreement is expected to result in DuPont common stockholders and Dow common stockholders each owning approximately 50% of the outstanding shares of DowDuPont Common Stock following the Effective Time.


F-14


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Conditions to the Mergers
The completion of the merger is subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions, including (i) the adoption of the Merger Agreement by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of all outstanding shares of DuPont Common Stock entitled to vote thereon; (ii) the adoption of the Merger Agreement by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of all outstanding shares of Dow Common Stock entitled to vote thereon; (iii) the receipt of certain domestic and foreign approvals under competition laws; (iv) DuPont and Dow reasonably determining that the merger does not constitute an acquisition of a 50% or greater interest in DuPont and Dow, respectively, under the principles of Section 355(e) of the Internal Revenue Code; (v) the absence of governmental restraints or prohibitions preventing the consummation of the merger; (vi) the effectiveness of the Form S-4 and absence of any stop order or proceedings by the SEC; and (vii) the approval of the shares of DowDuPont Common Stock to be issued in the merger for listing on the NYSE. The obligation of each of DuPont and Dow to consummate the merger is also conditioned on, among other things, the receipt of a tax opinion from the tax counsel as to the tax-free nature of the merger, and the truth and correctness of the representations and warranties made by the other party as of the closing date (subject to certain “materiality” and “material adverse effect” qualifiers).

Certain Other Terms of the Merger Agreement
The Merger Agreement contains mutual customary representations and warranties made by each of DuPont and Dow, and also contains mutual customary pre-closing covenants, including covenants, among others, (i) to operate its businesses in the ordinary course consistent with past practice and to refrain from taking certain actions without the other party’s consent, (ii) not to solicit, initiate, knowingly encourage or knowingly take any other action designed to facilitate, and, subject to certain exceptions, not to participate in any discussions or negotiations, or cooperate in any way with respect to, any inquiries or the making of, any proposal of an alternative transaction, (iii) subject to certain exceptions, not to withdraw, qualify or modify the support of its Board of Directors for the Merger Agreement and the merger, as applicable, and (iv) to use their respective reasonable best efforts to obtain governmental, regulatory and third party approvals, including by agreeing to any required divestiture of assets or business. In addition, the Merger Agreement contains covenants that require each of DuPont and Dow to call and hold a special stockholder meeting and, subject to certain exceptions, require each of the Board of Directors of DuPont and Dow to recommend to its stockholders to approve the merger and adopt the Merger Agreement.
 
The Merger Agreement contains certain termination rights for each of DuPont and Dow, including in the event that (i) the merger is not consummated on or before March 15, 2017, subject to each party having the right to unilaterally extend the terminate date of the Merger Agreement until June 15, 2017 (the Outside Date) in the event that the regulatory closing conditions have not been satisfied, (ii) the approval of the merger and the adoption of the Merger Agreement by the stockholders of DuPont or the stockholders of Dow is not obtained at the respective stockholder meetings or (iii) if any restraint having the effect of preventing the consummation of the merger shall have become final and non-appealable or if any governmental entity that must grant a requisite regulatory approval has denied approval of the merger. In addition, DuPont and Dow can each terminate the Merger Agreement prior to the stockholder meeting of the other party if, among other things, the other party’s Board of Directors has changed its recommendation that its stockholders approve the merger, as applicable, and adopt the Merger Agreement, or has failed to make or reaffirm such recommendation in certain circumstances.
 
The Merger Agreement further provides that, upon termination of the Merger Agreement under specified circumstances, including (i) a change in the recommendation of the Board of Directors of DuPont and Dow or (ii) a termination of the Merger Agreement by DuPont and Dow, because of a failure of the stockholders of the other party to adopt the Merger Agreement at the stockholder meeting, a material breach by the other party or because the merger is not consummated by the Outside Date, in each case set forth in this clause (ii) at a time when there was an offer or proposal for an alternative transaction with respect to such party and such party enters into or consummates an alternative transaction within 12 months following such date of termination, DuPont and Dow, as the case may be, will pay to the other party a termination fee equal to $1,900 in cash.


F-15


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

3.  DIVESTITURES AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS
Performance Chemicals
On July 1, 2015 (the Distribution Date), DuPont completed the separation of its Performance Chemicals segment through the spin-off of all of the issued and outstanding stock of Chemours (the Separation). To effect the spin-off, DuPont distributed to its stockholders one share of Chemours common stock, par value $0.01 per share, for every five shares of DuPont common stock, par value $0.30 per share, (the Distribution) outstanding as of 5:00 p.m. June 23, 2015, the record date for the Distribution. In lieu of fractional shares of Chemours, stockholders of DuPont received cash, which generally was taxable. In connection with the Separation, the company and Chemours entered into a Separation Agreement and a Tax Matters Agreement, discussed below, and certain ancillary agreements, including an employee matters agreement, agreements related to transition and site services, and intellectual property cross licensing arrangements. In addition, the companies have entered into certain supply agreements. In January 2016, the company agreed in principle to prepay $190 for certain goods and services expected to be delivered by Chemours over the next twelve to fifteen months.

Separation Agreement
The company and Chemours entered into a Separation Agreement that sets forth, among other things, the agreements between the company and Chemours regarding the principal transactions necessary to effect the Separation and also sets forth ancillary agreements that govern certain aspects of the company’s relationship with Chemours after the separation. Among other matters, the Separation Agreement and the ancillary agreements provide for the allocation between DuPont and Chemours of assets, employees, liabilities and obligations (including investments, property and employee benefits and tax-related assets and liabilities) attributable to periods prior to, at and after the completion of the Separation.

Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, Chemours indemnifies DuPont against certain litigation, environmental, workers' compensation and other liabilities that arose prior to the distribution. The term of this indemnification is indefinite and includes defense costs and expenses, as well as monetary and non-monetary settlements and judgments. In connection with the recognition of liabilities related to these matters, the company records an indemnification asset when recovery is deemed probable. At December 31, 2015 , the indemnified assets are $99 within accounts and notes receivable, net and $394 within other assets along with the corresponding liabilities of $99 within other accrued liabilities and $394 within other liabilities.

Tax Matters Agreement
The company and Chemours entered into a Tax Matters Agreement that governs the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to tax liabilities and benefits, tax attributes, the preparation and filing of tax returns, the control of audits and other tax proceedings and other matters regarding taxes. In general, under the agreement, the company is responsible for any U.S. federal, state and local taxes (and any related interest, penalties or audit adjustments) reportable on a consolidated, combined or unitary return that includes the company or any of its subsidiaries (and Chemours and/or any of its subsidiaries) for any periods or portions thereof ending on or prior to the date of the Separation and Chemours is responsible for any U.S. federal, state, local and foreign taxes (and any related interest, penalties or audit adjustments) that are imposed on Chemours and/or any of its subsidiaries for all tax periods, whether before or after the date of the distribution. Neither party’s obligations under the agreement are limited in amount or subject to any cap. Additionally, Chemours generally agrees to indemnify DuPont and its affiliates against any and all tax-related liabilities incurred by them relating to the distribution and certain other aspects of the separation to the extent caused by an acquisition of Chemours’ stock or assets or by certain other action undertaken by Chemours.


F-16


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

The results of operations of the Performance Chemicals segment are presented as discontinued operations as summarized below:
For the year ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
Net sales
$
2,810

$
6,317

$
6,736

Cost of goods sold
2,215

4,680

4,905

Other operating charges
386

422

338

Selling, general and administrative expenses
(87
)
453

491

Research and development expense
40

109

116

Other income, net
(27
)
(46
)
(39
)
Interest expense
32



Employee separation / asset related charges, net
59

21

2

Income from discontinued operations before income taxes
192

678

923

Provision for income taxes
106

202

266

Income from discontinued operations after income taxes
$
86

$
476

$
657


As a result of the separation, the company recorded an other long-term employee benefit plan curtailment gain of $274 and a pension curtailment gain of $7 . See Note 18 for further discussion.

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the company incurred $306 and $175 of costs, respectively, in connection with the transaction primarily related to professional fees associated with preparation of regulatory filings and separation activities within finance, tax, legal, and information system functions. Income from discontinued operations during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , includes $260 and $142 of these costs, respectively. Income from continuing operations during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , includes $26 and $33 of these costs, respectively, recorded in other operating charges in the company's Consolidated Income Statements. Income from continuing operations during the year ended December 31, 2015 also included $20 of transaction costs incurred for a premium associated with the early retirement of DuPont debt. The company exchanged notes received from Chemours in May 2015 (as part of a dividend payment) for DuPont debt that it then retired. These costs were reported in interest expense in the company's Consolidated Income Statements.

Income from discontinued operations during the year ended December 31, 2015 , included a restructuring charge of $59 , consisting of severance and related benefit costs associated with the Performance Chemicals segment to achieve fixed cost and operational productivity improvements for Chemours post-spin.


F-17


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

The carrying amount of the major classes of assets and liabilities classified as assets and liabilities of discontinued operations at December 31, 2014 related to Performance Chemicals consisted of the following:
 
December 31,
2014
Accounts and notes receivable, net
$
887

Inventories
1,054

Prepaid expenses
15

Deferred income taxes - current
53

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
3,378

Goodwill
197

Other intangible assets
11

Investment in affiliates
124

Deferred income taxes - noncurrent
42

Other assets - noncurrent
466

   Total assets of discontinued operations
$
6,227

Accounts payable
$
1,036

Income taxes
9

Other accrued liabilities
373

Other liabilities - noncurrent
616

Deferred income taxes - noncurrent
433

    Total liabilities of discontinued operations
$
2,467


In connection with the spin-off, the company received a dividend from Chemours in May 2015 of $3,923 comprised of a cash distribution of $3,416 and a distribution in-kind of $507 of 7% senior unsecured notes due 2025 (Chemours Notes Received). Chemours financed the dividend payment through issuance of approximately $4,000 of debt, including the Chemours Notes Received (Chemours' Debt). Net assets of $431 were transferred to Chemours on July 1, 2015, including the $4,000 of Chemours' Debt. The Separation Agreement sets forth a process to true-up cash and working capital transferred to Chemours at Separation to certain target amounts with the net differences payable by year-end 2015. In January 2016, closure was reached between the parties without exchanging funds.

The following table presents the depreciation, amortization and purchases of property, plant and equipment of the discontinued operations related to Performance Chemicals:
For the year ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
Depreciation
$
126

$
248

$
253

Amortization of intangible assets
2

3

6

Purchases of property, plant and equipment
235

525

429


Glass Laminating Solutions/Vinyls
In June 2014, the company sold Glass Laminating Solutions/Vinyls (GLS/Vinyls), a part of the Performance Materials segment, to Kuraray Co. Ltd. The sale resulted in a pre-tax gain of $391 ( $273 net of tax). The gain was recorded in other income, net in the company's Consolidated Income Statements for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Performance Coatings
In February 2013, the company sold its Performance Coatings business to Flash Bermuda Co. Ltd., a Bermuda exempted limited liability company formed by affiliates of The Carlyle Group (collectively referred to as "Carlyle"). The sale resulted in approximately $4,200 in after-tax proceeds and a pre-tax gain of $2,687 ( $1,962 net of tax). The gain was recorded in income from discontinued operations after income taxes in the company's Consolidated Income Statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 .


F-18


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

The results of discontinued operations are summarized below:
For the year ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
Net sales
$

$

$
331

(Loss) income from discontinued operations before income taxes 1
$
(23
)
$

$
2,717

(Benefit from) provision for income taxes 2
(1
)
(15
)
718

(Loss) income from discontinued operations after income taxes
$
(22
)
$
15

$
1,999


1.  
The year ended December 31, 2015 includes a net charge of $(23) related to a postretirement settlement charge and other employee related settlement adjustments.
2.  
The year ended December 31, 2014 includes a tax benefit of $(15) related to a change in estimate of income taxes resulting from the filing of various tax returns impacted by the sale of Performance Coatings.





F-19


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)


4.  EMPLOYEE SEPARATION/ASSET RELATED CHARGES, NET
2016 Global Cost Savings and Restructuring Program
In December 2015, DuPont committed to take structural actions across all businesses and staff functions globally to operate more efficiently by further consolidating businesses and aligning staff functions more closely with them as part of a 2016 global cost savings and restructuring plan.

As a result, during the year ended December 31, 2015, a pre-tax charge of $798 was recorded, consisting of $793 of employee separation / asset related charges, net and $5 in other income, net. The charges consisted of $656 in severance and related benefit costs, $109 in asset related charges, and $33 in contract termination charges. The restructuring actions associated with this charge are expected to impact approximately 10 percent of DuPont’s workforce and to be substantially complete in 2016. The company anticipates additional charges could occur in relation to the restructuring actions, which it cannot reasonably estimate at this time.

The restructuring program charges related to the segments, as follows, for the year ended December 31, 2015 : Agriculture - $161 , Electronics & Communications - $93 , Industrial Biosciences - $51 , Nutrition & Health - $47 , Performance Materials - $61 , Safety & Protection - $53 , Other - $2 , as well as Corporate expenses - $330 .

At December 31, 2015 , total liabilities related to the restructuring program were $680 .

Account balances and activity for the restructuring program are summarized below:
 
Severance and Related Benefit Costs
Asset
Related Charges
Other Non-Personnel Charges 1
Total
Charges to income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2015
$
656

$
109

$
33

$
798

Charges to accounts:
 
 
 
 
Payments
(2
)

(1
)
(3
)
Asset write-offs and adjustments
(6
)
(109
)

(115
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
648

$

$
32

$
680


1.      Other non-personnel charges consist of contractual obligation costs.

2014 Restructuring Program
In June 2014, DuPont announced its global, multi-year initiative to redesign its global organization and operating model to reduce costs and improve productivity and agility across all businesses and functions. DuPont commenced a restructuring plan to realign and rebalance staff function support, enhance operational efficiency, and to reduce residual costs associated with the separation of its Performance Chemicals segment. 

During the year ended December 31, 2015, a net benefit of $(21) was recorded to adjust the estimated costs associated with the 2014 restructuring program in employee separation / asset related charges, net in the company's Consolidated Income Statements. This was primarily due to lower than estimated individual severance costs and workforce reductions achieved through non-severance programs, offset by the identification of additional projects in certain segments. The adjustments related to the segments for the year ended December 31, 2015 as follows: Agriculture - $3 , Electronics & Communications - $(15) , Industrial Biosciences - $1 , Nutrition & Health - $3 , Performance Materials - $1 , Safety & Protection - $(4) , Other - $1 , as well as Corporate expenses $(11) .

During the year ended December 31, 2014 a pre-tax charge of $541 was recorded, consisting of $476 in employee separation / asset related charges, net and $65 in other income, net in the company's Consolidated Income Statements. The charges consisted of $301 of severance and related benefit costs, $17 of other non-personnel charges, and $223 of asset related charges, including $65 of charges associated with the restructuring actions of a joint venture within the Performance Materials segment.

The 2014 restructuring program charges related to the segments, as follows, for the year ended December 31, 2014 : Agriculture - $134 , Electronics & Communications - $84 , Industrial Biosciences - $13 , Nutrition & Health - $15 , Performance Materials - $99 , Safety & Protection - $52 , Other - $10 , as well as Corporate expenses - $134 .


F-20


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

At December 31, 2015 , total liabilities related to the 2014 restructuring program were $78 . The actions associated with this charge and all related payments are substantially complete.

Account balances and activity for the 2014 restructuring program are summarized below:
 
Severance and Related Benefit Costs
Asset
Related Charges
Other Non-Personnel Charges 1
Total 2
Charges to income from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2014
$
301

$
223

$
17

$
541

Charges to accounts:
 
 
 
 
Payments
(43
)

(13
)
(56
)
Net translation adjustment
(6
)


(6
)
Asset write-offs and adjustments

(223
)

(223
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
252

$

$
4

$
256

Payments
(152
)

(2
)
(154
)
Net translation adjustment
(3
)


(3
)
Other adjustments
(21
)


(21
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
76

$

$
2

$
78


1.  
Other non-personnel charges consist of contractual obligation costs.
2.  
Table above excludes activity related to Performance Chemicals, presented as a discontinued operation in the company's Consolidated Income Statement. During 2014, the company recorded a charge of $21 related to Performance Chemicals, of which the company made payments of $13 prior to separation and transferred a liability of $2 to Chemours at separation on July 1, 2015.

Asset Impairments
During the first quarter 2015, a $38 pre-tax impairment charge was recorded in employee separation / asset related charges, net within the Other segment in the company's Consolidated Income Statements. The majority relates to a cost basis investment in which the assessment resulted from the venture's revised operating plan reflecting underperformance of its European wheat based ethanol facility and deteriorating European ethanol market conditions. One of the primary investors communicated that they would not fund the revised operating plan of the investee. As a result, the carrying value of DuPont's 6 percent cost basis investment in this venture exceeds its fair value by $37 , such that an impairment charge was recorded.

In the fourth quarter 2013, as a result of strategic decisions related to the thin film photovoltaic market, the company determined that impairment triggering events had occurred and that assessments of the asset group related to its thin film photovoltaic modules and systems were warranted. These assessments determined that the carrying value of the asset group exceeded its fair value. As a result of the impairment tests, $129 of pre-tax impairment charges were recorded during 2013 within the Electronics & Communications segment.


F-21


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

5.  OTHER INCOME, NET
 
2015
2014
2013
Royalty income
$
138

$
156

$
163

Interest income
129

129

136

Equity in earnings (loss) of affiliates, net
49

(36
)
22

Gain on sale of equity method investment


9

Net gains on sales of businesses and other assets
92

710

21

Net exchange gains (losses) 1
30

196

(101
)
Cozaar ® /Hyzaar ®  income


14

Miscellaneous income and expenses, net 2
259

122

107

Other income, net
$
697

$
1,277

$
371


1.  
The $30 net exchange gain for the year ended December 31, 2015 , includes $(58) and $(40) exchange loss associated with the devaluation of the Ukrainian hryvnia and the Argentina peso, respectively. The $196 net exchange gain for the year ended December 31, 2014 , includes a $(58) , $(46) , and $(14) exchange losses, associated with the devaluation of the Venezuelan bolivar, Ukranian hryvnia, and Argentinian peso, respectively. The $(101) net exchange loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 , includes a $(33) exchange loss, associated with the devaluation of the Venezuelan bolivar.
2.  
Miscellaneous income and expenses, net, includes interest items, certain insurance recoveries, litigation settlements and other items.

The following table summarizes the impacts of the company's foreign currency hedging program on the company's results from operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. The company routinely uses foreign currency exchange contracts to offset its net exposures, by currency, related to the foreign currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities. The objective of this program is to maintain an approximately balanced position in foreign currencies in order to minimize, on an after-tax basis, the effects of exchange rate changes on net monetary asset positions. The hedging program gains are largely taxable in the U.S., whereas the offsetting exchange losses on the re-measurement of the net monetary asset positions are often not tax deductible in their local jurisdictions. The net pre-tax exchange gains (losses) are recorded in other income, net and the related tax impact is recorded in provision for income taxes on continuing operations on the Consolidated Income Statements.
 
2015
2014
2013
Subsidiary/Affiliate Monetary Position Gain (Loss)
 
 
 
Pretax exchange loss 1
$
(404
)
$
(410
)
$
(136
)
Local tax (expenses) benefits
(61
)
(207
)
$
47

Net after-tax impact from subsidiary exchange loss
$
(465
)
$
(617
)
$
(89
)
 
 
 
 
Hedging Program Gain (Loss)
 
 
 
Pretax exchange gain
$
434

$
607

$
35

Tax expenses
(157
)
(212
)
$
(12
)
Net after-tax impact from hedging program exchange gain
$
277

$
395

$
23

 
 
 
 
Total Exchange Gain (Loss)
 
 
 
Pretax exchange gain (loss)
$
30

$
196

$
(101
)
Tax (expenses) benefits
(218
)
(419
)
$
35

Net after-tax exchange loss
$
(188
)
$
(223
)
$
(66
)
1. Excludes equity affiliates.

F-22


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

6.  PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
 
2015
2014
2013
Current tax expense on continuing operations:
 

 

 

U.S. federal
$
218

$
656

$
32

U.S. state and local
7

38

(7
)
International
466

449

598

Total current tax expense on continuing operations
691

1,143

623

Deferred tax expense (benefit) on continuing operations:






U.S. federal
139

91

(205
)
U.S. state and local
4

(42
)
(65
)
International
(138
)
(24
)
7

Total deferred tax expense (benefit) on continuing operations
5

25

(263
)
Provision for income taxes on continuing operations
$
696

$
1,168

$
360


The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , are as follows:
 
2015
2014
 
Asset
Liability
Asset
Liability
Depreciation
$

$
953

$

$
1,003

Accrued employee benefits
4,812

374

5,376

746

Other accrued expenses
563


555


Inventories
125

99

151

137

Unrealized exchange gains/losses

224


173

Tax loss/tax credit carryforwards/backs
2,124


2,409


Investment in subsidiaries and affiliates
133

154

151

195

Amortization of intangibles
187

1,331

154

1,353

Other
215

77

258

110

Valuation allowance
(1,529
)

(1,704
)

          
$
6,630

$
3,212

$
7,350

$
3,717

Net deferred tax asset
$
3,418

 

$
3,633

 


An analysis of the company's effective income tax rate (EITR) on continuing operations is as follows:
 
2015
2014
2013
Statutory U.S. federal income tax rate
35.0
 %
35.0
 %
35.0
 %
Exchange gains/losses 1
8.0

8.1

1.0

Domestic operations
(2.8
)
(2.8
)
(4.1
)
Lower effective tax rates on international operations-net 2
(11.1
)
(11.4
)
(14.7
)
Tax settlements
(0.7
)
(0.6
)
(0.3
)
Sale of a business
(0.2
)
(0.4
)

U.S. research & development credit 2
(1.3
)
(0.8
)
(2.9
)
          
26.9
 %
27.1
 %
14.0
 %

1.  
Principally reflects the impact of foreign exchange losses on net monetary assets for which no corresponding tax benefit is realized. Further information about the company's foreign currency hedging program is included in Note 5 and Note 20 under the heading Foreign Currency Risk.
2.  
On January 2, 2013, U.S. tax law was enacted which extended through 2013 (and retroactive to 2012) several expired or expiring temporary business tax provisions. In accordance with GAAP, this extension was taken into account in the quarter in which the legislation was enacted (i.e. first quarter 2013).


F-23


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Consolidated income from continuing operations before income taxes for U.S. and international operations was as follows:
 
2015
2014
2013
U.S. (including exports)
$
1,397

$
2,537

$
504

International
1,194

1,776

2,062

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
$
2,591

$
4,313

$
2,566


The decrease in pre-tax earnings from continuing operations from 2014 to 2015 is primarily driven by lower worldwide sales volume, the absence of 2014 gains on sales of businesses primarily in the U.S., higher employee separation/asset related charges, as well as the results of the company’s hedging program.

In 2015 and 2014 , the U.S. recorded a net exchange gain associated with the hedging program of $434 and $607 , respectively. While the taxation of the amounts reflected on the chart above does not correspond precisely to the jurisdiction of taxation (due to taxation in multiple countries, exchange gains/losses, etc.), it represents a reasonable approximation of the income before income taxes split between U.S. and international jurisdictions. See Note 20 for additional information regarding the company's hedging program.

Under the tax laws of various jurisdictions in which the company operates, deductions or credits that cannot be fully utilized for tax purposes during the current year may be carried forward or back, subject to statutory limitations, to reduce taxable income or taxes payable in future or prior years. At December 31, 2015 , the tax effect of such carryforwards/backs, net of valuation allowance approximated $946 . Of this amount, $785 has no expiration date, $7 expires after 2015 but before the end of 2020 and $154 expires after 2020 .

At December 31, 2015 , unremitted earnings of subsidiaries outside the U.S. totaling $16,053 were deemed to be indefinitely reinvested. No deferred tax liability has been recognized with regard to the remittance of such earnings. It is not practicable to estimate the income tax liability that might be incurred if such earnings were remitted to the U.S.

Each year the company files hundreds of tax returns in the various national, state and local income taxing jurisdictions in which it operates. These tax returns are subject to examination and possible challenge by the tax authorities. Positions challenged by the tax authorities may be settled or appealed by the company. As a result, there is an uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the company's financial statements in accordance with accounting for income taxes and accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. It is reasonably possible that net reductions to the company’s global unrecognized tax benefits could be in the range of $225 to $250 within the next 12 months with the majority due to the settlement of uncertain tax positions with various tax authorities.


F-24


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

The company and/or its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and non-U.S. jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2004. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
2015
2014
2013
Total unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1
$
986

$
901

$
805

Gross amounts of decreases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions
     taken during the prior period
(98
)
(50
)
(28
)
Gross amounts of increases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions
     taken during the prior period
13

84

76

Gross amounts of increases in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions
     taken during the current period
69

92

92

Amount of decreases in the unrecognized tax benefits relating to settlements with taxing
     authorities
(58
)
(15
)
(19
)
Reduction to unrecognized tax benefits as a result of a lapse of the applicable statute of
     limitations
(30
)
(3
)
(6
)
Exchange gain
(36
)
(23
)
(19
)
Total unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31
$
846

$
986

$
901

Total unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate
$
651

$
818

$
778

Total amount of interest and penalties recognized in the Consolidated Income Statements
$
5

$
5

$
16

Total amount of interest and penalties recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
$
100

$
117

$
122



F-25


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

7.  EARNINGS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK
Set forth below is a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator for basic and diluted earnings per share calculations for the periods indicated:
 
2015
2014
2013
Numerator:
 

 

 

Income from continuing operations after income taxes attributable to DuPont
$
1,889

$
3,135

$
2,193

Preferred dividends
(10
)
(10
)
(10
)
Income from continuing operations after income taxes available to DuPont common stockholders
$
1,879

$
3,125

$
2,183

 






Income from discontinued operations after income taxes
$
64

$
490

$
2,655

 






Net income available to common stockholders
$
1,943

$
3,615

$
4,838

 






Denominator:






Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding – Basic
893,992,000

914,752,000

925,984,000

Dilutive effect of the company's equity compensation plans
5,535,000

7,121,000

7,163,000

Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding – Diluted
899,527,000

921,873,000

933,147,000


The weighted-average number of common shares outstanding in 2015 and 2014 decreased as a result of the company's repurchase and retirement of its common stock, partially offset by the issuance of new shares from the company's equity compensation plans(see Notes 17 and 19, respectively).

The following average number of stock options are antidilutive and therefore, are not included in the diluted earnings per share calculation:
 
2015
2014
2013
Average number of stock options
4,715,000

3,000

2,596,000


The change in the average number of stock options that were antidilutive in 2015 and 2014 was due to changes in the company's average stock price.

8.  ACCOUNTS AND NOTES RECEIVABLE, NET
December 31,
2015
2014
Accounts receivable – trade 1
$
3,435

$
3,690

Notes receivable – trade 1,2
301

243

Other 3
907

1,305

          
$
4,643

$
5,238


1.  
Accounts and notes receivable – trade are net of allowances of $225 at 2015 and $235 at 2014 . Allowances are equal to the estimated uncollectible amounts. That estimate is based on historical collection experience, current economic and market conditions, and review of the current status of customers' accounts.
2.  
Notes receivable – trade primarily consists of receivables within the Agriculture segment for deferred payment loan programs for the sale of seed products to customers. These loans have terms of one year or less and are primarily concentrated in North America. The company maintains a rigid pre-approval process for extending credit to customers in order to manage overall risk and exposure associated with credit losses. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , there were no significant past due notes receivable, nor were there any significant impairments related to current loan agreements.
3.  
Other includes receivables in relation to fair value of derivative instruments, indemnification assets, value added tax, general sales tax and other taxes.

Accounts and notes receivable are carried at amounts that approximate fair value.



F-26


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

9.  INVENTORIES
December 31,
2015
2014
Finished products
$
3,779

$
4,011

Semi-finished products
1,780

2,277

Raw materials, stores and supplies
783

739

 
6,342

7,027

Adjustment of inventories to a LIFO basis
(202
)
(240
)
         
$
6,140

$
6,787



10.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
December 31,
2015
2014
Buildings
$
4,468

$
4,502

Equipment
17,410

17,219

Land
506

550

Construction
1,746

1,502

          
$
24,130

$
23,773



11.  GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill
The following table summarizes changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , by reportable segment:
 
Balance as of December 31, 2015
Goodwill
Adjustments
and
Acquisitions
Balance as of December 31, 2014
Goodwill
Adjustments
and
Acquisitions
Balance as of December 31, 2013
Agriculture
$
336

$
18

$
318

$
(12
)
$
330

Electronics & Communications
149


149


149

Industrial Biosciences
839

(8
)
847

(51
)
898

Nutrition & Health
2,092

(101
)
2,193

(122
)
2,315

Performance Materials
383

8

375


375

Safety & Protection
449

(1
)
450

2

448

Total
$
4,248

$
(84
)
$
4,332

$
(183
)
$
4,515


Changes in goodwill in 2015 and 2014 primarily relate to currency translation adjustments . In 2015 and 2014 , the company performed impairment tests for goodwill and determined that no goodwill impairments existed.


F-27


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Other Intangible Assets
The following table summarizes the gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets by major class:
 
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
 
Gross
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Gross
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Intangible assets subject to amortization
     (Definite-lived)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customer lists
$
1,621

$
(529
)
$
1,092

$
1,699

$
(465
)
$
1,234

Patents
454

(220
)
234

474

(184
)
290

Purchased and licensed technology
1,173

(649
)
524

1,783

(1,069
)
714

Trademarks
26

(13
)
13

26

(12
)
14

Other 1
180

(72
)
108

202

(84
)
118

 
3,454

(1,483
)
1,971

4,184

(1,814
)
2,370

Intangible assets not subject to amortization
     (Indefinite-lived)
 
 
 
 
 
 
In-process research and development
72


72

29


29

Microbial cell factories 2
306


306

306


306

Pioneer germplasm 3
1,048


1,048

1,064


1,064

Trademarks/tradenames
747


747

800


800

 
2,173


2,173

2,199


2,199

Total
$
5,627

$
(1,483
)
$
4,144

$
6,383

$
(1,814
)
$
4,569


1.  
Primarily consists of sales and grower networks, marketing and manufacturing alliances and noncompetition agreements.
2.  
Microbial cell factories, derived from natural microbes, are used to sustainably produce enzymes, peptides and chemicals using natural metabolic processes. The company recognized the microbial cell factories as an intangible asset upon the acquisition of Danisco. This intangible asset is expected to contribute to cash flows beyond the foreseeable future and there are no legal, regulatory, contractual, or other factors which limit its useful life.
3.  
Pioneer germplasm is the pool of genetic source material and body of knowledge gained from the development and delivery stage of plant breeding. The company recognized germplasm as an intangible asset upon the acquisition of Pioneer. This intangible asset is expected to contribute to cash flows beyond the foreseeable future and there are no legal, regulatory, contractual, or other factors which limit its useful life.

The aggregate pre-tax amortization expense from continuing operations for definite-lived intangible assets was $360 , $360 and $317 for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. The estimated aggregate pre-tax amortization expense from continuing operations for 2016 , 2017 , 2018 , 2019 and 2020 is $329 , $205 , $207 , $200 and $177 , respectively.

12.  SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS
December 31,
2015
2014
Other loans - various currencies
$
49

$
17

Long-term debt payable within one year
1,115

1,405

Capital lease obligations
1


 
$
1,165

$
1,422


The estimated fair value of the company's short-term borrowings, including interest rate financial instruments, was determined using level 2 inputs within the fair value hierarchy, as described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Based on quoted market prices for the same or similar issues, or on current rates offered to the company for debt of the same remaining maturities, the fair value of the company's short-term borrowings was $1,190 and $1,424 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.


F-28


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Unused bank credit lines were approximately $4,900 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. These lines are available to support short-term liquidity needs and general corporate purposes including letters of credit and have a remaining life of up to three years. Outstanding letters of credit were $203 and $349 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. These letters of credit support commitments made in the ordinary course of business.

The weighted-average interest rate on short-term borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was 4.1% and 1.7% , respectively. The increase in the interest rate for 2015 was primarily due to long-term debt maturing within one year.

13.  OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES
December 31,
2015
2014
Compensation and other employee-related costs
$
699

$
701

Deferred revenue
2,519

2,892

Employee benefits (Note 18)
364

341

Discounts and rebates
284

296

Derivative instruments (Note 20)
91

120

Accrual for restructuring programs (Note 4)
758

171

Miscellaneous
865

1,075

 
$
5,580

$
5,596


Deferred revenue principally includes advance customer payments within the Agriculture segment. Miscellaneous other accrued liabilities principally includes accrued plant and operating expenses, accrued litigation costs, the estimated value of certain guarantees and accrued environmental remediation costs.


F-29


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

14.  LONG-TERM BORROWINGS AND CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS
December 31,
2015
2014
U.S. dollar:
 
 
Medium-term notes due 2038 – 2041 1
$
111

$
114

3.25% notes due 2015 2,3

1,001

4.75% notes due 2015 2

400

1.95% notes due 2016 2
348

499

2.75% notes due 2016 2
223

500

5.25% notes due 2016 2
541

600

6.00% notes due 2018 4
1,314

1,338

5.75% notes due 2019
499

499

4.625% notes due 2020
998

998

3.625% notes due 2021
999

999

4.25% notes due 2021
499

499

2.80% notes due 2023
1,250

1,250

6.50% debentures due 2028
299

299

5.60% notes due 2036
396

396

4.90% notes due 2041
494

494

4.15% notes due 2043
749

749

Other loans 2,5
25

29

Other loans- various currencies 2
32


 
8,777

10,664

Less short-term portion of long-term debt
1,115

1,405

 
7,662

9,259

Less debt issuance costs
32

38

 
7,630

9,221

Capital lease obligations
12

12

Total
$
7,642

$
9,233


1.  
Average interest rates on medium-term notes were 0.1% and 0.0% at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
2.  
Includes long-term debt due within one year.
3.  
At December 31, 2014 , the company had outstanding interest rate swap agreements with gross notional amounts of $1,000 that matured in 2015. The fair value of outstanding swaps was an asset of $1 at December 31, 2014 .
4.  
During 2008, the interest rate swap agreement associated with these notes was terminated. The gain will be amortized over the remaining life of the bond, resulting in an effective yield of 3.85% .
5.  
Average interest rates on other loans were 4.3% and 4.2% at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

In connection with the spin-off of Chemours, as discussed in Note 3, the company received a dividend from Chemours in May 2015 of $3,923 comprised of a cash distribution of $3,416 and a distribution in-kind of $507 of 7% senior unsecured notes due 2025.

In 2015, DuPont exchanged the Chemours Notes Received for $488 of company debt due in 2016 as follows: $152 of 1.95% notes, $277 of 2.75% notes, and $59 of 5.25% notes. The company paid a premium of $20 , recorded in interest expense in the company's Consolidated Income Statements in 2015, in connection with the early retirement of the $488 of 2016 notes. This debt for debt exchange was considered an extinguishment.

Maturities of long-term borrowings are $4 , $1,349 , $503 and $1,003 for the years 2017 , 2018 , 2019 and 2020 , respectively, and $4,803 thereafter.


F-30


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

The estimated fair value of the company's long-term borrowings, was determined using level 2 inputs within the fair value hierarchy, as described in Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Based on quoted market prices for the same or similar issues, or on current rates offered to the company for debt of the same remaining maturities, the fair value of the company's long-term borrowings was $7,860 and $9,970 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

15.  OTHER LIABILITIES
December 31,
2015
2014
Employee benefits:
 

 

Accrued other long-term benefit costs (Note 18)
$
2,524

$
2,655

Accrued pension benefit costs (Note 18)
8,478

9,017

Accrued environmental remediation costs
367

362

Miscellaneous
1,222

1,581

 
$
12,591

$
13,615


Miscellaneous includes asset retirement obligations, litigation accruals, tax contingencies, royalty payables, non-current portion of employee separation accruals and certain obligations related to divested businesses.

16.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
Guarantees
Indemnifications
In connection with acquisitions and divestitures, the company has indemnified respective parties against certain liabilities that may arise in connection with these transactions and business activities prior to the completion of the transaction. The term of these indemnifications, which typically pertain to environmental, tax and product liabilities, is generally indefinite. In addition, the company indemnifies its duly elected or appointed directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, against liabilities incurred as a result of their activities for the company, such as adverse judgments relating to litigation matters. If the indemnified party were to incur a liability or have a liability increase as a result of a successful claim, pursuant to the terms of the indemnification, the company would be required to reimburse the indemnified party. The maximum amount of potential future payments is generally unlimited.

Obligations for Equity Affiliates & Others
The company has directly guaranteed various debt obligations under agreements with third parties related to equity affiliates, customers and suppliers. At December 31, 2015 , the company had directly guaranteed $337 of such obligations. This amount represents the maximum potential amount of future (undiscounted) payments that the company could be required to make under the guarantees. The company would be required to perform on these guarantees in the event of default by the guaranteed party.

The company assesses the payment/performance risk by assigning default rates based on the duration of the guarantees. These default rates are assigned based on the external credit rating of the counterparty or through internal credit analysis and historical default history for counterparties that do not have published credit ratings. For counterparties without an external rating or available credit history, a cumulative average default rate is used.


F-31


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

In certain cases, the company has recourse to assets held as collateral, as well as personal guarantees from customers and suppliers. Assuming liquidation, these assets are estimated to cover approximately 24 percent of the $113 of guaranteed obligations of customers and suppliers. Set forth below are the company's guaranteed obligations at December 31, 2015 :
 
Short-Term
Long-Term
Total
Obligations for customers and suppliers 1 :
 

 

 

Bank borrowings (terms up to 6 years)
$
87

$
25

$
112

Leases on equipment and facilities (terms up to 3 years)

1

1

Obligations for equity affiliates 2 :
 

 

 

Bank borrowings (terms up to 1 year)
178


178

Obligations for Chemours 3 :
 
 
 
Chemours' purchase obligations (final expiration - 2018)
11

35

46

Total
$
276

$
61

$
337


1.  
Existing guarantees for customers and suppliers, as part of contractual agreements.
2.    
Existing guarantees for equity affiliates' liquidity needs in normal operations.
3.  
Guarantee for Chemours' raw material purchase obligations under agreement with third party supplier.

Operating Leases
The company uses various leased facilities and equipment in its operations. The terms for these leased assets vary depending on the lease agreement.

Future minimum lease payments (including residual value guarantee amounts) under non-cancelable operating leases are $248 , $217 , $194 , $170 and $133 for the years 2016 , 2017 , 2018 , 2019 and 2020 , respectively, and $276 for subsequent years and are not reduced by non-cancelable minimum sublease rentals due in the future in the amount of $4 . Net rental expense under operating leases was $271 , $249 and $241 in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

Asset Retirement Obligations
The company has recorded asset retirement obligations primarily associated with closure, reclamation and removal costs for mining operations related to the production of titanium dioxide in Performance Chemicals. The company's asset retirement obligation liabilities were $49 and $52 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 . Pursuant to the Separation Agreement discussed in Note 3, the company is indemnified by Chemours for the majority of the outstanding asset retirement obligations. As a result, the company has recorded an indemnification asset of $41 corresponding to the company's accrual balance related to these matters at December 31, 2015.

Imprelis ®  
The company has received claims and has been served with multiple lawsuits alleging that the use of Imprelis ® herbicide caused damage to certain trees. Sales of Imprelis ® were suspended in August 2011 and the product was last applied during the 2011 spring application season. The lawsuits seeking class action status were consolidated in multidistrict litigation in federal court in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. In February 2014, the court entered the final order dismissing these lawsuits as a result of the class action settlement.

As part of the settlement, DuPont paid about $7 in plaintiffs' attorney fees and expenses. DuPont also provided a warranty, which expired on May 31, 2015, against new damage, if any, caused by the use of Imprelis ® on class members' properties. In the third quarter of 2014, the company settled the majority of claims from class members that opted out of the class action settlement. As of December 31, 2015 , the company has substantially completed the processing of the warranty claims and has resolved substantially all of the opt-out actions. Based on the claim settlements and evaluation of the remaining warranty claims and opt-out actions, the company recorded a $130 reduction to the estimated liability resulting in an accrual balance of $41 at December 31, 2015 , representing the company’s best estimate of the liability associated with resolving the remaining matters. The reduction was recorded within other operating charges in the company’s consolidated income statement for the year ended December 31, 2015 .


F-32


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

DuPont recorded income of $185 and $210 for insurance recoveries, within other operating charges, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The year ended December 31, 2013 included net charges of $352 , consisting of a $425 charge offset by $73 of insurance recoveries. Insurance recoveries are recognized when collection of payment is considered probable. The remaining coverage under the insurance program is $50 for costs and expenses. DuPont has submitted requests for payment related to its remaining coverage.

Litigation
The company is subject to various legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of its business including product liability, intellectual property, comm ercial, environmental and antitrust lawsuits. It is not possible to predict the outcome of these various proceedings. Although considerable uncertainty exists, management does not anticipate that the ultimate disposition of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the company's results of operations, consolidated financial position or liquidity.  However, the ultimate liabilities could be material to results of operations in the period recognized.  

PFOA
DuPont used PFOA (collectively, perfluorooctanoic acids and its salts, including the ammonium salt), as a processing aid to manufacture some fluoropolymer resins at various sites around the world including its Washington Works plant in West Virginia. At December 31, 2015 , DuPont has an accrual balance of $20 related to the PFOA matters discussed below. Pursuant to the Separation Agreement discussed in Note 3, the company is indemnified by Chemours for the PFOA matters discussed below. As a result, the company has recorded an indemnification asset of $20 corresponding to the accrual balance as of December 31, 2015 .

The accrual includes charges related to DuPont's obligations under agreements with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and voluntary commitments to the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection. These obligations and voluntary commitments include surveying, sampling and testing drinking water in and around certain company sites and offering treatment or an alternative supply of drinking water if tests indicate the presence of PFOA in drinking water at or greater than the national Provisional Health Advisory.

Drinking Water Actions
In August 2001, a class action, captioned Leach v DuPont, was filed in West Virginia state court alleging that residents living near the Washington Works facility had suffered, or may suffer, deleterious health effects from exposure to PFOA in drinking water.

DuPont and attorneys for the class reached a settlement in 2004 that binds about 80,000 residents. In 2005, DuPont paid the plaintiffs’ attorneys’ fees and expenses of $23 and made a payment of $70 , which class counsel designated to fund a community health project.  The company funded a series of health studies which were completed in October 2012 by an independent science panel of experts (the C8 Science Panel). The studies were conducted in communities exposed to PFOA to evaluate available scientific evidence on whether any probable link exists, as defined in the settlement agreement, between exposure to PFOA and human disease.

The C8 Science Panel found probable links, as defined in the settlement agreement, between exposure to PFOA and pregnancy-induced hypertension, including preeclampsia; kidney cancer; testicular cancer; thyroid disease; ulcerative colitis; and diagnosed high cholesterol.

In May 2013, a panel of three independent medical doctors released its initial recommendations for screening and diagnostic testing of eligible class members. In September 2014, the medical panel recommended follow-up screening and diagnostic testing three years after initial testing, based on individual results. The medical panel has not communicated its anticipated schedule for completion of its protocol. The company is obligated to fund up to $235 for a medical monitoring program for eligible class members and, in addition, administrative costs associated with the program, including class counsel fees. In January 2012, the company put $1 in an escrow account to fund medical monitoring as required by the settlement agreement.  The court appointed Director of Medical Monitoring has established the program to implement the medical panel's recommendations and the registration process, as well as eligibility screening, is ongoing. Diagnostic screening and testing has begun and associated payments to service providers are being disbursed from the escrow account.

In addition, under the settlement agreement, the company must continue to provide water treatment designed to reduce the level of PFOA in water to six area water districts, including the Little Hocking Water Association (LHWA), and private well users.


F-33


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Class members may pursue personal injury claims against DuPont only for those human diseases for which the C8 Science Panel determined a probable link exists. At December 31, 2015 , there were approximately 3,500 lawsuits filed in various federal and state courts in Ohio and West Virginia, an increase of about 600 over year end 2014 . These lawsuits are consolidated in multi-district litigation in Ohio federal court (MDL). Based on the information currently available to the company, the majority of the lawsuits allege personal injury claims associated with high cholesterol and thyroid disease from exposure to PFOA in drinking water.  There are 37 lawsuits alleging wrongful death. In 2014, six plaintiffs from the MDL were selected for the individual trial. The jury awarded $1.6 in compensatory damages in the first individual trial, captioned Bartlett v DuPont, which was tried to a verdict in October 2015. The plaintiff alleged that exposure to PFOA in drinking water had caused kidney cancer. DuPont, through Chemours, is appealing the decision. The second trial, captioned Wolf v DuPont, was scheduled to begin in March 2016 and involves allegations that exposure to PFOA in drinking water caused ulcerative colitis. A confidential settlement for an inconsequential amount was reached in January 2016. In January 2016, the court determined that 40 cases, most of which are expected to involve allegations that exposure to PFOA in drinking water caused cancer, would be scheduled for trial in 2017, beginning in April of that year. DuPont, through Chemours, denies the allegations in these lawsuits and is defending itself vigorously.

Additional Actions
An Ohio action brought by the LHWA claims, “imminent and substantial endangerment to health and or the environment” under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) in addition to general claims of PFOA contamination of drinking water. Pursuant to the order of the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Ohio, the case, scheduled for trial in January 2016, was removed from the trial docket.

PFOA Summary
While it is probable that the company will incur liabilities related to funding the medical monitoring program, such liabilities cannot be reasonably estimated due to uncertainties surrounding the level of participation by eligible class members and the scope of testing. DuPont believes that it is reasonably possible that it could incur additional liabilities related to the other PFOA matters discussed above; however, a range of such liabilities, if any, cannot be reasonably estimated at this time, due to the uniqueness of the individual MDL plaintiff's claims and the company's defenses to those claims both as to potential liability and damages on an individual claims basis, among other factors. As noted above, the company is indemnified by Chemours for these PFOA matters.

Environmental  
The company is also subject to contingencies pursuant to environmental laws and regulations that in the future may require the company to take further action to correct the effects on the environment of prior disposal practices or releases of chemical or petroleum substances by the company or other parties. The company accrues for environmental remediation activities consistent with the policy set forth in Note 1. Much of this liability results from the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA, often referred to as Superfund), RCRA and similar state and global laws. These laws require the company to undertake certain investigative, remediation and restoration activities at sites where the company conducts or once conducted operations or at sites where company-generated waste was disposed. The accrual also includes estimated costs related to a number of sites identified by the company for which it is probable that environmental remediation will be required, but which are not currently the subject of enforcement activities.

Remediation activities vary substantially in duration and cost from site to site. These activities, and their associated costs, depend on the mix of unique site characteristics, evolving remediation technologies, diverse regulatory agencies and enforcement policies, as well as the presence or absence of potentially responsible parties. At December 31, 2015 , the Consolidated Balance Sheet included a liability of $492 , relating to these matters and, in management's opinion, is appropriate based on existing facts and circumstances. The average time frame, over which the accrued or presently unrecognized amounts may be paid, based on past history, is estimated to be 15 - 20  years. Considerable uncertainty exists with respect to these costs and, under adverse changes in circumstances, the potential liability may range up to $1,000 above the amount accrued as of December 31, 2015 . Pursuant to the Separation Agreement discussed in Note 3, the company is indemnified by Chemours for certain environmental matters, included in the liability of $492 , that have an estimated liability of $291 as of December 31, 2015 and a potential exposure that ranges up to approximately $610 above the amount accrued. As such, the company has recorded an indemnification asset of $291 corresponding to the company's accrual balance related to these matters at December 31, 2015 .


F-34


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

17.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Share Repurchase Program
2015 Share Buyback Plan
In the first quarter 2015, DuPont announced its intention to buy back shares of about $4,000 using the distribution proceeds received from Chemours. In connection with the completion of the spin-off of Chemours, the Board of Directors authorized the use of the distribution proceeds to buy back shares of the company's common stock as follows: $2,000 to be purchased and retired by December 31, 2015 with the remainder to be purchased and retired by December 31, 2016. In August 2015, the company entered an accelerated share repurchase (ASR) agreement. Under the terms of the August 2015 ASR agreement, the company paid $2,000 to the financial institution and received and retired 35 million shares at an average price of $57.16 per share.

2014 Share Buyback Plan
In January 2014, the company's Board of Directors authorized a $5,000 share buyback plan. There is no required completion date for purchases under this plan. In February and August 2014, the company entered two separate accelerated share repurchase (ASR) agreements. The February 2014 ASR agreement was completed in the second quarter of 2014, under which the company purchased and retired 15.1 million shares for $1,000 . The August 2014 ASR agreement was completed in the fourth quarter of 2014, under which the company purchased and retired 10.4 million shares for $700 . In addition to the ASR agreements, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the company repurchased and retired 4.6 million and 4.7 million shares in the open market for a total cost of $353 and $300 , respectively. As of December 31, 2015 the company has purchased 34.7 million shares at a total cost of $2,353 under the plan. There is no required completion date for the remaining stock purchases.

2012 Share Buyback Plan
In December 2012, the company's Board of Directors authorized a $1,000 share buyback plan. In 2013, the company entered into an ASR agreement with a financial institution under which the company used $1,000 of the proceeds from the sale of Performance Coatings for the purchase and retirement 20.4 million shares of common stock.

Common stock held in treasury is recorded at cost. When retired, the excess of the cost of treasury stock over its par value is allocated between reinvested earnings and additional paid-in capital.

Set forth below is a reconciliation of common stock share activity for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 :
Shares of common stock
Issued
Held In Treasury
Balance January 1, 2013
1,020,057,000

(87,041,000
)
Issued
14,370,000


Repurchased

(20,400,000
)
Retired
(20,400,000
)
20,400,000

Balance December 31, 2013
1,014,027,000

(87,041,000
)
Issued
8,103,000


Repurchased

(30,110,000
)
Retired
(30,110,000
)
30,110,000

Balance December 31, 2014
992,020,000

(87,041,000
)
Issued
5,932,000


Repurchased

(39,564,000
)
Retired
(39,564,000
)
39,564,000

Balance December 31, 2015
958,388,000

(87,041,000
)

Noncontrolling Interest
In September 2015, the company obtained a controlling interest in a joint venture included in the Performance Materials segment. Accordingly, the company consolidated the entity at December 31, 2015 and recorded the fair value of the noncontrolling interest in the amount of $151 in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

F-35


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Other Comprehensive Income
A summary of the pre-tax, tax, and after-tax effects of the components of other comprehensive (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 , and 2013 is provided as follows:
For the year ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
Affected Line Item in Consolidated Income Statements
 
Pre-Tax
Tax
After-Tax
Pre-Tax
Tax
After-Tax
Pre-Tax
Tax
After-Tax
Cumulative translation adjustment (1)
$
(1,605
)
$

$
(1,605
)
$
(876
)
$

$
(876
)
$
25

$

$
25

 
Net revaluation and clearance of cash flow hedges to earnings:









 
Additions and revaluations of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
(37
)
12

(25
)
53

(20
)
33

(58
)
22

(36
)
See (2) below
Clearance of hedge results to earnings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency contracts
(10
)
4

(6
)
(15
)
5

(10
)
(1
)

(1
)
Net sales
Commodity contracts
22

(9
)
13

30

(11
)
19

(24
)
10

(14
)
Cost of goods sold
Net revaluation and clearance of cash flow hedges to earnings
(25
)
7

(18
)
68

(26
)
42

(83
)
32

(51
)
 
Pension benefit plans:









 
Net (loss) gain
(57
)
10

(47
)
(4,131
)
1,497

(2,634
)
3,293

(1,136
)
2,157

See (2) below
Prior service benefit



44

(11
)
33

62

(22
)
40

See (2) below
Effect of foreign exchange rates
119

(33
)
86







See (2) below
Reclassifications to net income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of prior service (benefit) cost
(9
)
2

(7
)
2


2

8

(2
)
6

See (3) below
Amortization of loss
768

(273
)
495

601

(209
)
392

957

(331
)
626

See (3) below
Curtailment (gain) loss
(6
)
3

(3
)
4

(1
)
3

1


1

See (3) below
Settlement loss
76

(26
)
50

7

(2
)
5

152

(45
)
107

See (3) below
Pension benefit plans, net
891

(317
)
574

(3,473
)
1,274

(2,199
)
4,473

(1,536
)
2,937

 
Other benefit plans:









 
Net gain (loss)
4

(1
)
3

(280
)
100

(180
)
513

(184
)
329

See (2) below
Prior service benefit



50

(1
)
49

211

(72
)
139

See (2) below
Effect of foreign exchange rates
(1
)
1








See (2) below
Reclassifications to net income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of prior service benefit
(182
)
64

(118
)
(214
)
76

(138
)
(195
)
69

(126
)
See (3) below
Amortization of loss
78

(27
)
51

57

(20
)
37

76

(27
)
49

See (3) below
Curtailment gain
(274
)
98

(176
)



(154
)
54

(100
)
See (3) below
Settlement loss






1


1

See (3) below
Other benefit plans, net
(375
)
135

(240
)
(387
)
155

(232
)
452

(160
)
292

 
Net unrealized (loss) gain on securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized (loss) gain on securities arising during the period
(17
)

(17
)



1

(1
)

See (4) below
Reclassification of gain realized in net income
(2
)

(2
)






Other income, net
Net unrealized (loss) gain on securities
(19
)

(19
)



1

(1
)

 
Other comprehensive (loss) income
$
(1,133
)
$
(175
)
$
(1,308
)
$
(4,668
)
$
1,403

$
(3,265
)
$
4,868

$
(1,665
)
$
3,203

 

1.  
The increase in currency translation adjustment losses over prior year for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, is driven by the strengthening USD against primarily the Euro and Brazilian Real. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the increase over prior year is also due to changes in certain foreign entity's functional currency as described in Note 1.
2.  
These amounts represent changes in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income excluding changes due to reclassifying amounts to the Consolidated Income Statements.
3.  
These accumulated other comprehensive income components are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost of the company's pension and other long-term employee benefit plans. See Note 18 for additional information.
4.  
The unrealized loss on securities during the year ended December 31, 2015 is due to the re-measurement of USD denominated marketable securities held by certain foreign entities at December 31, 2015 with a corresponding offset to cumulative translation adjustment.   



F-36


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Tax (expense) benefit recorded in Stockholders' Equity was $(138) , $1,461 and $(1,617) for the years 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Included in these amounts were tax benefits of $37 , $58 and $48 for the years 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively, associated with stock compensation programs. The remainder consists of amounts recorded within other comprehensive income as shown in the table above.

The changes and after-tax balances of components comprising accumulated other comprehensive loss are summarized below:
 
Cumulative Translation Adjustment
Net Revaluation and Clearance of Cash Flow Hedges to Earnings
Pension Benefit Plans
Other Benefit Plans
Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Securities
Total
2013
 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance January 1, 2013
$
(70
)
$
3

$
(8,632
)
$
202

$
2

$
(8,495
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
27

(36
)
2,197

468


2,656

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

(15
)
740

(176
)

549

Balance December 31, 2013
$
(43
)
$
(48
)
$
(5,695
)
$
494

$
2

$
(5,290
)
2014
 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
(876
)
33

(2,601
)
(131
)

(3,575
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

9

401

(101
)

309

Balance December 31, 2014
$
(919
)
$
(6
)
$
(7,895
)
$
262

$
2

$
(8,556
)
2015
 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
(1,605
)
(25
)
39

3

(17
)
(1,605
)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

7

535

(243
)
(2
)
297

Spin-off of Chemours
191


278


(1
)
468

Balance December 31, 2015
$
(2,333
)
$
(24
)
$
(7,043
)
$
22

$
(18
)
$
(9,396
)



F-37


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

18.  LONG-TERM EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The company offers various long-term benefits to its employees. Where permitted by applicable law, the company reserves the right to change, modify or discontinue the plans.

Defined Benefit Pensions
The company has both funded and unfunded noncontributory defined benefit pension plans covering a majority of the U.S. employees. Most employees hired on or after January 1, 2007 are not eligible to participate in the U.S. defined benefit pension plans. The benefits under these plans are based primarily on years of service and employees' pay near retirement. The company's funding policy is consistent with the funding requirements of federal laws and regulations. Pension coverage for employees of the company's non-U.S. consolidated subsidiaries is provided, to the extent deemed appropriate, through separate plans. Obligations under such plans are funded by depositing funds with trustees, covered by insurance contracts, or remain unfunded.

The company recorded a charge of $32 ( $21 after-tax) during the year ended December 31, 2015, which related to settlements that occurred in prior periods. In addition, accumulated other comprehensive loss at January 1, 2013 has been revised to adjust for $54 , after-tax, for settlement charges that should have been recorded in previous periods with a corresponding reduction in reinvested earnings. The settlement charges were related to the company's Pension Restoration Plan which provides for lump sum payments to certain eligible retirees. The company recognizes pension settlements when lump sum payments exceed the sum of service and interest cost components of net periodic pension cost of the plan for the year. The impact of these adjustments is not material to the company's current or previously issued financial statements.

Other Long-term Employee Benefits
The parent company and certain subsidiaries provide medical, dental and life insurance benefits to pensioners and survivors. The associated plans for retiree benefits are unfunded and the cost of the approved claims is paid from company funds. Essentially all of the cost and liabilities for these retiree benefit plans are attributable to the U.S. benefit plans. The non-Medicare eligible retiree medical plan is contributory with pensioners and survivors' contributions adjusted annually to achieve a 50/50 target sharing of cost increases between the company and pensioners and survivors. In addition, limits are applied to the company's portion of the retiree medical cost coverage. For Medicare eligible pensioners and survivors, the company provides a company-funded Health Reimbursement Arrangement (HRA). Beginning January 1, 2015, eligible employees who retire on and after that date will receive the same life insurance benefit payment, regardless of age. The majorities of U.S. employees hired on or after January 1, 2007 are not eligible to participate in the post-retirement medical, dental and life insurance plans.

The company also provides disability benefits to employees. Employee disability benefit plans are insured in many countries. However, primarily in the U.S., such plans are generally self-insured. Obligations and expenses for self-insured plans are reflected in the figures below.


F-38


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Summarized information on the company's pension and other long-term employee benefit plans is as follows:
 
Pension Benefits
Other Benefits
Obligations and Funded Status at December 31,
2015
2014
2015
2014
Change in benefit obligation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
29,669

 
$
26,289

 
$
2,889

 
$
2,754

 
Service cost
232

 
241

 
15

 
17

 
Interest cost
1,084

 
1,162

 
112

 
121

 
Plan participants' contributions
19

 
21

 
45

 
37

 
Actuarial (gain) loss
(1,404
)
 
3,672

 
(4
)
 
280

 
Benefits paid
(1,761
)
 
(1,651
)
 
(282
)
 
(270
)
 
Amendments

 
(44
)
 

 
(50
)
 
Effect of foreign exchange rates
(456
)
 

 
(6
)
 

 
Net effects of acquisitions/divestitures
(52
)
 
(21
)
 

 

 
Spin-off of Chemours
(1,237
)
 

 
(11
)
 

 
Benefit obligation at end of year
$
26,094

 
$
29,669

 
$
2,758

 
$
2,889

 
Change in plan assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
$
20,446

 
$
20,614

 
$

 
$

 
Actual gain on plan assets
88

 
1,163

 

 

 
Employer contributions
308

 
311

 
237

 
233

 
Plan participants' contributions
19

 
21

 
45

 
37

 
Benefits paid
(1,761
)
 
(1,651
)
 
(282
)
 
(270
)
 
Effect of foreign exchange rates
(330
)
 

 

 

 
Net effects of acquisitions/divestitures
(47
)
 
(12
)
 

 

 
Spin-off of Chemours
(1,226
)
 

 

 

 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
$
17,497

 
$
20,446

 
$

 
$

 
Funded status
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. plan with plan assets
$
(6,662
)
 
$
(7,072
)
 
$

 
$

 
Non-U.S. plans with plan assets
(748
)
 
(747
)
 

 

 
All other plans
(1,187
)
1  

(1,357
)
1  

(2,758
)
 
(2,878
)
 
Plans of discontinued operations

 
(47
)
 

 
(11
)
 
Total
$
(8,597
)
 
$
(9,223
)
 
$
(2,758
)
 
$
(2,889
)
 
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance
     Sheets consist of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets of discontinued operations
$

 
$
92

 
$

 
$

 
Other assets
11

 
(28
)
 

 

 
Other accrued liabilities (Note 13)
(130
)
 
(118
)
 
(234
)
 
(223
)
 
Liabilities of discontinued operations

 
(152
)
 

 
(11
)
 
Other liabilities (Note 15)
(8,478
)
 
(9,017
)
 
(2,524
)
 
(2,655
)
 
Net amount recognized
$
(8,597
)
 
$
(9,223
)
 
$
(2,758
)
 
$
(2,889
)
 

1.  
Includes pension plans maintained around the world where funding is not customary.



F-39


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

The pre-tax amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss are summarized below:
 
Pension Benefits
Other Benefits
December 31,
2015
2014
2015
2014
Net loss
$
(10,803
)
$
(12,164
)
$
(787
)
$
(870
)
Prior service benefit
54

59

811

1,269

 
$
(10,749
)
$
(12,105
)
$
24

$
399


The accumulated benefit obligation for all pension plans was $24,984 and $27,923 at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Information for pension plans with projected benefit obligation in excess of plan assets
2015
2014
Projected benefit obligation
$
25,769

$
28,079

Accumulated benefit obligation
24,715

26,498

Fair value of plan assets
17,162

18,792


Information for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets
2015
2014
Projected benefit obligation
$
25,515

$
27,892

Accumulated benefit obligation
24,508

26,367

Fair value of plan assets
16,930

18,638



F-40


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

 
Pension Benefits
Components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) and amounts recognized in other
     comprehensive income
2015
2014
2013
Net periodic benefit cost
 
 
 
Service cost
$
232

$
241

$
271

Interest cost
1,084

1,162

1,088

Expected return on plan assets
(1,554
)
(1,611
)
(1,524
)
Amortization of loss
768

601

957

Amortization of prior service (benefit) cost
(9
)
2

8

Curtailment (gain) loss
(6
)
4

1

Settlement loss
76

7

152

Net periodic benefit cost - Total
$
591

$
406

$
953

Less: Discontinued operations
(5
)
40

50

Net period benefit cost - Continuing operations
$
596

$
366

$
903

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other
     comprehensive income
 
 
 
Net loss (gain)
$
57

$
4,131

$
(3,293
)
Amortization of loss
(768
)
(601
)
(957
)
Prior service benefit

(44
)
(62
)
Amortization of prior service benefit (cost)
9

(2
)
(8
)
Curtailment gain (loss)
6

(4
)
(1
)
Settlement loss
(76
)
(7
)
(152
)
Effect of foreign exchange rates
(119
)


Spin-off of Chemours
(382
)


Total (benefit) loss recognized in other comprehensive income
$
(1,273
)
$
3,473

$
(4,473
)
Noncontrolling interest

1


Total (benefit) loss recognized in other comprehensive income, attributable to DuPont
$
(1,273
)
$
3,474

$
(4,473
)
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income
$
(682
)
$
3,880

$
(3,520
)

The estimated pre-tax net loss and prior service benefit for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost during 2016 are $689 and $(6) , respectively. These estimates do not include any potential losses from settlements as a result of the 2016 global cost savings and restructuring plan.

F-41


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

 
Other Benefits
Components of net periodic benefit cost (credit) and amounts recognized in other
     comprehensive income
2015
2014
2013
Net periodic benefit cost
 
 
 
Service cost
$
15

$
17

$
29

Interest cost
112

121

130

Amortization of loss
78

57

76

Amortization of prior service benefit
(182
)
(214
)
(195
)
Curtailment gain 1
(274
)

(154
)
Settlement loss


1

Net periodic benefit credit - Total
$
(251
)
$
(19
)
$
(113
)
Less: Discontinued operations
(272
)
3

5

Net periodic benefit cost (credit) - Continuing operations
$
21

$
(22
)
$
(118
)
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other
     comprehensive income
 
 
 
Net (gain) loss
$
(4
)
$
280

$
(513
)
Amortization of loss
(78
)
(57
)
(76
)
Prior service benefit

(50
)
(211
)
Amortization of prior service benefit
182

214

195

Curtailment gain 1
274


154

Settlement loss


(1
)
Effect of foreign exchange rates
1



Total loss (benefit) recognized in other comprehensive income, attributable to DuPont
$
375

$
387

$
(452
)
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and other comprehensive income
$
124

$
368

$
(565
)

1.  
As a result of the separation of the Performance Chemicals segment, the company recorded an other long-term employee benefit plans curtailment gain of $274 .

The estimated pre-tax net loss and prior service benefit for the other long-term employee benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost during 2016 are $69 and $(156) , respectively. These estimates do not include any potential curtailment gains as a result of the 2016 global cost savings and restructuring plan.
 
Pension Benefits
Other Benefits
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31,
2015
2014
2015
2014
Discount rate
4.13
%
3.78
%
4.32
%
3.95
%
Rate of compensation increase 1
3.94
%
4.00
%
%
%

1.  
The rate of compensation increase represents the single annual effective salary increase that an average plan participant would receive during the participant's entire career at the company.
 
Pension Benefits
Other Benefits
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net
     periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31,
2015
2014
2013
2015
2014
2013
Discount rate
3.93
%
4.55
%
3.90
%
4.13
%
4.60
%
3.85
%
Expected return on plan assets
8.10
%
8.35
%
8.39
%
%
%
%
Rate of compensation increase
4.01
%
4.22
%
4.14
%
%
%
4.40
%


F-42


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

For determining U.S. pension plans' net periodic benefit costs, the discount rate, expected return on plan assets and the rate of compensation increase were 4.29 percent , 8.50 percent and 4.20 percent for 2015 .

For determining U.S. pension plans' net periodic benefit costs, the discount rate, expected return on plan assets and the rate of compensation increase were 4.90 percent , 8.75 percent and 4.50 percent for 2014 .

For determining U.S. pension plans' net periodic benefit costs, the discount rate, expected return on plan assets and the rate of compensation increase were 4.10 percent , 8.75 percent and 4.40 percent for 2013 .
 
In the U.S., the discount rate is developed by matching the expected cash flow of the benefit plans to a yield curve constructed from a portfolio of high quality fixed-income instruments provided by the plan's actuary as of the measurement date. For non-U.S. benefit plans, the company utilizes prevailing long-term high quality corporate bond indices to determine the discount rate applicable to each country at the measurement date.

The long-term rate of return on assets in the U.S. was selected from within the reasonable range of rates determined by historical real returns (net of inflation) for the asset classes covered by the investment policy, expected performance, and projections of inflation over the long-term period during which benefits are payable to plan participants. Consistent with prior years, the long-term rate of return on plan assets in the U.S. reflects the asset allocation of the plan and the effect of the company's active management of the plans' assets. For non-U.S. plans, assumptions reflect economic assumptions applicable to each country.

In October 2014, the Society of Actuaries released final reports of new mortality tables and a mortality improvement scale for measurement of retirement program obligations in the U.S. The company has adopted these tables in measuring the 2014 long-term employee benefit obligations. In October 2015, the Society of Actuaries released an updated mortality improvement scale reflecting a decline in longevity projection from the October 2014 release. The company adopted the release in measuring the 2015 long-term employee benefit obligations in the U.S.

Assumed health care cost trend rates at December 31,
2015
2014
Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year
7
%
7
%
Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)
5
%
5
%
Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate
2023

2022


Assumed health care cost trend rates have a modest effect on the amount reported for the health care plan. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:
 
1-Percentage
Point Increase
1-Percentage
Point Decrease
Increase (decrease) on total of service and interest cost
$
2

$
(2
)
Increase (decrease) on post-retirement benefit obligation
26

(25
)


F-43


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Plan Assets
All pension plan assets in the U.S. are invested through a single master trust fund. The strategic asset allocation for this trust fund is approved by management. The general principles guiding U.S. pension asset investment policies are those embodied in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). These principles include discharging the company's investment responsibilities for the exclusive benefit of plan participants and in accordance with the "prudent expert" standard and other ERISA rules and regulations. The company establishes strategic asset allocation percentage targets and appropriate benchmarks for significant asset classes with the aim of achieving a prudent balance between return and risk. Strategic asset allocations in other countries are selected in accordance with the laws and practices of those countries. Where appropriate, asset liability studies are utilized in this process. U.S. plan assets and a portion of non-U.S. plan assets are managed by investment professionals employed by the company. The remaining assets are managed by professional investment firms unrelated to the company. The company's pension investment professionals have discretion to manage the assets within established asset allocation ranges approved by management of the company. Additionally, pension trust funds are permitted to enter into certain contractual arrangements generally described as "derivatives". Derivatives are primarily used to reduce specific market risks, hedge currency and adjust portfolio duration and asset allocation in a cost-effective manner.

The weighted-average target allocation for plan assets of the company's U.S. and non-U.S. pension plans is summarized as follows:
Target allocation for plan assets at December 31,
2015
2014
U.S. equity securities
29
%
28
%
Non-U.S. equity securities
22

21

Fixed income securities
32

32

Hedge funds
2

2

Private market securities
9

9

Real estate
3

5

Cash and cash equivalents
3

3

Total
100
%
100
%

Global equity securities include varying market capitalization levels. U.S. equity investments are primarily large-cap companies. Global fixed income investments include corporate-issued, government-issued and asset-backed securities. Corporate debt investments include a range of credit risk and industry diversification. U.S. fixed income investments are weighted heavier than non-U.S fixed income securities. Other investments include cash and cash equivalents, hedge funds, real estate and private market securities such as interests in private equity and venture capital partnerships.

Fair value calculations may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, although the company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different fair value measurement at the reporting date.


F-44


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

The tables below presents the fair values of the company's pension assets by level within the fair value hierarchy, as described in Note 1, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
 
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2015
Asset Category
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Cash and cash equivalents
$
1,962

$
1,961

$
1

$

U.S. equity securities 1
3,873

3,843

10

20

Non-U.S. equity securities
3,597

3,480

115

2

Debt – government-issued
2,036

852

1,184


Debt – corporate-issued
2,380

291

2,055

34

Debt – asset-backed
831

44

786

1

Hedge funds
430


1

429

Private market securities
1,607


17

1,590

Real estate
703

98

4

601

Derivatives – asset position
58

10

48


Derivatives – liability position
(59
)
1

(60
)

 
$
17,418

$
10,580

$
4,161

$
2,677

Pension trust receivables 2
783

 

 

 

Pension trust payables 3
(704
)
 

 

 

Total
$
17,497

 

 

 

 
 
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2014
Asset Category
Total
Level 1 5
Level 2 4,5
Level 3 4
Cash and cash equivalents
$
2,310

$
2,310

$

$

U.S. equity securities 1
4,610

4,566

15

29

Non-U.S. equity securities
4,436

3,813

619

4

Debt – government-issued
2,649

990

1,659


Debt – corporate-issued
2,600

370

2,215

15

Debt – asset-backed
914

46

867

1

Hedge funds
445



445

Private market securities
1,730


11

1,719

Real estate
1,065

76

3

986

Derivatives – asset position
106

7

99


Derivatives – liability position
(79
)

(79
)

 
$
20,786

$
12,178

$
5,409

$
3,199

Pension trust receivables 2
413

 

 

 

Pension trust payables 3
(753
)
 

 

 

Total
$
20,446

 

 

 


1.  
The company's pension plans directly held $664 ( 4 percent of total plan assets) and $737 ( 4 percent of total plan assets) of DuPont common stock at December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
2.  
Primarily receivables for investment securities sold.
3.  
Primarily payables for investment securities purchased.
4.  
The company’s pension assets by fair value hierarchy table at December 31, 2014 have been revised for the following correction: increase in Level 2 - Non-U.S. Equity Securities of $566 with a corresponding reduction in Level 3 - Private Market Securities.
5.  
The company's pension assets by fair value hierarchy table at December 31, 2014 included approximately $109 of Level 1 assets and $1,090 of Level 2 assets that were transferred to Chemours upon completion of the spin-off transaction.




F-45


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

The company's pension plans hold Level 3 assets which are primarily ownership interests in investment partnerships and trusts that own private market securities and real estate. Fair value is generally based on the company's units of ownership and net asset value of the investment entity or the company's share of the investment entity's total equity. The table below presents a rollforward of activity for these assets for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 :
    
Level 3 Assets
    
Total
U.S. Equity
Securities
Non-U.S. Equity
Securities
Debt-
Corporate
Issued
Debt-
Asset-
Backed
Hedge Funds
Private
Market
Securities
Real
Estate
Beginning balance at December 31, 2013
$
3,598

$
27

$
3

$
19

$
4

$
434

$
2,005

$
1,106

Realized gain (loss)
92

(5
)

11


12

74


Change in unrealized (loss) gain
(90
)
(14
)
(2
)
(2
)
(1
)
8

(93
)
14

Purchases, sales and settlements, net
(393
)
24

3

(10
)

(9
)
(267
)
(134
)
Transfers (out) in of Level 3
(8
)
(3
)

(3
)
(2
)



Ending balance at December 31, 2014
$
3,199

$
29

$
4

$
15

$
1

$
445

$
1,719

$
986

Realized (loss) gain
(77
)
(14
)

(18
)

9

15

(69
)
Change in unrealized (loss) gain
(48
)
5

(3
)
15


(2
)
(39
)
(24
)
Purchases, sales and settlements, net
(410
)


10


(23
)
(105
)
(292
)
Transfers in (out) of Level 3
13


1

12





Ending balance at December 31, 2015
$
2,677

$
20

$
2

$
34

$
1

$
429

$
1,590

$
601


Cash Flow
Contributions
No contributions to its principal U.S. pension plan were made in 2013 , 2014 , or 2015 . In 2016, contributions to the principal U.S. pension plan are expected to be $230 . The company contributed $164 , $144 , a nd $237 to its pension plans other than the principal U.S. pension plan, its remaining plans with no plan assets and its other long-term employee benefit plans, respectively, in 2015 . The company contributed $190 , $121 , a nd $233 to its pension plans other than the principal U.S. pension plan, its remaining plans with no plan assets and its other long-term employee benefit plans, respectively, in 2014. In 2016 , the company expects to contribute about the same as 2015 to its pension plans other than the principal U.S. pension plan, its remaining plans with no plan assets and its other long-term employee benefit plans.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments
The following benefit payments, which reflect future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
    
Pension
Benefits
Other Benefits
2016
$
1,652

$
234

2017
1,582

225

2018
1,585

219

2019
1,593

212

2020
1,600

204

Years 2021-2025
7,992

915


Defined Contribution Plan
The company sponsors several defined contribution plans, which cover substantially all U.S. employees. The most significant is the U.S. Retirement Savings Plan (the Plan). This Plan includes a non-leveraged Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP). Employees are not required to participate in the ESOP and those who do are free to diversify out of the ESOP. The purpose of the Plan is to provide retirement savings benefits for employees and to provide employees an opportunity to become stockholders of the company. The Plan is a tax qualified contributory profit sharing plan, with cash or deferred arrangement and any eligible employee of the company may participate. Currently, the company contributes 100 percent of the first 6 percent of the employee's contribution election and also contributes 3 percent of each eligible employee's eligible compensation regardless of the employee's contribution.


F-46


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

The company's contributions to the Plan were $219 , $262 and $208 for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. The company's matching contributions vest immediately upon contribution. The 3 percent nonmatching company contribution vests after employees complete three years of service. In addition, the company made contributions to other defined contribution plans of $57 , $66 and $105 for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. Included in the company's contributions are amounts related to discontinued operations of $32 , $57 and $59 for the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. The company expects to contribute about $230 to its defined contribution plans in 2016 .

19.  COMPENSATION PLANS
The total stock-based compensation cost included in continuing operations within the Consolidated Income Statements was $128 , $136 and $117 for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively. The income tax benefits related to stock-based compensation arrangements were $42 , $45 and $39 for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively.

In connection with the completed separation of the Performance Chemicals segment through the spin-off of all of the issued and outstanding stock of Chemours, the provisions of our existing compensation plans required adjustments to the number and terms of outstanding employee stock options, stock appreciation rights (SARs), time-vested restricted stock units (RSUs) and performance-based restricted stock units (PSUs) to preserve the intrinsic value of the awards immediately before and after the separation. The outstanding awards will continue to vest over the original vesting period, which is generally three years from the grant date. Outstanding awards at the time of the spin-off were converted into awards of the holder’s employer following separation.

The stock awards held as of July 1, 2015 were adjusted as follows:
The number of stock options and stock appreciation rights were increased and the exercise price was decreased to maintain the intrinsic value of outstanding options and rights immediately before and after the spin-off. A comparison of the fair value of the outstanding option awards immediately before and after the spin-off resulted in $3 of incremental expense related to fully vested stock option awards and was expensed immediately.
The number of RSUs and PSUs were increased to preserve the intrinsic value of such awards immediately prior to separation. The company did not record any incremental compensation expense related to the conversion of these awards.

In April 2011, the shareholders approved amendments to the DuPont Equity and Incentive Plan (EIP). The EIP provides for equity-based and cash incentive awards to certain employees, directors, and consultants. Under the amended EIP, the maximum number of shares reserved for the grant or settlement of awards is 110 million shares, provided that each share in excess of 30 million that is issued with respect to any award that is not an option or stock appreciation right will be counted against the 110 million share limit as four and one-half shares. At December 31, 2015 , approximately 40 million shares were authorized for future grants under the company's EIP. The company satisfies stock option exercises and vesting of RSUs and PSUs with newly issued shares of DuPont common stock.

The company's Compensation Committee determines the long-term incentive mix, including stock options, RSUs and PSUs and may authorize new grants annually.

Stock Options
The exercise price of shares subject to option is equal to the market price of the company's stock on the date of grant. Options granted prior to 2004 expire 10 years from date of grant; options granted between 2004 and 2008 serially vested over a three-year period and carry a six-year option term. Stock option awards granted between 2009 and 2015 expire seven years after the grant date. The plan allows retirement eligible employees to retain any granted awards upon retirement provided the employee has rendered at least six months of service following grant date.

For purposes of determining the fair value of stock options awards, the company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the assumptions set forth in the table below. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted in 2015 , 2014 and 2013 was $11.57 , $13.68 and $10.40 , respectively.
    
2015
2014
2013
Dividend yield
2.5
%
2.9
%
3.6
%
Volatility
22.52
%
31.33
%
34.86
%
Risk-free interest rate
1.4
%
1.7
%
1.0
%
Expected life (years)
5.3

5.3

5.3



F-47


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

The company determines the dividend yield by dividing the current annual dividend on the company's stock by the option exercise price. A historical daily measurement of volatility is determined based on the expected life of the option granted. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the yield on an outstanding U.S. Treasury note with a term equal to the expected life of the option granted. Expected life is determined by reference to the company's historical experience.

For stock options outstanding prior to the spin-off, the weighted-average exercise prices in the table below reflect the historical exercise prices. Stock option awards as of December 31, 2015 , and changes during the year then ended were as follows:
 
Number of
Shares
(in thousands)
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
(per share)
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)
Outstanding, December 31, 2014
18,895

$
48.34

 
 

Granted
5,812

73.21

 
 

Exercised
(4,736
)
41.38

 
 

Forfeited
(440
)
62.33

 
 

Cancelled
(2,070
)
58.17

 
 

Conversion for Spin-off of Chemours
699

53.59

 
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2015
18,160

$
54.89

4.27
$
232,453

Exercisable, December 31, 2015
8,632

$
45.82

2.93
$
179,408


The aggregate intrinsic values in the table above represent the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the company's closing stock price on the last trading day of 2015 and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their in-the-money options at year end. This amount changes based on the fair market value of the company's stock. Total intrinsic value of options exercised for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 were $160 , $219 and $230 , respectively. In 2015 , the company realized a tax benefit of $51 from options exercised.

As of December 31, 2015 , $32 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.57  years.

RSUs and PSUs
The company issues RSUs that serially vest over a three-year period and, upon vesting, convert one-for-one to DuPont common stock. A retirement eligible employee retains any granted awards upon retirement provided the employee has rendered at least six months of service following the grant date. Additional RSUs are also granted periodically to key senior management employees. These RSUs generally vest over periods ranging from two to five years. The fair value of all stock-settled RSUs is based upon the market price of the underlying common stock as of the grant date.

The company also grants PSUs to senior leadership. In 2015 , there were 309,042 PSUs granted. Vesting for PSUs granted in 2015 is equally based upon year over year change in operating net income relative to target and total shareholder return (TSR) relative to peer companies. Operating net income is net income attributable to DuPont excluding income from discontinued operations after taxes, significant after tax benefits (charges), and non-operating pension and other post-retirement employee benefit costs. Vesting for PSUs granted in 2014 and 2013 is equally based upon corporate revenue growth relative to peer companies and TSR relative to peer companies. Performance and payouts are determined independently for each metric. The actual award, delivered as DuPont common stock, can range from zero percent to 200 percent  of the original grant. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of the PSUs granted in 2015 , subject to the TSR metric, was $96.24 , and estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of the PSUs, subject to the revenue metric, was based upon the market price of the underlying common stock as of the grant date.

Non-vested awards of RSUs and PSUs as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are shown below. For RSUs and PSUs awarded prior to the spin-off, grant price information in the table below reflects historical market prices. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of RSUs and PSUs granted during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 was $71.66 , $64.64 and $48.06 , respectively.


F-48


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

 
Number of
Shares
(in thousands)
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
(per share)
Nonvested, December 31, 2014
3,757

$
57.60

Granted
1,641

71.66

Vested
(1,289
)
49.26

Forfeited
(300
)
70.45

Conversion for Spin-off of Chemours
127

61.63

Nonvested, December 31, 2015
3,936

$
59.54


As of December 31, 2015 , there was $68 of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to nonvested awards. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.65  years. The total fair value of stock units vested during 2015 , 2014 and 2013 was $64 , $75 and $75 , respectively.

Other Cash-based Awards
Cash awards under the EIP plan may be granted to employees who have contributed most to the company's success, with consideration being given to the ability to succeed to more important managerial responsibility. Such awards resulted in compensation expense of $31 , $34 and $52 for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively included in income from continuing operations within the Consolidated Financial Statements. The amounts of the awards are dependent on company earnings and are subject to maximum limits as defined under the governing plans.

In addition, the company has other variable compensation plans under which cash awards may be granted. These plans include the company's regional and local variable compensation plans and Pioneer's Annual Reward Program. Such awards resulted in compensation expense of $150 , $137 and $290 for 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , respectively, included in income from continuing operations within the Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-49


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

20.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Objectives and Strategies for Holding Derivative Instruments
In the ordinary course of business, the company enters into contractual arrangements (derivatives) to reduce its exposure to foreign currency, interest rate and commodity price risks. The company has established a variety of derivative programs to be utilized for financial risk management. These programs reflect varying levels of exposure coverage and time horizons based on an assessment of risk.

Derivative programs have procedures and controls and are approved by the Corporate Financial Risk Management Committee, consistent with the company's financial risk management policies and guidelines. Derivative instruments used are forwards, options, futures and swaps. The company has not designated any nonderivatives as hedging instruments.
 
The company's financial risk management procedures also address counterparty credit approval, limits and routine exposure monitoring and reporting. The counterparties to these contractual arrangements are major financial institutions and major commodity exchanges. The company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by these counterparties. The company utilizes collateral support annex agreements with certain counterparties to limit its exposure to credit losses. The company's derivative assets and liabilities are reported on a gross basis in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The company anticipates performance by counterparties to these contracts and therefore no material loss is expected. Market and counterparty credit risks associated with these instruments are regularly reported to management.

The notional amounts of the company's derivative instruments were as follows:
December 31,
2015
2014
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
Interest rate swaps
$

$
1,000

Foreign currency contracts
10

434

Commodity contracts
356

388

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 

Foreign currency contracts
8,065

10,586

Commodity contracts
70

166


Foreign Currency Risk
The company's objective in managing exposure to foreign currency fluctuations is to reduce earnings and cash flow volatility associated with foreign currency rate changes. Accordingly, the company enters into various contracts that change in value as foreign exchange rates change to protect the value of its existing foreign currency-denominated assets, liabilities, commitments and cash flows.

The company routinely uses forward exchange contracts to offset its net exposures, by currency, related to the foreign currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities of its operations. The primary business objective of this hedging program is to maintain an approximately balanced position in foreign currencies so that exchange gains and losses resulting from exchange rate changes, net of related tax effects, are minimized. The company also uses foreign currency exchange contracts to offset a portion of the company's exposure to certain foreign currency-denominated revenues so that gains and losses on these contracts offset changes in the USD value of the related foreign currency-denominated revenues. The objective of the hedge program is to reduce earnings and cash flow volatility related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk
The company uses interest rate swaps to manage the interest rate mix of the total debt portfolio and related overall cost of borrowing. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange of fixed for floating rate interest payments to effectively convert fixed rate debt into floating rate debt based on USD LIBOR. Interest rate swaps allow the company to achieve a target range of floating rate debt.

Commodity Price Risk
Commodity price risk management programs serve to reduce exposure to price fluctuations on purchases of inventory such as corn, soybeans and soybean meal. The company enters into over-the-counter and exchange-traded derivative commodity instruments to hedge the commodity price risk associated with agricultural commodity exposures.


F-50


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Cash Flow Hedges
Foreign Currency Contracts
The company uses foreign currency exchange instruments such as forwards and options to offset a portion of the company's exposure to certain foreign currency-denominated revenues so that gains and losses on these contracts offset changes in the USD value of the related foreign currency-denominated revenues. In addition, the company occasionally uses forward exchange contracts to offset a portion of the company’s exposure to certain foreign currency-denominated transactions such as capital expenditures.

Commodity Contracts
The company enters into over-the-counter and exchange-traded derivative commodity instruments, including options, futures and swaps, to hedge the commodity price risk associated with agriculture commodity exposures.

While each risk management program has a different time maturity period, most programs currently do not extend beyond the next two-year period. Cash flow hedge results are reclassified into earnings during the same period in which the related exposure impacts earnings. Reclassifications are made sooner if it appears that a forecasted transaction is not probable of occurring. The following table summarizes the after-tax effect of cash flow hedges on accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 :
December 31,
2015
2014
Beginning balance
$
(6
)
$
(48
)
Additions and revaluations of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges
(25
)
33

Clearance of hedge results to earnings
7

9

Ending balance
$
(24
)
$
(6
)

At December 31, 2015 , an after-tax net loss of $12 is expected to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings over the next twelve months.

Derivatives not Designated in Hedging Relationships
Foreign Currency Contracts
The company routinely uses forward exchange contracts to reduce its net exposure, by currency, related to foreign currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities of its operations so that exchange gains and losses resulting from exchange rate changes are minimized. The netting of such exposures precludes the use of hedge accounting; however, the required revaluation of the forward contracts and the associated foreign currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities intends to achieve a minimal earnings impact, after taxes. The company also uses foreign currency exchange contracts to offset a portion of the company's exposure to certain foreign currency-denominated revenues so that gains and losses on the contracts offset changes in the USD value of the related foreign currency-denominated revenues.

Commodity Contracts
The company utilizes options, futures and swaps that are not designated as hedging instruments to reduce exposure to commodity price fluctuations on purchases of inventory such as corn, soybeans and soybean meal.


F-51


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments
The table below presents the fair values of the company's derivative assets and liabilities within the fair value hierarchy, as described in Note 1, as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 .
 
 
Fair Value at December 31
Using Level 2 Inputs
 
Balance Sheet Location
2015
2014
Asset derivatives:
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps 1
Accounts and notes receivable, net
$

$
1

Foreign currency contracts
Accounts and notes receivable, net

10

 
 

11

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
Foreign currency contracts 2
Accounts and notes receivable, net
74

254

 
 
 
 
Total asset derivatives 3
 
$
74

$
265

Cash collateral 1,2
Other accrued liabilities
$
7

$
47

 
 
 
 
Liability derivatives:
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
Foreign currency contracts
Other accrued liabilities
$

$
10

 
 
 
 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
Foreign currency contracts
Other accrued liabilities
80

62

Commodity contracts
Other accrued liabilities
4

1

 
 
84

63

Total liability derivatives 3
 
$
84

$
73


1.  
Cash collateral held as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 represents $0 and $6 , respectively, related to interest rate swap derivatives designated as hedging instruments.
2  
Cash collateral held as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 represents $7 and $41 , respectively, related to foreign currency derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.
3  
The company's derivative assets and liabilities subject to enforceable master netting arrangements totaled $35 at December 31, 2015 and $67 at December 31, 2014 .

F-52


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Effect of Derivative Instruments
 
Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in OCI 1
(Effective Portion)
Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income 2
 
 
2015
2014
2013
2015
2014
2013
Income Statement Classification
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swaps
$

$

$

$
(1
)
$
(28
)
$
(26
)
Interest expense 3
Cash flow hedges:


 

 

 
 

 

 
Foreign currency contracts
(2
)
27

9

10

11

1

Net sales
Foreign currency contracts




4


Income from discontinued operations after income taxes
Commodity contracts
(35
)
26

(67
)
(22
)
(30
)
24

Cost of goods sold
 
(37
)
53

(58
)
(13
)
(43
)
(1
)
 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 

 

 
 

 

 
Foreign currency contracts



434

607

35

Other income, net 4
Foreign currency contracts



(3
)


Net sales
Commodity contracts



(2
)
(21
)
(10
)
Cost of goods sold
 



429

586

25

 
Total derivatives
$
(37
)
$
53

$
(58
)
$
416

$
543

$
24

 

1.  
OCI is defined as other comprehensive income (loss).
2.  
For cash flow hedges, this represents the effective portion of the gain (loss) reclassified from accumulated OCI into income during the period. For the years ended December 31, 2015 , 2014 and 2013 , there was no material ineffectiveness with regard to the company's cash flow hedges.
3.  
Gain (loss) recognized in income of derivative is offset to $0 by gain (loss) recognized in income of the hedged item.
4.  
Gain (loss) recognized in other income, net, was partially offset by the related gain (loss) on the foreign currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities of the company's operations, see Note 5 for additional information.

Cash, Cash Equivalents and Marketable Securities
The company's cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are comprised of the following:
 
December 31, 2015
December 31, 2014
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Marketable Securities
Total Estimated Fair Value
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Marketable Securities
Total Estimated Fair Value
Cash
$
1,938

$

$
1,938

$
2,181

$

$
2,181

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 1:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Money market funds
$
550

$

$
550

$
1,436

$

$
1,436

U.S. Treasury securities 1

788

788




 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 2:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certificate of deposit / time deposits 2
$
2,812

$
118

$
2,930

$
3,293

$
124

$
3,417

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities
$
5,300

$
906

 
$
6,910

$
124

 

1.  
Available-for-sale securities are reported at estimated fair value with unrealized gains and losses reported as component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.
2.  
Held-to-maturity investments are reported at amortized cost.


F-53


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

The estimated fair value of the company's cash equivalents, which approximates carrying value as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , was determined using level 1 and level 2 inputs within the fair value hierarchy. Level 1 measurements were based on observed net asset values and level 2 measurements were based on current interest rates for similar investments with comparable credit risk and time to maturity.

The estimated fair value of the held-to-maturity securities, which approximates carrying value as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , was determined using level 2 inputs within the fair value hierarchy, as described below. Level 2 measurements were based on current interest rates for similar investments with comparable credit risk and time to maturity. The carrying value approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the investments.

The estimated fair value of the available-for-sale securities as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 was determined using level 1 inputs within the fair value hierarchy. Level 1 measurements were based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities. The available-for-sale securities as of December 31, 2015 are held by certain foreign subsidiaries in which the USD is not the functional currency. The fluctuations in foreign exchange are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss within the Consolidated Statements of Equity. These fluctuations are subsequently reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss to earnings in the period in which the marketable securities are sold and the gains and losses on these securities offset a portion of the foreign exchange fluctuations in earnings for the company.



21.  GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
 
Net Sales 1
 
2015
2014
2013
United States
$
10,021

$
10,556

$
10,851

Canada
$
734

$
826

$
880

EMEA 2
 
 
 
France
575

678

654

Germany
959

1,180

1,173

Italy
546

655

627

Other
3,963

4,806

4,725

Total EMEA
$
6,043

$
7,319

$
7,179

Asia Pacific
 

 

 

China
2,067

2,325

2,268

India
615

603

546

Japan
843

961

1,021

Other
2,092

2,267

2,423

Total Asia Pacific
$
5,617

$
6,156

$
6,258

Latin America
 

 

 

Brazil
1,401

2,051

2,269

Mexico
622

682

687

Other
692

816

874

Total Latin America
$
2,715

$
3,549

$
3,830

Total
$
25,130

$
28,406

$
28,998


1.  
Net sales, based on the location of the customer, are generally presented for locations with greater than two percent of total net sales.
2.  
Europe, Middle East, and Africa (EMEA).

F-54


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

 
Net Property 1
 
2015
2014
2013
United States
$
6,706

$
6,570

$
6,350

Canada
$
131

$
138

$
125

EMEA 2
 
 
 
Denmark
217

242

280

France
217

239

256

Spain
200

251

270

Luxembourg
222

248

250

Other
747

883

1,006

Total EMEA
$
1,603

$
1,863

$
2,062

Asia Pacific
 
 
 
China
362

306

312

Other
565

539

549

Total Asia Pacific
$
927

$
845

$
861

Latin America
 
 
 
Brazil
263

411

391

Other
154

181

156

Total Latin America
$
417

$
592

$
547

Total
$
9,784

$
10,008

$
9,945


1.  
Net property is presented for locations with greater than two percent of the total and includes property, plant and equipment less accumulated depreciation.
2.  
Europe, Middle East, and Africa (EMEA).




F-55


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

22.  SEGMENT INFORMATION
The company consists of 10 businesses which are aggregated into 6 reportable segments based on similar economic characteristics, the nature of the products and production processes, end-use markets, channels of distribution and regulatory environment. The company's reportable segments are Agriculture, Electronics & Communications, Industrial Biosciences, Nutrition & Health, Performance Materials and Safety & Protection. The company includes certain businesses not included in the reportable segments, such as pre-commercial programs, nonaligned businesses and pharmaceuticals in Other. Pre-commercial programs include approximately $400 for the investment in a cellulosic biofuel facility in Nevada, Iowa which includes all material, engineering, and technical design costs involved in construction of the facility.  The facility is expected to commence production in the second half of 2016.

Major products by segment include: Agriculture (corn hybrids and soybean varieties, herbicides, fungicides and insecticides); Electronics & Communications (photopolymers and electronic materials); Industrial Biosciences (enzymes and bio-based materials); Nutrition & Health (cultures, emulsifiers, texturants, natural sweeteners and soy-based food ingredients); Performance Materials (engineering polymers, packaging and industrial polymers, films and elastomers); and Safety & Protection (nonwovens, aramids and solid surfaces). The company operates globally in substantially all of its product lines.

In general, the accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1. Exceptions are noted as follows and are shown in the reconciliations below. Segment net assets includes net working capital, net property, plant and equipment, and other noncurrent operating assets and liabilities of the segment. Depreciation and amortization includes depreciation on research and development facilities and amortization of other intangible assets, excluding write-down of assets. Effective July 1, 2015, certain corporate expenses will now be included in segment operating earnings. Reclassifications of prior year data have been made to conform to current year classifications.

Segment operating earnings is defined as income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes excluding significant pre-tax benefits (charges), non-operating pension and other postretirement employee benefit costs, exchange gains (losses), corporate expenses and interest. Non-operating pension and other postretirement employee benefit costs includes all of the components of net periodic benefit cost from continuing operations with the exception of the service cost component.



F-56


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

 
Agriculture
Electronics &
Communications
Industrial Biosciences
Nutrition & Health
Performance
Materials
 
Safety &
Protection
Other
Total
2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
9,798

$
2,070

$
1,171

$
3,256

5,305

 
$
3,527

$
3

$
25,130

Operating earnings
1,646

359

203

373

1,216

 
704

(258
)
4,243

Depreciation and
    amortization
453

100

84

236

125

 
175

4

1,177

Equity in earnings of
    affiliates
31

24

7


(8
)
 
23

(30
)
47

Segment net assets
6,751

1,323

2,443

5,457

2,918

 
3,045

219

22,156

Affiliate net assets
234

139

41

9

171

 
73

21

688

Purchases of property,
    plant and equipment
334

45

77

120

159

 
105

130

970

2014
 

 





 

 
 

 

 
Net sales
$
11,296

$
2,381

$
1,244

$
3,529

$
6,059

 
$
3,892

$
5

$
28,406

Operating earnings
2,352

336

192

369

1,267

 
772

(256
)
5,032

Depreciation and
    amortization
436

97

85

264

139

 
187

6

1,214

Equity in earnings of
    affiliates
31

20

8


(77
)
 
27

(46
)
(37
)
Segment net assets
6,696

1,359

2,529

5,942

3,125

 
3,100

267

23,018

Affiliate net assets
240

137

45

7

238

 
80

14

761

Purchases of property,
    plant and equipment
407

52

90

112

134

 
105

200

1,100

2013
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
$
11,728

$
2,534

$
1,211

$
3,473

$
6,166

 
$
3,880

$
6

$
28,998

Operating earnings
2,480

314

151

286

1,249

 
664

(238
)
4,906

Depreciation and
    amortization
358

105

81

271

162

 
198

6

1,181

Equity in earnings of
    affiliates
37

20

2


(9
)
 
21

(48
)
23

Segment net assets
5,919

1,448

2,640

6,472

3,334

1  

3,196

75

23,084

Affiliate net assets
272

141

48

7

318

 
83

19

888

Purchases of property,
    plant and equipment
485

73

77

138

179

 
109

114

1,175


1.  
Includes assets held for sale related to GLS/Vinyls of $228 as of December 31, 2013. See Note 3 for additional information.


F-57


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Reconciliation to Consolidated Financial Statements
Segment operating earnings to income from continuing operations before income taxes
2015
2014
2013
Total segment operating earnings
$
4,243

$
5,032

$
4,906

Significant pre-tax (charges) benefits not included in segment operating earnings
(38
)
434

(486
)
Non-operating pension and other postretirement employee benefit costs
(374
)
(128
)
(533
)
Net exchange gains (losses), including affiliates
30

196

(101
)
Corporate expenses
(928
)
(844
)
(772
)
Interest expense
(342
)
(377
)
(448
)
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
$
2,591

$
4,313

$
2,566

 
Segment net assets to total assets at December 31,
2015
2014
2013
Total segment net assets
$
22,156

$
23,018

$
23,084

Corporate assets 1
11,163

12,889

13,884

Liabilities included in segment net assets
7,847

8,356

9,462

Assets related to discontinued operations 2

6,227

5,712

Total assets
$
41,166

$
50,490

$
52,142


1.  
Pension assets are included in corporate assets.
2.  
See Note 1 for additional information on the presentation of Performance Chemicals which met the criteria for discontinued operations.

Other items
Segment
Totals
Adjustments 1
Consolidated
Totals
2015
 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization
$
1,177

$
289

$
1,466

Equity in earnings of affiliates
47

2

49

Affiliate net assets
688


688

Purchases of property, plant and equipment
970

659

1,629

2014
 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization
$
1,214

$
403

$
1,617

Equity in loss of affiliates
(37
)
1

(36
)
Affiliate net assets
761

1

762

Purchases of property, plant and equipment
1,100

920

2,020

2013
 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization
$
1,181

$
422

$
1,603

Equity in earnings of affiliates
23

(1
)
22

Affiliate net assets
888

3

891

Purchases of property, plant and equipment
1,175

707

1,882


1.  
Adjustments include amounts related to the Performance Chemicals and Performance Coatings businesses which met the criteria for discontinued operations during 2015 and 2012, respectively. See Note 1 for additional information on the presentation of discontinued operations and See Note 3 for depreciation, amortization and purchases of property, plant and equipment related to Performance Chemicals for 2015, 2014 and 2013.


F-58


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

Additional Segment Details
2015 included the following significant pre-tax benefits (charges) which are excluded from segment operating earnings:
Agriculture 1,2,5
$
148

Electronics & Communications 1,5
(78
)
Industrial Biosciences 1,5
(52
)
Nutrition & Health 1,5
(50
)
Performance Materials 1,5
(62
)
Safety & Protection 1,3,5
96

Other 1,4,5
(40
)
    
$
(38
)

1.  
Included a $10 net restructuring benefit recorded in employee separation/asset related charges, net, associated with the 2014 restructuring program. These adjustments were primarily due to the identification of additional projects in certain segments, offset by lower than estimated individual severance costs and workforce reductions achieved through non-severance programs. The net reduction related to segments as follows: Agriculture - $(3) , Electronics & Communications - $15 , Industrial Biosciences - $(1) , Nutrition & Health - $(3) , Performance Materials - $(1) , Safety & Protection $4 and Other - $(1) . See Note 4 for additional information.
2.  
Included $182 of net insurance recoveries recorded in other operating charges for recovery of costs for customer claims related to the use of the Imprelis® herbicide. Included a benefit of $130 in other operating charges for reduction in the accrual for customer claims related to the use of the Imprelis® herbicide. At December 31, 2015, the company had an accrual balance of $41 which represents the company’s best estimate associated with resolving the remaining claims for this matter. See Note 16 for additional information.
3.  
Included a gain of $145 , net of legal expenses, recorded in other income, net related to the company's settlement of a legal claim.
4.  
Included a $(37) pre-tax impairment charge recorded in employee separation / asset related charges, net for a cost basis investment. See Note 4 for additional information.
5.  
Included a $(468) restructuring charge consisting of $(463) recorded in employee separation/asset related charges, net and $(5) recorded in other income, net associated with structural actions across all businesses and staff functions globally to operate more efficiently by further consolidating businesses and aligning staff functions more closely with the businesses. The charge included $(351) of severance and related benefit costs, $(103) of asset related charges, and $(14) of contract termination costs. Pre-tax charges by segment are: Agriculture - $(161) , Electronics & Communications - $(93) , Industrial Biosciences - $(51) , Nutrition & Health - $(47) , Performance Materials - $(61) , Safety & Protection - $(53) , and Other - $(2) .
 

2014 included the following significant pre-tax benefits (charges) which are excluded from segment operating earnings:
Agriculture 1,2,3
$
316

Electronics & Communications 1
(84
)
Industrial Biosciences 1
(13
)
Nutrition & Health 1
(15
)
Performance Materials 1,4
292

Safety & Protection 1
(52
)
Other 1
(10
)
    
$
434



1.  
Included a $(407) restructuring charge associated with the 2014 restructuring program consisting of $(342) recorded in employee separation / asset related charges, net and $(65) recorded in other income, net. The pre-tax charges by segment were: Agriculture - $(134) , Electronics & Communications - $(84) , Industrial Biosciences - $(13) , Nutrition & Health - $(15) , Performance Materials - $(99) , Safety & Protection - $(52) ; and Other - $(10) . See Note 4 for additional information.
2.  
Included income of $210 for insurance recoveries, recorded in other operating charges associated with the company's process to fairly resolve claims related to the use of Imprelis ® . See Note 16 for additional information.
3.  
Included a gain of $240 recorded in other income, net associated with the sale of the copper fungicide and land management businesses, both within the Agriculture segment.
4.  
Included a gain of $391 recorded in other income, net associated with the sale of Glass Laminating Solutions / Vinyls. See Note 3 for additional information.


F-59


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

2013 included the following significant pre-tax benefits (charges) which are excluded from segment operating earnings:
Agriculture 1,2
$
(351
)
Electronics & Communications 2,3
(131
)
Industrial Biosciences 2
1

Nutrition & Health 2
6

Performance Materials 2
(16
)
Safety & Protection 2
4

Other 2
1

    
$
(486
)

1.  
Included charges of $(425) , offset by $73 of insurance recoveries, recorded in other operating charges associated with the company's process to fairly resolve claims related to the use of Imprelis ® . See Note 16 for additional information.
2.  
Included a net $(5) restructuring adjustment consisting of a $14 benefit associated with prior year restructuring programs and a $(19) charge associated with the restructuring actions related to a joint venture. The majority of the $14 net reduction recorded in employee separation / asset related charges, net was due to the achievement of work force reductions through non-severance programs associated with the 2012 restructuring program. The charge of $(19) included $(9) recorded in employee separation / asset related charges, net and $(10) recorded in other income, net and was the result of restructuring actions related to a joint venture within the Performance Materials segment. Pre-tax amounts by segment were: Agriculture - $1 ; Electronics & Communications - $(2) ; Industrial Biosciences - $1 ; Nutrition & Health - $6 ; Performance Materials - $(16) ; Safety & Protection - $4 ; and Other - $1 . See Note 4 for additional information.
3.  
Included a $(129) impairment charge recorded in employee separation / asset related charges, net related to an asset grouping within the Electronics & Communications segment. See Note 4 for additional information.




F-60


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

23.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA
Unaudited
For the quarter ended
 
March 31,
June 30,
September 30,
December 31,
2015
 

 
 

   
 

 
 

   
Net sales
$
7,837

 
$
7,121

   
$
4,873

 
$
5,299

   
Cost of goods sold
4,516

 
4,103

 
3,084

 
3,409

 
Income from continuing operations before
income taxes
1,551

2,3,4,5  
1,234

2,6,7  
227

2,3  
(421
)
3,6,7,8  
Net income
1,035

 
945

 
235

 
(256
)
 
Basic earnings per share of common stock from continuing operations 1
1.12

 
1.07

   
0.14

 
(0.26
)
 
Diluted earnings per share of common stock from continuing operations 1
1.11

 
1.06

   
0.14

 
(0.26
)
   
2014
 

 
 

   
 

 
 

   
Net sales
$
8,594

 
$
8,058

   
$
5,905

 
$
5,849

   
Cost of goods sold
4,862

 
4,790

 
3,698

 
3,673

 
Income from continuing operations before
income taxes
1,610

9  
1,245

9,10,11,12  
634

9  
824

9,12,13,14,15  
Net income
1,445

 
1,074

 
434

 
683

 
Basic earnings per share of common stock from continuing operations 1
1.40

 
1.01

   
0.36

 
0.63

   
Diluted earnings per share of common stock from continuing operations 1
1.39

 
1.00

   
0.36

 
0.63

 

1.  
Earnings per share for the year may not equal the sum of quarterly earnings per share due to changes in average share calculations.
2.  
First and third quarter 2015 included charges of $(12) and $(9) , respectively, recorded in other operating charges associated with transaction costs related to the separation of the Performance Chemicals segment. Second quarter 2015 included charges of $(5) recorded in other operating charges and $(20) recorded in interest expense. See Note 3 for additional information.
3.  
First and third quarter 2015 included net insurance recoveries of $35 and $147 , respectively, recorded in other operating charges in the Agriculture segment, for recovery of costs for customer claims related to the use of the Imprelis ® herbicide. Fourth quarter 2015 included a benefit of $130 in other operating charges for reduction in accrual for customer claims related to the use of the Agriculture segment’s Imprelis ® herbicide. See Note 16 for additional information.
4.  
First quarter 2015 included a $(37) pre-tax impairment charge recorded in employee separation / asset related charges, net for a cost basis investment. See Note 4 for additional information.
5.  
First quarter 2015 included a $(40) pre-tax charge within other income, net associated with the re-measurement of the Ukraine hyrvnia net monetary assets.
6.  
Second and fourth quarter 2015 included a $(2) and $23 restructuring (charge) benefit associated with the 2014 restructuring program, recorded in employee separation / asset related charges, net. Fourth quarter 2015 included a $(798) restructuring charge consisting of $(793) recorded in employee separation/asset related charges, net and $(5) recorded in other income, net associated with structural actions across all businesses and staff functions globally to operate more efficiently by further consolidating businesses and aligning staff functions more closely with them. See Note 4 for additional information.
7.  
Second and fourth quarter 2015 included gains of $112 and $33 , respectively, net of legal expenses, recorded in other income, net related to the company's settlement of a legal claim. This matter relates to the Safety & Protection segment.
8.  
Fourth quarter 2015 included charges of $(10) recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses related to transaction costs associated with the planned merger with the Dow Chemical Company announced on December 11, 2015. See Note 2 for additional information.
9.  
First, second, third and fourth quarter 2014 included charges of $(3) , $(4) , $(10) , and $(16) , respectively, recorded in other operating charges associated with transaction costs related to the separation of the Performance Chemicals segment. See Note 3 for additional information.
10.  
Second quarter 2014 included a $(58) pre-tax charge within other income, net associated with the re-measurement of Venezuelan Bolivar net monetary assets.
11.  
Second quarter 2014 included a gain of $391 recorded in other income, net associated with the sale of Glass Laminating Solutions/Vinyls. See Note 3 for additional information.
12.  
Second and Fourth quarter 2014 included a $(244) and $(297) restructuring charge, respectively, as a result of the company's plan to reduce residual costs associated with the separation of the Performance Chemicals segment and to improve productivity across all businesses and functions. The second quarter 2014 charge is recorded in employee separation/asset related charges, net. The fourth quarter 2014 restructuring charge of $(297) consists of $(232) recorded in employee separation/asset related charges, net, and $(65) recorded in other income, net. See Note 4 for additional information.
13.  
Fourth quarter 2014 included income of $210 for insurance recoveries, recorded within other operating charges, associated with the recovery of costs for customer claims related to the use of Imprelis ® . See Note 16 for additional information.
14.  
Fourth quarter 2014 included a gain of $240 recorded in other income, net associated with the sale of the copper fungicide and land management businesses, both within the Agriculture segment.
15.  
Fourth quarter 2014 included a $70 adjustment to lower performance-based compensation expense.




F-61


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
(Dollars in millions, except per share)

24.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On February 3, 2016, the company entered into a committed receivable repurchase agreement of up to $1,000 (the repurchase facility) that expires on November 30, 2016. Under the repurchase facility, the company may sell a portfolio of available and eligible outstanding customer notes receivables within the Agriculture segment to participating institutions and simultaneously agree to repurchase at a future date. The repurchase facility is considered a secured borrowing with the customer notes receivables, inclusive of those that are sold and repurchased, equal to 105% of the outstanding amounts borrowed utilized as collateral. Borrowings under the repurchase facility will have an interest rate of LIBOR + 0.75% .


F-62

                                                                

Information for Investors
 
 
 
Corporate Headquarters
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
Chestnut Run Plaza
974 Centre Road
P.O. Box 2915
Wilmington, DE 19805
Telephone: 302 774-1000
E-mail: http://www.dupont.com (click on Contact)

2016 Annual Meeting
The annual meeting of the shareholders will be held on Wednesday, April 27, in Wilmington, Delaware.
                                                                                                           
Stock Exchange Listings
DuPont common stock (Symbol DD) is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (NYSE) and on certain foreign exchanges. Quarterly high and low market prices are shown in Item 5 of the Form 10-K.
DuPont preferred stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (Symbol DDPrA for $3.50 series and Symbol DDPrB for $4.50 series).

Dividends
Holders of the company's common stock are entitled to receive dividends when they are declared by the Board of Directors. While it is not a guarantee of future conduct, the company has continuously paid a quarterly dividend since the fourth quarter 1904. Dividends on common stock and preferred stock are usually declared in January, April, July and October. When dividends on common stock are declared, they are usually paid mid-March, June, September and December. Preferred dividends are paid on or about the 25 th  of January, April, July and October.

Shareholder Services
Inquiries from shareholders about stock accounts, transfers, certificates, dividends (including direct deposit and reinvestment), name or address changes and electronic delivery of proxy materials may be directed to DuPont's stock transfer agent:
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 30170
College Station, TX, 77842-3170
or call: in the United States and Canada
888 983-8766 (toll-free)
other locations-781 575-2724
for the hearing impaired-
TDD: 800 952-9245 (toll-free)
or visit Computershare's home page at  
http://www.computershare.com/investor
 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Two Commerce Square, Suite 1800
2001 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103

Investor Relations
Institutional investors and other representatives of financial institutions should contact:
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
DuPont Investor Relations
974 Centre Road, CRP730/5360-3
Wilmington, DE 19805
or call 302 774-4994

Bondholder Relations
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
DuPont Finance
974 Centre Road, CRP730/4170-5
Wilmington, DE 19805
          or call 302 999-4488
          or 302 999-4487

DuPont on the Internet
Financial results, news and other information about DuPont can be accessed from the company's website at   http://www.dupont.com . This site includes important information on products and services, financial reports, news releases, environmental information and career opportunities. The company's periodic and current reports filed with the SEC are available on its website, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after being filed.

Product Information/Referral
From the United States and Canada:
800 441-7515 (toll-free)
From other locations: 302 774-1000
On the Internet: http://www.dupont.com (click on Contact)

Printed Reports Available to Shareholders
The following company reports may be obtained, without charge:
1. 2015 Annual Report to the Securities and Exchange Commission,
    filed on Form 10-K;
2. Proxy Statement for 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders; and
3. Quarterly reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission,
    filed on Form 10-Q
Requests should be addressed to:  
  DuPont Corporate Customer Care
  CRP - 735 (second floor)
  974 Centre Road, P.O. Box 2915
  Wilmington, DE 19805
     or call: From the United States and Canada: 800-441-7515 (toll free)
From other locations: 302-774-1000
On the Internet: http://www.dupont.com (click on Contact)
 
 
 
Services for Shareholders
Online Account Access
Registered shareholders may access their accounts and obtain online answers to stock transfer questions by signing up for Internet access by visiting http://www.computershare.com/investor. Shareholders have the option to request direct deposit of stock dividends, and electronic delivery of account statements and 1099-DIV tax forms.


Dividend Reinvestment Plan
An automatic dividend reinvestment plan is available to all registered shareholders. Common or preferred dividends can be automatically reinvested in DuPont common stock. Participants also may add cash for the purchase of additional shares. A detailed account statement is mailed after each investment. Your account can also be viewed over the Internet if you have Online Account Access (see above). To enroll in the plan, please contact Computershare (listed above).
 
Online Delivery of Proxy Materials
Shareholders may request their proxy materials electronically in 2016 by visiting   http://enroll.icsdelivery.com/dd.

Direct Deposit of Dividends
Registered shareholders who would like their dividends directly deposited in a U.S. bank account should contact Computershare (listed above).




Exhibit 10.10
E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
SENIOR EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN
WHEREAS , E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company considers it essential to the best interests of its stockholders to foster the continued employment of key management personnel;
WHEREAS , the Board recognizes that, as is the case with many publicly held corporations, the possibility of a Change in Control exists and that such possibility, and the uncertainty and questions which it may raise among the Company's management, may result in the departure or distraction of management personnel to the detriment of the Company and its stockholders; and
WHEREAS , the Board has determined that appropriate steps should be taken to reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the Company's management to their assigned duties without distraction in the face of circumstances arising from the possibility of a Change in Control.
NOW, THEREFORE , the Company hereby adopts the E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company Senior Executive Severance Plan (the " Plan ") for the benefit of certain employees of the Company, on the terms and conditions hereinafter stated.
Section 1.     DEFINITIONS . As hereinafter used:
1.1    " Accounting Firm " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.
1.2    " Accrued Rights " shall mean (i) any base salary earned by the Participant through, but not paid to the Participant as of, the Date of Termination, (ii) any annual cash bonus earned by the Participant for a prior year but not paid to the Participant as of the Date of Termination and (iii) any vested employee benefits to which the Participant is entitled as of the Date of Termination under the employee benefit plans of the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate.
1.3    " Affiliate " shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.
1.4    " Base Salary " shall mean the Participant's annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination or, if higher, in effect immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason.
1.5    " Base Severance Payment " shall mean the sum of Base Salary and Target Annual Bonus.
1.6    " Beneficial Owner " shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.





1.7    " Board " shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
1.8    " Cash Payment " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(ii) hereof.
1.9    " Cause " shall have the meaning set forth in the Participant's employment or other agreement with the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate, if any; provided that if the Participant is not a party to any such employment or other agreement or such employment or other agreement does not contain a definition of "cause," then Cause shall mean (i) the willful and continued failure of the Participant to perform substantially the Participant's duties with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the employing Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate that specifically identifies the alleged manner in which the Participant has not substantially performed the Participant's duties, and the failure of the Participant to substantially cure such failure within five (5) days after delivery of such written notice, or (ii) the willful engaging by the Participant in illegal conduct or misconduct that is injurious to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, including without limitation any material breach of the Company's Code of Business Conduct or other applicable ethics policy, that is not substantially cured by the Participant within five (5) days after written notice of same is delivered to the Participant by the employing Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate.
1.10    " Change in Control " shall mean the first of the following events to occur:
(i)    any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (I) of paragraph (iii) below; or
(ii)    the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company's stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or
(iii)    there is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company or any direct or indirect Subsidiary with any other corporation or other entity, other than (I) a merger or consolidation which results in (A) the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities

2




under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary, at least 60% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and (B) the individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto constituting immediately thereafter at least a majority of the board of directors of the Company, the entity surviving such merger or consolidation or, if the Company or the entity surviving such merger is then a Subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof, or (II) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including in the securities Beneficially Owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; or
(iv)    the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets (it being conclusively presumed that any sale or disposition is a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of its assets if the consummation of the sale or disposition is contingent upon approval by the Company's stockholders unless the Board expressly determines in writing that such approval is required solely by reason of any relationship between the Company and any other Person or an Affiliate of the Company and any other Person), other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets to an entity (i) at least 60% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale or disposition and (ii) the majority of whose board of directors immediately following such sale or disposition consists of individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto; or
(v)    a corporate transaction or series of transactions involving a sale or other disposition of a business of, or operations relating to, the Company or any of its Affiliates (whether by sale, spin-off, split-off or other transaction) that the Board expressly determines in its discretion to be appropriate to deem such transaction or series of transactions as a Change in Control for purposes of the Plan with respect to some or all of the Participants.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise determined by the Board in accordance with subsection (v) hereof, a "Change in Control" shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the common stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.
1.11    " COBRA Period " shall mean the period following the Date of Termination during which the Participant is eligible to receive coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended from time to time.

3




1.12    " Code " shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.
1.13    " Company " shall mean E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company and, except in determining under Section 1.10 hereof whether or not a Change in Control has occurred, shall include its Subsidiaries and any successor to its business and/or assets which assumes this Plan by operation of law, or otherwise.
1.14    " Confidential Information " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 hereof.
1.15    " Date of Termination " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 hereof.
1.16    " Disability " shall mean that a Participant is considered to be disabled within the meaning of the applicable Company benefit plan, as in effect immediately prior to the date of a Change in Control.
1.17    " Exchange Act " shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
1.18    " Excise Tax " shall mean any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code.
1.19    " Good Reason " shall mean, in each case without the Participant's consent, (i) a material diminution in the Participant's base compensation, annual target bonus opportunity or annual long-term incentive award opportunity, (ii) a material diminution in the Participant's title, authority, duties or responsibilities, (iii) a material change in the geographic location at which the Participant must perform his/her services for the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate, (iv) a material breach by the Company, any Subsidiary or any Affiliate of any material written agreement between the Participant and the Company or such Subsidiary or Affiliate or (v) the failure of any successor to expressly assume and agree to perform this Plan in accordance with Section 5.1 hereof. The Participant's continued employment shall not constitute consent to, or a waiver of rights with respect to, any act or failure to act constituting Good Reason hereunder. For purposes of any determination regarding the existence of Good Reason, any claim by the Participant that Good Reason exists shall be presumed to be correct unless the Company establishes to the Board by clear and convincing evidence that Good Reason does not exist.
1.20    “ Gross-Up Payment ” shall have the meaning in Section 9.2 hereof.
1.21    " Notice of Termination " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.
1.22    " Other Severance " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 hereof.

4




1.23    " Participant " shall mean (i) each Tier 1 Participant and (ii) each Tier 2 Participant.
1.24    " Person " shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Section 13(d) and Section 14(d) thereof, except that such term shall not include (i) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.
1.25    " Potential Change in Control " shall be deemed to have occurred if the event set forth in any one of the following paragraphs shall have occurred before the date of the first occurrence of a Change in Control:
(I)    the Company enters into an agreement, the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of a Change in Control;
(II)    the Company or any Person publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions which, if consummated, would constitute a Change in Control;
(III)    any Person becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 15% or more of either the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates); or
(IV)    the Board adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Plan, a Potential Change in Control has occurred.
1.26    " Qualifying Termination " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.
1.27    " Release " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.
1.28    " Restricted Period " shall mean (i) the eighteen (18) month period following a Qualifying Termination for each Tier 1 Participant and (ii) the twelve (12) month period following a Qualifying Termination for each Tier 2 Participant.
1.29    " Retirement " shall be deemed the reason for the termination by a Participant of the Participant's employment if such employment is terminated in accordance with the Company's retirement policy, including early retirement, generally applicable to its salaried employees.
1.30    " Severance Period " shall mean (i) thirty-six (36) months for each Tier 1 Participant and (ii) twenty-four (24) months for each Tier 2 Participant.

5




1.31    " Similar Benefits " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(iii) hereof.
1.32    " Subsidiary " shall mean any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain.
1.33    " Target Annual Bonus " shall mean the Participant's target annual cash bonus pursuant to any annual bonus or incentive plan maintained by the Company in respect of the fiscal year in which occurs the Date of Termination or, if higher, immediately prior to the fiscal year in which occurs the first event or circumstance constituting Good Reason; provided , that if the Participant is not eligible to receive a specified target annual cash bonus following the Change in Control, then Target Annual Bonus shall mean such target annual cash bonus in effect as of immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control.
1.34
" Tax Counsel " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.
1.35    " Term " shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the second anniversary of the date hereof; provided , that commencing on the second anniversary of the date hereof and on each anniversary thereafter, the Term shall be automatically extended for an additional one-year period unless the Board determines to terminate this Plan in accordance with Section 8 hereof; and provided , further , that if a Change in Control shall have occurred during the Term, the Term shall expire no earlier than twenty-four (24) months beyond the month in which such Change in Control occurred.
1.36    " Tier 1 Participant " shall mean each individual who is designated by the Board on or after the date hereof as a Tier 1 Participant.
1.37    " Tier 2 Participant " shall mean each individual who is designated by the Board on or after the date hereof as a Tier 2 Participant.
1.38    " Total Payments " shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1 hereof.
Section 2.     SEVERANCE ELIGIBILITY AND PAYMENTS .
2.1     Benefits Upon Qualifying Termination . If a Participant's employment terminates following a Change in Control and during the Term, other than (1) by the Company, a Subsidiary or Affiliate for Cause, (2) by reason of the Participant's death or Disability or (3) by the Participant without Good Reason (any such termination, a " Qualifying Termination "), then the Participant shall be entitled to (a) the Accrued Rights, and (b) provided that the Participant (x) executes a general release of claims in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto (the " Release "), and all applicable revocation periods relating to the Release expire within fifty-five (55) days following the Date of Termination, and (y) continues to comply with the provisions of Section 10 hereof:

6




(i)    A lump sum cash payment equal to the product of the Base Severance Payment and (A) three (3) for each Tier 1 Participant and (B) two (2) for each Tier 2 Participant;
(ii)    A lump sum cash payment equal to the product of (A) the Target Annual Bonus and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed in the calendar year in which occurs the Date of Termination, through and including the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365 (the sum of the amounts payable in subsections (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.1, the " Cash Payment ");
(iii)    Continued participation in the Company's health and dental plans in which the Participant and his or her dependents were eligible to participate immediately prior to the Date of Termination, or, if more favorable to the Participant, those in which the Participant and his or her dependents were eligible to participate immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason, on the same terms (including employee-paid and Company-paid portions of insurance premiums and co-pays) as are generally applicable to active employees in a position substantially similar to that of the Participant immediately prior to the Date of Termination (or immediately prior to the first occurrence of an event or circumstance constituting Good Reason, if applicable) until the earlier of (A) the end of the Severance Period and (B) the date on which the Participant is eligible to receive substantially similarly health and dental benefits from a subsequent employer (such applicable date, the " Benefits Termination Date "). The costs of the Company's portion of any premiums due under the first sentence of this subsection (iii) shall be included in the Participant's gross income to the extent the provision of such benefits is determined by the Company in good faith to be discriminatory under Section 105(h) of the Code or any successor thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing and to the extent permitted by Section 409A of the Code, in the event that the Company determines in good faith that the provision of benefits referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (iii) would cause adverse tax consequences to the Company or the Participant under applicable law, the Company shall instead provide the Participant with monthly cash payments, continuing until the Benefits Termination Date, in an amount equal to the amount of the Company's portion of any premiums due under the first sentence of this subsection (iii);
(iv)    All options to purchase capital stock of the Company held by the Participant as of the Qualifying Termination shall remain exercisable for the entire original term of the option;
(v)    Continued financial counseling and tax preparation services in accordance with the Company's practices as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control until the earlier of (A) the end of the Severance Period and (B) the date on which substantially similar financial counseling and tax preparation services are provided to the Participant by a subsequent employer; and
(vi)    Outplacement services suitable to the Participant's position until the earlier of (A) the end of the Severance Period and (B) the Participant's acceptance of an offer of full-time employment from a subsequent employer.

7




2.2     Timing of Cash Payment . The Cash Payment shall be made to the Participant within sixty (60) days following the Date of Termination, but in no event later than five (5) days following the date on which the Release becomes irrevocable; provided , that if the sixty (60)-day period begins in one taxable year and ends in a second taxable year, the payment shall be made in the second taxable year.
2.3     Other Severance Payments . In the event that the Company is obligated by law or contract to pay a Participant other severance pay, a termination indemnity, notice pay, or the like, or if the Company is obligated by law to provide advance notice of separation (" Other Severance "), then the amount of the Cash Payment otherwise payable to such Participant shall be reduced by the amount of any such Other Severance actually paid to the Participant (but not below zero).
2.4     Coordination of Benefits . Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, to the extent that any severance payable under a plan or agreement covering a Participant as of the date such Participant becomes eligible to participate in this Plan constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, then to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, the portion of the benefits payable hereunder equal to such other amount shall instead be provided in the form set forth in such other plan or agreement.  Further, to the extent, if any, that provisions of this Plan affect the time or form of payment of any amount which constitutes deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, then to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, if the Change in Control does not constitute a change in control event under Section 409A of the Code, the time and form (but not the amount) of payment shall be the time and form that would have been applicable in absence of a Change in Control.
2.5     Continued Employment . As a condition to participation in this Plan, each Participant is deemed to have agreed that, in the event of a Potential Change in Control during the Term, the Participant will remain in the employ of the Company until the earliest of (i) a date which is six (6) months from the date of such Potential Change in Control, (ii) the date of a Change in Control, (iii) the date of termination by the Participant of the Participant's employment for Good Reason or by reason of death, Disability or Retirement, or (iv) the termination by the Company of the Participant's employment for any reason.
2.6     Notice to the Company . Each Participant shall be required to provide notice to the Company of an event that would cause the benefits provided under Sections 2.1(iii), (v) or (vi) to cease with respect to the Participant within ten (10) business days after the occurrence thereof.
Section 3.     TERMINATION PROCEDURES .
3.1     Notice of Termination . After a Change in Control and during the Term, any purported termination of the Participant's employment (other than by reason of death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination from one party hereto to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 6 hereof. For purposes of this Plan, a " Notice of Termination "

8




shall mean a notice which shall (i) indicate the specific termination provision in this Plan relied upon and (ii) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Participant's employment under the provision so indicated. Further, any Notice of Termination for Cause is required to include a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters (3/4) of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board which was called and held for the purpose of considering such termination (after reasonable notice to the Participant and an opportunity for the Participant, together with the Participant's counsel, to be heard before the Board) finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Participant was guilty of conduct set forth in clause (i) or (ii) of the definition of Cause herein, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
3.2     Date of Termination . " Date of Termination ," with respect to any purported termination of the Participant's employment after a Change in Control and during the Term, shall mean (i) if the Participant's employment is terminated for Disability, thirty (30) days after Notice of Termination is given ( provided that the Participant shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the Participant's duties during such thirty (30) day period), and (ii) if the Participant's employment is terminated for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a termination by the Company, shall not be less than thirty (30) days (except in the case of a termination for Cause) and, in the case of a termination by the Participant, shall not be less than fifteen (15) days nor more than sixty (60) days, respectively, from the date such Notice of Termination is given).
3.3     Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall reimburse a Participant for all expenses (including reasonable attorney's fees) incurred by the Participant in enforcing this Plan or any provision hereof or as a result of the Company contesting the validity or enforceability of this Plan or any provision hereof, regardless of the outcome thereof; provided , that the Company shall not be obligated to pay any such fees and expenses arising out of any action brought by a Participant if the finder of fact in such action determines that the Participant's position in such action was frivolous or maintained in bad faith. Such costs shall be paid to such Participant promptly upon presentation of expense statements or other supporting information evidencing the incurrence of such expenses.
Section 4.     NO MITIGATION . The Company agrees that, if the Participant's employment with the Company terminates during the Term, the Participant is not required to seek other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to the Participant by the Company pursuant to Section 2 hereof. Further, except as explicitly set forth in Sections 2.1(iii), (v) and (vi), the amount of any payment or benefit provided for in this Plan shall not be reduced by any compensation earned by the Participant as the result of employment by another employer, by retirement benefits, by offset against any amount claimed to be owed by the Participant to the Company, or otherwise.
Section 5.     SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT .
5.1     Successors . In addition to any obligations imposed by law upon any successor to the Company, the Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or

9




assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Plan in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.
5.2     Enforcement by Participant's Successors . The Company's obligations under this Plan shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Participant's personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If the Participant shall die while any amount would still be payable to the Participant hereunder (other than amounts which, by their terms, terminate upon the death of the Participant) if the Participant had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Plan to the executors, personal representatives or administrators of the Participant's estate.
Section 6.     NOTICES . Notices and all other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed, if to the Participant, to the most recent address shown in the personnel records of the Company and, if to the Company, to the address set forth below, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt:
To the Company:
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
1007 N Market Street
Wilmington, DE 19898
Attention: General Counsel
Section 7.     SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES . In the event of a claim by a Participant as to the amount or timing of any payment or benefit, such Participant shall present the reason for his claim in writing to the Board. The Board shall, within sixty (60) days after receipt of such written claim, send a written notification to the Participant as to its disposition. In the event the claim is wholly or partially denied, such written notification shall (i) state the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (ii) make specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (iii) provide a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Participant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iv) set forth the procedure by which the Participant may appeal the denial of his claim. In the event a Participant wishes to appeal the denial of his claim, he may request a review of such denial by making application in writing to the Board within sixty (60) days after receipt of such denial. Such Participant (or his duly authorized legal representative) may, upon written request to the Board, review any documents pertinent to his claim, and submit in writing issues and comments in support of his position. Within sixty (60) days after receipt of a written appeal (unless special circumstances, such as the need to hold a hearing, require an extension of time, but in no event more than one hundred twenty (120) days after such receipt), the Board shall notify the Participant of the final decision. The final decision shall be in writing and shall

10




include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.
Section 8.     PLAN MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION . This Plan may be amended by the Board at any time; provided , that no amendment shall be made in respect of any Participant that is adverse to the Participant's rights under this Plan without the Participant's consent. The Board may terminate this Plan at any time that it shall have no Participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Plan may not be terminated in whole or in part, or otherwise amended or modified in any respect, for two (2) years following a Change in Control.
Section 9.     SECTION 280G .
9.1     Treatment of Payments . In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by the Participant in connection with a Change in Control or the termination of the Participant's employment or service (whether pursuant to the terms of this Plan or any other plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any Subsidiary, any Affiliate, any Person whose actions result in a Change in Control or any Person affiliated with the Company or such Person) (all such payments and benefits, "Total Payments") would be subject (in whole or part), to the Excise Tax, then the Company shall pay to the Participant an additional amount (the " Gross-Up Payment ") such that the net amount retained by the Participant, after deduction of any Excise Tax on the Total Payments and any federal, state and local income and employment taxes and Excise Tax upon the Gross-Up Payment, and after taking into account the phase out of itemized deductions and personal exemptions attributable to the Gross-Up Payment, shall be equal to the Total Payments. The Gross-Up Payment shall be paid to the Participant no later than the end of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the Excise Tax is paid.
9.2     Certain Determinations . For purposes of determining whether any of the Total Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax, (i) all of the Total Payments shall be treated as “parachute payments” (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) unless, in the opinion of tax counsel (“ Tax Counsel ”) reasonably acceptable to the Participant and selected by a nationally recognized accounting firm designated by the Company immediately prior to the Change in Control (the “ Accounting Firm ”), such payments or benefits (in whole or in part) do not constitute parachute payments, including by reason of Section 280G(b)(4)(A) of the Code, (ii) all “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(l) of the Code shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax unless, in the opinion of Tax Counsel, such excess parachute payments (in whole or in part) represent reasonable compensation for services actually rendered (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4)(B) of the Code) in excess of the “base amount” (within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) allocable to such reasonable compensation, or are otherwise not subject to the Excise Tax, and (iii) the value of any noncash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by the Accounting Firm in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, the Participant shall be deemed to pay federal income tax at the highest marginal rate of federal income taxation in the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation in the state and locality of the Participant’s residence on

11




the date of the Qualifying Termination (or if there is no Qualifying Termination, then the date on which the Gross-Up Payment is calculated for purposes of this Section 9), net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes which could be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes.
9.3     Adjustments . In the event that the Excise Tax is finally determined to be less than the amount taken into account hereunder in calculating the Gross-Up Payment, the Participant shall repay to the Company, within five (5) business days following the time that the amount of such reduction in the Excise Tax is finally determined, the portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to such reduction (plus that portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to the Excise Tax and federal, state and local income and employment taxes imposed on the Gross-Up Payment being repaid by the Participant), to the extent that such repayment results in a reduction in the Excise Tax and a dollar-for-dollar reduction in the Participant's taxable income and wages for purposes of federal, state and local income and employment taxes, plus interest on the amount of such repayment at 120% of the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code. In the event that the Excise Tax is determined to exceed the amount taken into account hereunder in calculating the Gross-Up Payment (including by reason of any payment the existence or amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Gross-Up Payment), the Company shall make an additional Gross-Up Payment in respect of such excess (plus any interest, penalties or additions payable by the Participant with respect to such excess) within five (5) business days following the time that the amount of such excess is finally determined. The Participant and the Company shall each reasonably cooperate with the other in connection with any administrative or judicial proceedings concerning the existence or amount of liability for Excise Tax with respect to the Total Payments.
Section 10.     RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
10.1     Confidential Information . At all times following a Qualifying Termination of the Participant's employment with the Company, the Participant may not use or disclose, except on behalf of the Company and pursuant to the Company's directions, any Company " Confidential Information " ( i.e. , information concerning the Company and its business that is not generally known outside the Company, and includes, but is not limited to, (a) trade secrets; (b) intellectual property; (c) information regarding the Company's present and/or future products, developments, processes and systems, including invention disclosures and patent applications; (d) information on customers or potential customers, including customers' names, sales records, prices, and other terms of sales and Company cost information; (e) Company business plans, marketing plans, financial data and projections; and (f) information received in confidence by the Company from third parties). For purposes of this Section 10.1, information regarding products, services or technological innovations in development, in test marketing or being marketed or promoted in a discrete geographic region, which information the Company is considering for broader use, shall be deemed not generally known until such broader use is actually commercially implemented.
10.2     Solicitation of Employees . During the Restricted Period, the Participant may not hire, recruit, solicit or induce, or cause, allow, permit or aid others to hire, recruit, solicit

12




or induce, any employee of the Company who possesses Confidential Information of the Company to terminate his or her employment with the Company and/or to seek employment with the Participant's new or prospective employer.
10.3     Solicitation of Customers . During the Restricted Period, the Participant may not, directly or indirectly, on behalf of the Participant or any other individual, company or entity, solicit or participate in soliciting, products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by, manufactured by, designed by or distributed by the Company to any individual, company or entity which was a customer or potential customer for such products or services and with which the Participant had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which the Participant learned Confidential Information at any time during the two (2) years prior to the Participant's termination of employment with the Company.
10.4     Non-Competition Regarding Products or Services . During the Restricted Period, the Participant may not, directly or indirectly, in any capacity, provide products or services competitive with or similar to products or services offered by the Company to any individual, company or entity which was a customer for such products or services and with which customer the Participant had direct or indirect contact regarding those products or services or about which customer the Participant learned Confidential Information at any time during the two (2) years prior to the Participant's termination of employment with the Company.
10.5     Non-Competition Regarding Activities . During the Restricted Period, the Participant may not engage in activities which are entirely or in part the same as or similar to activities in which the Participant engaged at any time during the two years preceding termination of the Participant's employment with the Company for any individual, company or entity in connection with products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) that are entirely or in part the same as, similar to, or competitive with, any products, services or technological developments (existing or planned) on which the Participant worked at any time during the two (2) years preceding termination of the Participant's employment. This Section 10.5 applies in countries in which the Participant has physically been present performing work for the Company at any time during the two (2) years preceding termination of the Participant's employment.
10.6     Non-Disparagement . At all times following a Qualifying Termination of the Participant's employment with the Company, the Participant may not, except to the extent required by law or legal process, make, or cause to be made, any statement or communicate any information (whether oral or written) that disparages or reflects negatively on the Company or any of its officers, directors, partners, shareholders, attorneys, employees and agents.
10.7     Application . For purposes of this Section 10, "Company" shall mean E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.
10.8     Reasonableness . In consideration of receiving payments and benefits hereunder upon a Qualifying Termination, each Participant hereby acknowledges that (i) the Participant’s obligations under this Section 10 are reasonable in the context of the nature of the Company’s business and the competitive injuries likely to be sustained by the Company if the

13




Participant were to violate such obligations and (ii) the benefits provided under this Plan are made in consideration of, and are adequately supported by, the agreement of the Company to perform its obligations under this Plan and by other consideration, which the Participant acknowledges constitutes good, valuable and sufficient consideration.
Section 11.     GENERAL PROVISIONS .
11.1     Administration . This Plan shall be interpreted, administered and operated by the Board, which shall have complete authority, in its sole discretion subject to the express provisions of this Plan, to interpret this Plan, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan. All questions of any character whatsoever arising in connection with the interpretation of this Plan or its administration or operation shall be submitted to and settled and determined by the Board in accordance with the procedure for claims and appeals described in Section 7 hereof. Any such settlement and determination shall be final and conclusive, and shall bind and may be relied upon by the Company, each of the Participants and all other parties in interest. The Board may delegate any of its duties hereunder to such person or persons from time to time as it may designate.
11.2     Assignment . Except as otherwise provided herein or by law, no right or interest of any Participant under this Plan shall be assignable or transferable, in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of law or otherwise, including without limitation, by execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge or in any manner; no attempted assignment or transfer thereof shall be effective; and no right or interest of any Participant under this Plan shall be subject to any obligation or liability of such Participant. When a payment is due under this Plan to a Participant who is unable to care for his affairs, payment may be made directly to his legal guardian or personal representative.
11.3     Governing Law; Interpretation . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. All references to sections of the Exchange Act or the Code shall be deemed also to refer to any successor provisions to such sections.
11.4     Withholding . Any payments and benefits provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any applicable withholding required under federal, state or local law.
11.5     Survival . The obligations of the Company and the Participant under this Plan which by their nature may require either partial or total performance after the expiration of the Term (including, without limitation, those under Section 2, Section 3 and Section 10 hereof) shall survive such expiration.
11.6     No Right to Continued Employment . Neither the establishment of this Plan, nor any modification thereof, nor the creation of any fund, trust or account, nor the payment of any benefits shall be construed as giving any Participant, or any person whomsoever, the right to be retained in the service of the Company, and all Participants shall remain subject to discharge to the same extent as if this Plan had never been adopted.

14




11.7     Headings; Gender . The headings and captions herein are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of this Plan, and shall not be employed in the construction of this Plan. References in this Plan to any gender include references to all genders, and references to the singular include references to the plural and vice versa.
11.8     Benefits Unsecured . This Plan shall not be funded. No Participant shall have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the Company which may be applied by the Company to the payment of benefits or other rights under this Plan.
11.9     Enforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Plan shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Plan, which shall remain in full force and effect.
11.10     Section 409A . The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Plan be exempt from, or comply with, Section 409A of the Code, and accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Plan shall be interpreted and administered to be in accordance therewith. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Participant shall not be considered to have terminated employment with the Company for purposes of any payments under this Plan which are subject to Section 409A of the Code until the Participant would be considered to have incurred a "separation from service" from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided under this Plan shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, and any payments described in this Plan that are due within the "short term deferral period" as defined in Section 409A of the Code shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable law requires otherwise. Without limiting the foregoing and notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to this Plan during the six (6)-month period immediately following a Participant's separation from service shall instead be paid on the first business day after the date that is six (6) months following the Participant's separation from service (or, if earlier, death). To the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts reimbursable to the Participant under this Plan shall be paid to the Participant on or before the last day of the year following the year in which the expense was incurred and the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement (and in-kind benefits provided) during any one year may not effect amounts reimbursable or provided in any subsequent year. The Company makes no representation that any or all of the payments described in this Plan will be exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the Code and makes no undertaking to preclude Section 409A of the Code from applying to any such payment. The Participant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any taxes and penalties incurred under Section 409A.


15





Exhibit A
Form of Release

[Company's standard form of release to be inserted]





Exhibit 10.20
Master Repurchase
Agreement


______________________________________________________________________________________
September 1996 Version
Dated as of    February 3, 2016
______________________________________________________________________________________
Between:    PHI Financial Services, Inc.
______________________________________________________________________________________
Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A., New York Branch
and    The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch

______________________________________________________________________________________
1.    Applicability
From time to time the parties hereto may enter into transactions in which one party (“Seller”) agrees to transfer to the other (“Buyer”) securities or other assets (“Securities”) against the transfer of funds by Buyer, with a simultaneous agreement by Buyer to transfer to Seller such Securities at a date certain or on demand, against the transfer of funds by Seller. Each such transaction shall be referred to herein as a “Transaction” and, unless otherwise agreed in writing, shall be governed by this Agreement, including any supplemental terms or conditions contained in Annex I hereto and in any other annexes identified herein or therein as applicable hereunder.
2.    Definitions
(a)
“Act of Insolvency”, with respect to any party, (i) the commencement by such party as debtor of any case or proceeding under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium, dissolution, delinquency or similar law, or such party seeking the appointment or election of a receiver, conservator, trustee, custodian or similar official for such party or any substantial part of its property, or the convening of any meeting of creditors for purposes of commencing any such case or proceeding or seeking such an appointment or election, (ii) the commencement of any such case or proceeding against such party, or another seeking such an appointment or election, or the filing against a party of an application for a protective decree under the provisions of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970, which (A) is consented to or not timely contested by such party, (B) results in the entry of an order for relief, such an appointment or election, the issuance of such a protective decree or the entry of an order having a similar effect, or (C) is not dismissed within 15 days, (iii) the making by such party of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iv) the admission in writing by such party of such party’s inability to pay such party’s debts as they become due;




(b)
“Additional Purchased Securities”, Securities provided by Seller to Buyer pursuant to Paragraph 4(a) hereof;

(c)
“Buyer’s Margin Amount”, with respect to any Transaction as of any date, the amount obtained by application of the Buyer’s Margin Percentage to the Repurchase Price for such Transaction as of such date;
(d)
“Buyer’s Margin Percentage”, with respect to any Transaction as of any date, a percentage (which may be equal to the Seller’s Margin Percentage) agreed to by Buyer and Seller or, in the absence of any such agreement, the percentage obtained by dividing the Market Value of the Purchased Securities on the Purchase Date by the Purchase Price on the Purchase Date for such Transaction;
(e)
“Confirmation”, the meaning specified in Paragraph 3(b) hereof;
(f)
“Income”, with respect to any Security at any time, any principal thereof and all interest, dividends or other distributions thereon;
(g)
“Margin Deficit”, the meaning specified in Paragraph 4(a) hereof;
(h)
“Margin Excess”, the meaning specified in Paragraph 4(b) hereof;
(i)
“Margin Notice Deadline”, the time agreed to by the parties in the relevant Confirmation, Annex I hereto or otherwise as the deadline for giving notice requiring same-day satisfaction of margin maintenance obligations as provided in Paragraph 4 hereof (or, in the absence of any such agreement, the deadline for such purposes established in accordance with market practice);
(j)
“Market Value”, with respect to any Securities as of any date, the price for such Securities on such date obtained from a generally recognized source agreed to by the parties or the most recent closing bid quotation from such a source, plus accrued Income to the extent not included therein (other than any Income credited or transferred to, or applied to the obligations of, Seller pursuant to Paragraph 5 hereof) as of such date (unless contrary to market practice for such Securities);
(k)
“Price Differential”, with respect to any Transaction as of any date, the aggregate amount obtained by daily application of the Pricing Rate for such Transaction to the Purchase Price for such Transaction on a 360 day per year basis for the actual number of days during the period commencing on (and including) the Purchase Date for such Transaction and ending on (but excluding) the date of determination (reduced by any amount of such Price Differential previously paid by Seller to Buyer with respect to such Transaction);
(l)
“Pricing Rate”, the per annum percentage rate for determination of the Price Differential;
(m)
“Prime Rate”, the prime rate of U.S. commercial banks as published in The Wall Street Journal (or, if more than one such rate is published, the average of such rates);
(n)
“Purchase Date”, the date on which Purchased Securities are to be transferred by Seller to Buyer;



(o)
“Purchase Price”, (i) on the Purchase Date, the price at which Purchased Securities are transferred by Seller to Buyer, and (ii) thereafter, except where Buyer and Seller agree otherwise, such price increased by the amount of any cash transferred by Buyer to Seller pursuant to Paragraph 4(b) hereof and decreased by the amount of any cash transferred by Seller to Buyer pursuant to Paragraph 4(a) hereof or applied to reduce Seller’s obligations under clause (ii) of Paragraph 5 hereof;
(p)
“Purchased Securities”, the Securities transferred by Seller to Buyer in a Transaction hereunder, and any Securities substituted therefor in accordance with Paragraph 9 hereof. The term “Purchased Securities” with respect to any Transaction at any time also shall include Additional Purchased Securities delivered pursuant to Paragraph 4(a) hereof and shall exclude Securities returned pursuant to Paragraph 4(b) hereof;
(q)
“Repurchase Date”, the date on which Seller is to repurchase the Purchased Securities from Buyer, including any date determined by application of the provisions of Paragraph 3(c) or 11 hereof;
(r)
“Repurchase Price”, the price at which Purchased Securities are to be transferred from Buyer to Seller upon termination of a Transaction, which will be determined in each case (including Transactions terminable upon demand) as the sum of the Purchase Price and the Price Differential as of the date of such determination;
(s)
“Seller’s Margin Amount”, with respect to any Transaction as of any date, the amount obtained by application of the Seller’s Margin Percentage to the Repurchase Price for such Transaction as of such date;
(t)
“Seller’s Margin Percentage”, with respect to any Transaction as of any date, a percentage (which may be equal to the Buyer’s Margin Percentage) agreed to by Buyer and Seller or, in the absence of any such agreement, the percentage obtained by dividing the Market Value of the Purchased Securities on the Purchase Date by the Purchase Price on the Purchase Date for such Transaction.
3. Initiation; Confirmation; Termination
(a)
An agreement to enter into a Transaction may be made orally or in writing at the initiation of either Buyer or Seller. On the Purchase Date for the Transaction, the Purchased Securities shall be transferred to Buyer or its agent against the transfer of the Purchase Price to an account of Seller.
(b)
Upon agreeing to enter into a Transaction hereunder, Buyer or Seller (or both), as shall be agreed, shall promptly deliver to the other party a written confirmation of each Transaction (a “Confirmation”). The Confirmation shall describe the Purchased Securities (including CUSIP number, if any), identify Buyer and Seller and set forth (i) the Purchase Date, (ii) the Purchase Price, (iii) the Repurchase Date, unless the Transaction is to be terminable on demand, (iv) the Pricing Rate or Repurchase Price applicable to the Transaction, and (v) any additional terms or conditions of the Transaction not inconsistent with this Agreement. The Confirmation, together with this Agreement, shall constitute conclusive evidence of the terms agreed between Buyer and Seller with respect to the Transaction to which the Confirmation relates, unless with respect to the Confirmation specific objection is made promptly after receipt thereof. In the event of any conflict between the terms of such Confirmation and this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail.
(c) In the case of Transactions terminable upon demand, such demand shall be made by Buyer or Seller, no later than such time as is customary in accordance with market practice, by telephone or otherwise on or prior to the business day on which such termination will be effective. On the date specified in such demand, or on the date fixed for termination in the case of Transactions having a fixed term, termination of the Transaction will be effected by transfer to Seller or its agent of the Purchased Securities and any Income in respect thereof received by Buyer (and not previously credited or transferred to, or applied to the obligations of, Seller pursuant to Paragraph 5 hereof) against the transfer of the Repurchase Price to an account of Buyer.
4. Margin Maintenance
(a)
If at any time the aggregate Market Value of all Purchased Securities subject to all Transactions in which a particular party hereto is acting as Buyer is less than the aggregate Buyer’s Margin Amount for all such Transactions (a “Margin Deficit”), then Buyer may by notice to Seller require Seller in such Transactions, at Seller’s option, to transfer to Buyer cash or additional Securities reasonably acceptable to Buyer (“Additional Purchased Securities”), so that the cash and aggregate Market Value of the Purchased Securities, including any such Additional Purchased Securities, will thereupon equal or exceed such aggregate Buyer’s Margin Amount (decreased by the amount of any Margin Deficit as of such date arising from any Transactions in which such Buyer is acting as Seller).
(b)
If at any time the aggregate Market Value of all Purchased Securities subject to all Transactions in which a particular party hereto is acting as Seller exceeds the aggregate Seller’s Margin Amount for all such Transactions at such time (a “Margin Excess”), then Seller may by notice to Buyer require Buyer in such Transactions, at Buyer’s option, to transfer cash or Purchased Securities to Seller, so that the aggregate Market Value of the Purchased Securities, after deduction of any such cash or any Purchased Securities so transferred, will thereupon not exceed such aggregate Seller’s Margin Amount (increased by the amount of any Margin Excess as of such date arising from any Transactions in which such Seller is acting as Buyer).
(c)
If any notice is given by Buyer or Seller under subparagraph (a) or (b) of this Paragraph at or before the Margin Notice Deadline on any business day, the party receiving such notice shall transfer cash or Additional Purchased Securities as provided in such subparagraph no later than the close of business in the relevant market on such day. If any such notice is given after the Margin Notice Deadline, the party receiving such notice shall transfer such cash or Securities no later than the close of business in the relevant market on the next business day following such notice.
(d)
Any cash transferred pursuant to this Paragraph shall be attributed to such Transactions as shall be agreed upon by Buyer and Seller.
(e)
Seller and Buyer may agree, with respect to any or all Transactions hereunder, that the respective rights of Buyer or Seller (or both) under subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Paragraph may be exercised only where a Margin Deficit or Margin Excess, as the case



may be, exceeds a specified dollar amount or a specified percentage of the Repurchase Prices for such Transactions (which amount or percentage shall be agreed to by Buyer and Seller prior to entering into any such Transactions).
(f)
Seller and Buyer may agree, with respect to any or all Transactions hereunder, that the respective rights of Buyer and Seller under subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Paragraph to require the elimination of a Margin Deficit or a Margin Excess, as the case may be, may be exercised whenever such a Margin Deficit or Margin Excess exists with respect to any single Transaction hereunder (calculated without regard to any other Transaction outstanding under this Agreement).
5.    Income Payments
Seller shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to all Income paid or distributed on or in respect of the Securities that is not otherwise received by Seller, to the full extent it would be so entitled if the Securities had not been sold to Buyer. Buyer shall, as the parties may agree with respect to any Transaction (or, in the absence of any such agreement, as Buyer shall reasonably determine in its discretion), on the date such Income is paid or distributed either (i) transfer to or credit to the account of Seller such Income with respect to any Purchased Securities subject to such Transaction or (ii) with respect to Income paid in cash, apply the Income payment or payments to reduce the amount, if any, to be transferred to Buyer by Seller upon termination of such Transaction. Buyer shall not be obligated to take any action pursuant to the preceding sentence (A) to the extent that such action would result in the creation of a Margin Deficit, unless prior thereto or simultaneously therewith Seller transfers to Buyer cash or Additional Purchased Securities sufficient to eliminate such Margin Deficit, or (B) if an Event of Default with respect to Seller has occurred and is then continuing at the time such Income is paid or distributed.
6.    Security Interest
Although the parties intend that all Transactions hereunder be sales and purchases and not loans, in the event any such Transactions are deemed to be loans, Seller shall be deemed to have pledged to Buyer as security for the performance by Seller of its obligations under each such Transaction, and shall be deemed to have granted to Buyer a security interest in, all of the Purchased Securities with respect to all Transactions hereunder and all Income thereon and other proceeds thereof.
7.    Payment and Transfer
Unless otherwise mutually agreed, all transfers of funds hereunder shall be in immediately available funds. All Securities transferred by one party hereto to the other party (i) shall be in suitable form for transfer or shall be accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or assignment in blank and such other documentation as the party receiving possession may reasonably request, (ii) shall be transferred on the book-entry system of a Federal Reserve Bank, or (iii) shall be transferred by any other method mutually acceptable to Seller and Buyer.
8.    Segregation of Purchased Securities
To the extent required by applicable law, all Purchased Securities in the possession of Seller shall be segregated from other securities in its possession and shall be identified as subject to




this Agreement. Segregation may be accomplished by appropriate identification on the books and records of the holder, including a financial or securities intermediary or a clearing corporation. All of Seller’s interest in the Purchased Securities shall pass to Buyer on the Purchase Date and, unless otherwise agreed by Buyer and Seller, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Buyer from engaging in repurchase transactions with the Purchased Securities or otherwise selling, transferring, pledging or hypothecating the Purchased Securities, but no such transaction shall relieve Buyer of its obligations to transfer Purchased Securities to Seller pursuant to Paragraph 3, 4 or 11 hereof, or of Buyer’s obligation to credit or pay Income to, or apply Income to the obligations of, Seller pursuant to Paragraph 5 hereof.
Required Disclosure for Transactions in Which the Seller Retains Custody of the Purchased Securities
Seller is not permitted to substitute other securities for those subject to this Agreement and therefore must keep Buyer’s securities segregated at all times, unless in this Agreement Buyer grants Seller the right to substitute other securities. If Buyer grants the right to substitute, this means that Buyer’s securities will likely be commingled with Seller’s own securities during the trading day. Buyer is advised that, during any trading day that Buyer’s securities are commingled with Seller’s securities, they [will]* [may]** be subject to liens granted by Seller to [its clearing bank]* [third parties]** and may be used by Seller for deliveries on other securities transactions. Whenever the securities are commingled, Seller’s ability to resegregate substitute securities for Buyer will be subject to Seller’s ability to satisfy [the clearing]* [any]** lien or to obtain substitute securities.
* Language to be used under 17 C.F.R. ß403.4(e) if Seller is a government securities broker
or dealer other than a financial institution.
** Language to be used under 17 C.F.R. ß403.5(d) if Seller is a financial institution.

9.    Substitution
(a)
Seller may, subject to agreement with and acceptance by Buyer, substitute other Securities for any Purchased Securities. Such substitution shall be made by transfer to Buyer of such other Securities and transfer to Seller of such Purchased Securities. After substitution, the substituted Securities shall be deemed to be Purchased Securities.
(b)
In Transactions in which Seller retains custody of Purchased Securities, the parties expressly agree that Buyer shall be deemed, for purposes of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph, to have agreed to and accepted in this Agreement substitution by Seller of other Securities for Purchased Securities; provided, however, that such other Securities shall have a Market Value at least equal to the Market Value of the Purchased Securities for which they are substituted.
10. Representations
Each of Buyer and Seller represents and warrants to the other that (i) it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement, to enter into Transactions contemplated hereunder and to perform its obligations hereunder and has taken all necessary action to authorize such execution, delivery and performance, (ii) it will engage in such Transactions as principal (or, if agreed in writing, in the form of an annex hereto or otherwise, in advance of any Transaction by the other party hereto, as agent for a disclosed principal), (iii) the person signing this Agreement on its behalf is duly authorized to do so on its behalf (or on behalf of any such disclosed principal), (iv) it has obtained all authorizations of any governmental



body required in connection with this Agreement and the Transactions hereunder and such authorizations are in full force and effect and (v) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Transactions hereunder will not violate any law, ordinance, charter, bylaw or rule applicable to it or any agreement by which it is bound or by which any of its assets are affected. On the Purchase Date for any Transaction Buyer and Seller shall each be deemed to repeat all the foregoing representations made by it.
11.Events of Default
In the event that (i) Seller fails to transfer or Buyer fails to purchase Purchased Securities upon the applicable Purchase Date, (ii) Seller fails to repurchase or Buyer fails to transfer Purchased Securities upon the applicable Repurchase Date, (iii) Seller or Buyer fails to comply with Paragraph 4 hereof, (iv) Buyer fails, after one business day’s notice, to comply with Paragraph 5 hereof, (v) an Act of Insolvency occurs with respect to Seller or Buyer, (vi) any representation made by Seller or Buyer shall have been incorrect or untrue in any material respect when made or repeated or deemed to have been made or repeated, or (vii) Seller or Buyer shall admit to the other its inability to, or its intention not to, perform any of its obligations hereunder (each an “Event of Default”):
(a)
The nondefaulting party may, at its option (which option shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately upon the occurrence of an Act of Insolvency), declare an Event of Default to have occurred hereunder and, upon the exercise or deemed exercise of such option, the Repurchase Date for each Transaction hereunder shall, if it has not already occurred, be deemed immediately to occur (except that, in the event that the Purchase Date for any Transaction has not yet occurred as of the date of such exercise or deemed exercise, such Transaction shall be deemed immediately canceled). The nondefaulting party shall (except upon the occurrence of an Act of Insolvency) give notice to the defaulting party of the exercise of such option as promptly as practicable.
(b)
In all Transactions in which the defaulting party is acting as Seller, if the nondefaulting party exercises or is deemed to have exercised the option referred to in subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph, (i) the defaulting party’s obligations in such Transactions to repurchase all Purchased Securities, at the Repurchase Price therefor on the Repurchase Date determined in accordance with subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph, shall thereupon become immediately due and payable, (ii) all Income paid after such exercise or deemed exercise shall be retained by the nondefaulting party and applied to the aggregate unpaid Repurchase Prices and any other amounts owing by the defaulting party hereunder, and (iii) the defaulting party shall immediately deliver to the nondefaulting party any Purchased Securities subject to such Transactions then in the defaulting party’s possession or control.
(c) In all Transactions in which the defaulting party is acting as Buyer, upon tender by the nondefaulting party of payment of the aggregate Repurchase Prices for all such Transactions, all right, title and interest in and entitlement to all Purchased Securities subject to such Transactions shall be deemed transferred to the nondefaulting party, and the defaulting party shall deliver all such Purchased Securities to the nondefaulting party.
(d) If the nondefaulting party exercises or is deemed to have exercised the option referred to in subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph, the nondefaulting party, without prior notice to the defaulting party, may:
(i)
as to Transactions in which the defaulting party is acting as Seller, (A) immediately sell, in a recognized market (or otherwise in a commercially reasonable manner) at such price or prices as the nondefaulting party may reasonably deem satisfactory, any or all Purchased Securities subject to such Transactions and apply the proceeds



thereof to the aggregate unpaid Repurchase Prices and any other amounts owing by the defaulting party hereunder or (B) in its sole discretion elect, in lieu of selling all or a portion of such Purchased Securities, to give the defaulting party credit for such Purchased Securities in an amount equal to the price therefor on such date, obtained from a generally recognized source or the most recent closing bid quotation from such a source, against the aggregate unpaid Repurchase Prices and any other amounts owing by the defaulting party hereunder; and
(ii)
as to Transactions in which the defaulting party is acting as Buyer, (A) immediately purchase, in a recognized market (or otherwise in a commercially reasonable manner) at such price or prices as the nondefaulting party may reasonably deem satisfactory, securities (“Replacement Securities”) of the same class and amount as any Purchased Securities that are not delivered by the defaulting party to the nondefault-ing party as required hereunder or (B) in its sole discretion elect, in lieu of purchasing Replacement Securities, to be deemed to have purchased Replacement Securities at the price therefor on such date, obtained from a generally recognized source or the most recent closing offer quotation from such a source.
Unless otherwise provided in Annex I, the parties acknowledge and agree that (1) the Securities subject to any Transaction hereunder are instruments traded in a recognized market, (2) in the absence of a generally recognized source for prices or bid or offer quotations for any Security, the nondefaulting party may establish the source therefor in its sole discretion and (3) all prices, bids and offers shall be determined together with accrued Income (except to the extent contrary to market practice with respect to the relevant Securities).
(e) As to Transactions in which the defaulting party is acting as Buyer, the defaulting party shall be liable to the nondefaulting party for any excess of the price paid (or deemed paid) by the nondefaulting party for Replacement Securities over the Repurchase Price for the Purchased Securities replaced thereby and for any amounts payable by the defaulting party under Paragraph 5 hereof or otherwise hereunder.
(f) For purposes of this Paragraph 11, the Repurchase Price for each Transaction hereunder in respect of which the defaulting party is acting as Buyer shall not increase above the amount of such Repurchase Price for such Transaction determined as of the date of the exercise or deemed exercise by the nondefaulting party of the option referred to in subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph.
(g)
The defaulting party shall be liable to the nondefaulting party for (i) the amount of all reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by the nondefaulting party in connection with or as a result of an Event of Default, (ii) damages in an amount equal to the cost (including all fees, expenses and commissions) of entering into replacement transactions and entering into or terminating hedge transactions in connection with or as a result of an Event of Default, and (iii) any other loss, damage, cost or expense directly arising or resulting from the occurrence of an Event of Default in respect of a Transaction.
(h)
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the defaulting party shall be liable to the non-defaulting party for interest on any amounts owing by the defaulting party hereunder, from the date the defaulting party becomes liable for such amounts hereunder until such amounts are (i) paid in full by the defaulting party or (ii) satisfied in full by the exercise of the nondefaulting party’s rights hereunder. Interest on any sum payable by the defaulting party to the nondefaulting party under this Paragraph 11(h) shall be at a rate equal to the greater of the Pricing Rate for the relevant Transaction or the Prime Rate.



(i)
The nondefaulting party shall have, in addition to its rights hereunder, any rights otherwise available to it under any other agreement or applicable law.
12. Single Agreement
Buyer and Seller acknowledge that, and have entered hereinto and will enter into each Transaction hereunder in consideration of and in reliance upon the fact that, all Transactions hereunder constitute a single business and contractual relationship and have been made in consideration of each other. Accordingly, each of Buyer and Seller agrees (i) to perform all of its obligations in respect of each Transaction hereunder, and that a default in the performance of any such obligations shall constitute a default by it in respect of all Transactions hereunder, (ii) that each of them shall be entitled to set off claims and apply property held by them in respect of any Transaction against obligations owing to them in respect of any other Transactions hereunder and (iii) that payments, deliveries and other transfers made by either of them in respect of any Transaction shall be deemed to have been made in consideration of payments, deliveries and other transfers in respect of any other Transactions hereunder, and the obligations to make any such payments, deliveries and other transfers may be applied against each other and netted.
13. Notices and Other Communications
Any and all notices, statements, demands or other communications hereunder may be given by a party to the other by mail, facsimile, telegraph, messenger or otherwise to the address specified in Annex II hereto, or so sent to such party at any other place specified in a notice of change of address hereafter received by the other. All notices, demands and requests hereunder may be made orally, to be confirmed promptly in writing, or by other communication as specified in the preceding sentence.
14.Entire Agreement; Severability
This Agreement shall supersede any existing agreements between the parties containing general terms and conditions for repurchase transactions. Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.
15. Non-assignability; Termination
(a)
The rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement and under any Transaction shall not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, and any such assignment without the prior written consent of the other party shall be null and void. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement and any Transactions shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon giving written notice to the other, except that this Agreement shall, notwithstanding such notice, remain applicable to any Transactions then outstanding.
(b)
Subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph 15 shall not preclude a party from assigning, charging or otherwise dealing with all or any part of its interest in any sum payable to it under Paragraph 11 hereof.
16. Governing Law
This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect
to the conflict of law principles thereof.



17.No Waivers, Etc.
No express or implied waiver of any Event of Default by either party shall constitute a waiver of any other Event of Default and no exercise of any remedy hereunder by any party shall constitute a waiver of its right to exercise any other remedy hereunder. No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and no consent by any party to a departure here-from shall be effective unless and until such shall be in writing and duly executed by both of the parties hereto. Without limitation on any of the foregoing, the failure to give a notice pursuant to Paragraph 4(a) or 4(b) hereof will not constitute a waiver of any right to do so at a later date.
18.Use of Employee Plan Assets
(a) If assets of an employee benefit plan subject to any provision of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) are intended to be used by either party hereto (the “Plan Party”) in a Transaction, the Plan Party shall so notify the other party prior to the Transaction. The Plan Party shall represent in writing to the other party that the Transaction does not constitute a prohibited transaction under ERISA or is otherwise exempt therefrom, and the other party may proceed in reliance thereon but shall not be required so to proceed.
(b)
Subject to the last sentence of subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph, any such Transaction shall proceed only if Seller furnishes or has furnished to Buyer its most recent available audited statement of its financial condition and its most recent subsequent unaudited statement of its financial condition.
(c)
By entering into a Transaction pursuant to this Paragraph, Seller shall be deemed (i) to represent to Buyer that since the date of Seller’s latest such financial statements, there has been no material adverse change in Seller’s financial condition which Seller has not disclosed to Buyer, and (ii) to agree to provide Buyer with future audited and unaudited statements of its financial condition as they are issued, so long as it is a Seller in any outstanding Transaction involving a Plan Party.
19. Intent
(a)
The parties recognize that each Transaction is a “repurchase agreement” as that term is defined in Section 101 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended (except insofar as the type of Securities subject to such Transaction or the term of such Transaction would render such definition inapplicable), and a “securities contract” as that term is defined in Section 741 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended (except insofar as the type of assets subject to such Transaction would render such definition inapplicable).
(b)
It is understood that either party’s right to liquidate Securities delivered to it in connection with Transactions hereunder or to exercise any other remedies pursuant to Paragraph 11 hereof is a contractual right to liquidate such Transaction as described in Sections 555 and 559 of Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.
(c)
The parties agree and acknowledge that if a party hereto is an “insured depository institution,” as such term is defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended (“FDIA”), then each Transaction hereunder is a “qualified financial contract,” as that term is defined in FDIA and any rules, orders or policy statements thereunder (except insofar as the type of assets subject to such Transaction would render such definition inapplicable).



(d)
It is understood that this Agreement constitutes a “netting contract” as defined in and subject to Title IV of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) and each payment entitlement and payment obligation under any Transaction hereunder shall constitute a “covered contractual payment entitlement” or “covered contractual payment obligation”, respectively, as defined in and subject to FDI-CIA (except insofar as one or both of the parties is not a “financial institution” as that term is defined in FDICIA).
20.Disclosure Relating to Certain Federal Protections
The parties acknowledge that they have been advised that:
(a) in the case of Transactions in which one of the parties is a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“1934 Act”), the Securities Investor Protection Corporation has taken the position that the provisions of the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 (“SIPA”) do not protect the other party with respect to any Transaction hereunder;
(b)
in the case of Transactions in which one of the parties is a government securities broker or a government securities dealer registered with the SEC under Section 15C of the 1934 Act, SIPA will not provide protection to the other party with respect to any Transaction hereunder; and
(c)
in the case of Transactions in which one of the parties is a financial institution, funds held by the financial institution pursuant to a Transaction hereunder are not a deposit and therefore are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or the National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund, as applicable.

[Signature Pages Follow]




PHI Financial Services, Inc.
By: /s/ Daniel R. Bouchard
Name: Daniel R. Bouchard
Title: President
Date: February 3, 2016


[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUE ON NEXT PAGE]




[Signature Page to 1996 SIFMA Master Repurchase Agreement]



Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A., New York Branch
By: /s/ Michael J. Lahaie
Name: Michael J. Lahaie
Title: Vice President
Date: February 3, 2016


By: /s/ Vikram Malkani
Name: Vikram Malkani
Title: Managing Director
Date: February 3, 2016


[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUE ON NEXT PAGE]


[Signature Page to 1996 SIFMA Master Repurchase Agreement]



The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch
By: /s/ Nicholas Sopkin
Name: Nicholas Sopkin
Title: Managing Director
Date: February 3, 2016



[Signature Page to 1996 SIFMA Master Repurchase Agreement]



Final Version
Annex I

Supplemental Terms and Conditions

This Annex I forms a part of the 1996 SIFMA Master Repurchase Agreement dated as of February 3, 2016 (the “SIFMA Master,” and as amended by this Annex I, this or the “Agreement”) among PHI Financial Services, Inc., Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A., New York Branch (“Rabobank”) and each of the other Buyers from time to time Party thereto. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 1 of this Annex I, (a) capitalized terms used but not defined in this Annex I shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the SIFMA Master, and (b) aside from this Annex I, including all exhibits and schedules attached hereto and thereto, no other Annexes or Schedules thereto shall form a part of the SIFMA Master or be applicable thereunder.
1.     Applicability; Parties; Framework .
(a)     Framework Agreement . This Agreement is being entered into in accordance with that certain Master Framework Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2016 (the “Framework Agreement”), among Seller, each of the “Buyers” thereunder and Rabobank, as agent for the Buyers (the “Agent”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Agreement or in any Confirmations shall have the meanings set forth in the Framework Agreement (including Schedule 1 thereto). In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Framework Agreement, the Framework Agreement shall govern.
(b)     Seller . PHI Financial Services, Inc. will act as Seller with respect to all Transactions entered into hereunder.
(c)     Buyers . All references to “Buyer” in this Agreement shall refer collectively to the “Buyers” party to the Framework Agreement, each as represented for purposes of this Agreement by Rabobank, as Agent. Each such Buyer shall be deemed a party to this Agreement, and upon entry into any Transaction, each such Buyer shall acquire an undivided fractional interest in the Purchased Securities for such Transaction (pro-rata in accordance with its Undivided Funding Percentage) in accordance with Section 4.2(b) of the Framework Agreement until such Purchased Securities are repurchased by Seller pursuant to this Agreement (at which point such undivided fractional interests shall be collectively reconveyed to Seller) or otherwise disposed of hereunder. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Framework Agreement, all powers of Buyers hereunder, including the execution and delivery of Confirmations hereunder or any other matters involving consent or discretion, shall be exercised solely by Agent on behalf of such Buyers. The parties agree that any remedies to be exercised against Seller, Guarantor or the Collateral shall be exercised solely through Agent and not by any Buyer individually.
(d)     Securities . All Securities under this Agreement shall consist of Eligible Farmer Loans. Only Eligible Farmer Loans shall be recognized as Securities for purposes of any Transactions hereunder.

-1-



(e)     Entire Agreement . The first sentence of Paragraph 14 of the SIFMA Master is subject to, and superseded by, Section 9.3 of the Framework Agreement.
2.     Definitions .
(a)     Added Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following additional terms shall have the following meanings:
(i)     “Breakage Amount”, with respect to any Breakage Event pertaining to any outstanding Transaction, an amount “X” to be calculated as follows:

X = (A - B) * (C - D) * E

where:

A refers to the Purchase Price for such Transaction immediately prior to such Breakage Event;

B refers to (x) in the case of a Breakage Event of the type specified in clause (1) of the definition thereof, the Purchase Price for any new Transaction entered into hereunder having a Purchase Date coinciding with the date on which such outstanding Transaction is terminated or (y) in the case of a Breakage Event of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof, the excess (if any) of (I) the Purchase Price for such outstanding Transaction immediately prior to such Breakage Event over (II) the amount of cash transferred by Seller to Buyer;

C refers to the Pricing Rate for such terminated Transaction;

D refers to LIBID for the Breakage Period plus 0.75%; and

E refers to the actual number of days in the Breakage Period divided by 360.
(ii)    “Breakage Event”, with respect to any Transaction, (1) the termination of such Transaction by Seller before the Repurchase Date specified in the Confirmation for such Transaction in accordance with Paragraph 3(c)(ii) of this Annex I, or (2) the transfer of any cash by Seller to Buyer during the Transaction Period for such Transaction as required pursuant to Paragraph 4(a) of the SIFMA Master, as amended by this Annex I, or as permitted in accordance with Paragraph 4(f) of this Annex I;
(iii)    “Breakage Period”, with respect to any Breakage Event, the period commencing on (and including) (x) in the case of a Breakage Event of the type described in clause (1) of the definition thereof, the effective date of Seller’s termination of the applicable Transaction or (y) in the case of a Breakage Event of the type described in clause (2) of the definition thereof, the date on which such cash is transferred by Seller to Buyer, and, in each case, ending on (but excluding) the next succeeding Monthly Date;

-2-



(iv)    “Framework Agreement”, the meaning set forth in Paragraph 1(a) of this Annex I;
(v)    “LIBID”, with respect to any Breakage Period, London Interbank Bid Rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars which appears on the Bloomberg Screen LIBOR Rates Page (or any successor source) as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the day that is two (2) London Banking Days preceding the first day of such Breakage Period, for a period equal to such Breakage Period; provided , that if the Breakage Period is not equal to a period specified on such page, the rate shall be calculated using Linear Interpolation;
(vi)     “LIBOR”, with respect to any Transaction Period or Breakage Period, the rate for deposits in U.S. Dollars for a period equal to such Transaction Period or such Breakage Period which appears on the Bloomberg Screen LIBOR Rates Page (or any successor source) as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the day that is two (2) London Banking Days preceding the first day of the Transaction Period or such Breakage Period; provided that if the Transaction Period or such Breakage Period is not equal to a period specified on such page, the rate shall be calculated using Linear Interpolation; provided, further , that in the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the LIBOR Rate for such Transaction Period or such Breakage Period shall be the rate at which U.S. Dollar deposits in an amount comparable to the Purchase Price and for a maturity comparable to such Transaction Period or such Breakage Period are offered by the principal London office of Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A. to leading banks in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on the day that is two (2) London Banking Days preceding the first day of the Transaction Period or such Breakage Period;
(vii)    “Linear Interpolation” means straight-line interpolation by reference to two rates, one of which shall be determined as if the applicable Transaction Period (or Breakage Period, if applicable) were the period of time for which rates are available next shorter than the length of such Transaction Period (or Breakage Period) and the other of which shall be determined as if such Transaction Period (or Breakage Period) were the period of time for which rates are available next longer than the length of such Transaction Period (or Breakage Period); such determinations to be made by Agent;
(viii)    “Portfolio Schedule”, the meaning set forth in Paragraph 3(b) of this Annex I;
(ix)    “Roll-Over Securities”, with respect to any expiring Transaction, any Purchased Securities under such Transaction which, in lieu of being transferred back to Seller, become Purchased Securities under a new Transaction (as set forth on the Portfolio Schedule for such Transaction) with a Purchase Date coinciding with the Repurchase Date of such expiring Transaction.
(b)     Revised Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, and notwithstanding anything in Paragraph 2 of the SIFMA Master to the contrary, the following terms shall have the following amended and restated meanings:

-3-



(i)    “Buyer’s Margin Amount”, with respect to any Transaction as of any date, the amount obtained by application of the Buyer’s Margin Percentage to the Purchase Price for such Transaction as of such date;
(ii)    “Buyer’s Margin Percentage”, with respect to any Transaction as of any date, one hundred and five percent (105%);
(iii)    “Defaulted Farmer Loan”, any Eligible Farmer Loan with respect to which an Act of Insolvency has occurred with respect to the applicable Debtor or with respect to which any of the Asset Representations, Warranties or Covenants has been breached;
(iv)    “Market Value”, as of any date with respect to the Securities comprising the Transaction Portfolio for an outstanding Transaction, an amount equal to the sum of the Book Values of all Eligible Farmer Loans comprising such Transaction Portfolio (as set forth in the applicable Portfolio Schedule) as of such date; provided ; that the Book Value of any Defaulted Farmer Loan shall be deemed to be zero;
(v)    “Price Differential”, with respect to any Transaction as of any date, the sum of the aggregate amount obtained by daily application of the Pricing Rate for such Transaction to the Purchase Price for such Transaction on a 360 day per year basis for the actual number of days during the period commencing on (and including) the Purchase Date for such Transaction and ending on (but excluding) the date of determination (reduced by any amount of such Price Differential previously paid by Seller to Buyer with respect to such Transaction); provided , that upon the occurrence of any Breakage Event with respect to such Transaction, such Price Differential shall be (x) be increased by an amount equal to the absolute value of the applicable Breakage Amount for such Breakage Event if such amount is a positive number or (y) be reduced by an amount equal to the absolute value of the applicable Breakage Amount for such Breakage Event if such Breakage Amount is a negative number, in each case determined as of the date on which such Breakage Event occurs;
(vi)    “Pricing Rate”, the per annum percentage rate for determination of the Price Differential, determined for each Transaction (unless otherwise specified in the Confirmation) as being equal to the sum of (A) LIBOR as of the applicable Purchase Date plus (B) 0.75%;
(vii) “Repurchase Date”, the date on which Seller is to repurchase the Purchased Securities from Buyer, which shall be the earliest of (i) the next Monthly Date immediately succeeding the applicable Purchase Date, (ii) the Facility Expiration Date and (ii) any date determined by application of the provisions of Paragraph 3(c) or 11 of this Annex I; and
(viii) “Repurchase Price”, the price at which Purchased Securities are to be transferred from Buyer to Seller upon termination of a Transaction, which will be determined in each case (including Transactions terminable upon demand) as the sum of (A) the Purchase Price for such Transaction plus (B) the accrued and unpaid Price Differential as of the date of such determination (it being understood that all such accrued and unpaid Price Differential shall be payable when and as set forth in Paragraph 12 of this Annex I).

-4-



3.    Initiation; Confirmation; Termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 3 of the SIFMA Master, the following shall apply:
(a)     No Oral Agreements . All agreements to enter into Transactions hereunder shall be in writing in accordance with Article 4 of the Framework Agreement.
(b)     Confirmations; Priority . All Confirmations with respect to Transactions hereunder shall be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A to this Annex I, and shall be accompanied by a schedule substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B to this Annex I (a “Portfolio Schedule”) setting forth the Eligible Farmer Loans comprising the Purchased Securities for such Transaction. In the event of any conflict between the terms of a Confirmation and this Agreement, the Confirmation shall prevail.
(c)     Termination . Paragraph 3(c) of the SIFMA Master is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“Subject in each case to Section 4.1(c) of the Framework Agreement, Transactions hereunder shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the date determined pursuant to the definition of Repurchase Date (without regard to this Paragraph 3(c)) or (ii) a date specified upon demand by Seller, which demand shall be made by Seller in writing no later than [5:00 p.m.] on the third Business Day prior to the Business Day on which such termination will be effective; provided , that specification of an early termination date pursuant to the foregoing clause (ii) shall be permitted with respect to no more than ten (10) Transactions during the Facility Term (it being understood any specification of an early termination date which is subsequently voided pursuant to Section 4.1(c) of the Framework Agreement shall not be counted towards such maximum). On such earlier date, termination of the Transaction will be effected by transfer to Seller or its agent of the related Purchased Securities (other than any Roll-Over Securities) against the payment of the related Repurchase Price by Seller (which may be netted against the Purchase Price payable in respect of any new Transaction) in accordance with the Framework Agreement.”
(d)     Outstanding Transactions; Continuity . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Parties agree that no more than one Transaction hereunder shall be outstanding at any given time. It is the intention of the Parties that during the Facility Term, and subject to fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in the Framework Agreement with respect to Buyers’ entry into Transactions, the expiration of each Transaction hereunder on the applicable Repurchase Date shall coincide with the entry into a subsequent Transaction with a concurrent Purchase Date in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Framework Agreement. The Parties further intend that, pursuant to Paragraph 12 of the SIFMA Master and to the extent permitted under Paragraph 12 of this Annex I, the Repurchase Price payable by Seller with respect to each such expiring Transaction shall be netted to the extent applicable against the Purchase Price payable by Buyers with respect to such subsequent Transaction.

-5-



4.     Margin Maintenance . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 4 of the SIFMA Master, the following shall apply:
(a)     Option to Substitute . In the case of any Margin Deficit with respect to any Transaction, Seller may, in lieu of transferring cash or Additional Purchased Securities in accordance with Paragraph 4(a) of the SIFMA Master, as amended by this Annex I, effect a substitution of Purchased Securities in accordance with Paragraph 9 of the SIFMA Master, as amended by this Annex I, so long as the resulting Market Value of the Purchased Securities (including the substituted Securities) will thereupon exceed the Buyer’s Margin Amount with respect to such Transaction.
(b)     Margin Excess Inapplicable . The provisions of Paragraph 4(b) of the SIFMA Master shall not apply to Transactions under this Agreement, and all references thereto or to “Margin Excess” in the SIFMA Master shall be disregarded; provided , that in the event the Market Value of any Transaction exceeds the Buyer’s Margin Amount with respect to such Transaction by more than $10 million, Seller shall be entitled to deliver an amended and restated Portfolio Schedule reflecting a Market Value for such Transaction at least equal to the Buyer’s Margin Amount.
(c)     Margin Deficit Cures . Paragraph 4(c) of the SIFMA Master is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“If any notice is given (or deemed given) by Buyer under subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph, Seller shall transfer cash or Additional Purchased Securities as provided in such subparagraph no later than three Business Days following its receipt (or deemed receipt) of such notice.”
(d)     Evidence of Additional Purchased Securities . Any transfer of Additional Purchased Securities in accordance with Paragraph 4(a) of the SIFMA Master, as amended by this Annex I, with respect to a Transaction shall be evidenced by an amendment and restatement of the Portfolio Schedule for such Transaction.
(e)     Threshold . In accordance with Paragraph 4(e) of the SIFMA Master, as amended by this Annex I, the Parties agree that the rights of Buyer under Paragraph 4(a) of the SIFMA Master, as amended by this Annex I, to require the elimination of any Margin Deficit may be exercised only where such Margin Deficit exceeds $10 million.
(f)     Margin Prepayments . Seller may, at its discretion in connection with any Transaction, elect to transfer cash to Buyer prior to (and in anticipation of) any Margin Deficit arising or the exercise by Buyer of its rights under Paragraph 4(a) of the SIFMA Master, as amended by this Annex I, and such cash shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement in the same manner as cash transferred by Seller pursuant to the aforementioned Paragraph 4(a); provided , that (i) Seller must provide Buyer with written notice of any such transfer at least three (3) Business Days’ in advance thereof, (ii) the amount to be transferred on any such occasion must be at least $10 million and (iii) the remaining Purchase Price of the outstanding Transaction after giving effect to any such transfer must be at least $10 million.

-6-



(g)     Treatment of Margin Payments . For purposes of Paragraph 4(d) of the SIFMA Master, as amended by this Annex I, any cash transferred in respect of Seller’s margin obligations with respect to any Transaction (including any prepayments contemplated by Paragraph 4(f) of this Annex I) shall be applied to reduce the Purchase Price of such Transaction.
(h)     Reporting of Margin Deficits . Seller shall provide Agent with the notices required pursuant to Section 5.3(o) of the Framework Agreement and, to the extent any such notice relates to a Margin Deficit in excess of the threshold specified in Paragraph 4(e) of this Annex I, Buyer shall be automatically deemed to have delivered a concurrent notice to Seller exercising its rights under Paragraph 4(a) of the SIFMA Master, as amended by this Annex I, to require the elimination of such Margin Deficit.
5.     Income Payments . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 5 of the SIFMA Master, unless an Event of Default with respect to Seller shall have occurred and (i) such Event of Default is continuing and (ii) Agent, on behalf of Buyers, has exercised remedies with respect to the Purchased Securities under Paragraph 11(d) of the SIFMA Master, as amended by this Annex I, Seller shall service the Purchased Securities, and be entitled to receive and retain all Income paid or distributed on or in respect of such Securities. All references in this Agreement to Income received by Buyer prior to such an Event of Default shall be disregarded.
6.     Security Interest . Paragraph 6 of the SIFMA Master is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) Seller hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of the Buyers, a first priority security interest in all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to all loans identified in the Portfolio Schedule applicable to each Transaction entered into under this Agreement, all rights to payment arising thereunder, all instruments that may from time to time evidence such loans and all rights arising under the loan agreements governing such loans, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and all proceeds thereof (collectively, the “Collateral”), to secure the Seller’s obligations under the Transaction Agreements (the “Secured Obligations”). This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral (notwithstanding any deemed repurchase by Seller under an expiring Transaction and simultaneous deemed purchase by Buyers under a subsequent Transaction of any Roll-Over Securities) and shall remain in full force and effect until such security interest is released pursuant to (and to the extent provided in) Paragraph 6(c) below or until all unpaid Repurchase Price with respect to outstanding Transactions under this Agreement have been indefeasibly paid in full (without application of any set off or netting). Agent (for the benefit of the Buyers) shall have, with respect to all the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies available to Agent (for the benefit of the Buyers) under the Transaction Agreements, all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

-7-



(b) Seller hereby authorizes Agent to file such financing statements (and continuation statements with respect to such financing statements when applicable) as may be necessary to perfect the security interest granted pursuant to the foregoing Paragraph 6(a) under the Uniform Commercial Code of the relevant jurisdiction (which financing statements may describe the collateral as “All of Debtor's right, title and interest in and to all loans identified in the schedule (as such schedule is amended and restated from time to time, each a "Portfolio Schedule") applicable to each transaction entered into under the 1996 SIFMA Master Repurchase Agreement dated as of February 3, 2016 (the "Repurchase Agreement"), between Debtor, Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A., New York Branch and the other Buyers from time to time party thereto, including Annex I thereto (and as amended thereby), all rights to payment arising thereunder, all instruments that may from time to time evidence such loans and all rights arising under the loan agreements governing such loans, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and all proceeds thereof.”).

(c) The security interest granted pursuant to the foregoing Paragraph 6(a) is released by Agent and the Buyers (i) upon payment of the Repurchase Price for any Transaction (including by application of set off or netting in accordance with Paragraph 12 of this Agreement (but subject to Paragraph 12 of Annex I hereto)), without further action by any Person, but solely with respect to the Purchased Securities in respect of such Transaction that are not Roll-Over Securities with respect to such Transaction, and (ii) upon any amendment and restatement of the Portfolio Schedule with respect to a Transaction in accordance with the terms hereof, without further action by any Person, but solely with respect to Purchased Securities previously identified in the existing Portfolio Schedule for such Transaction that are no longer identified in the amended and restated Portfolio Schedule for such Transaction. Agent hereby agrees, at Seller’s expense, to (x) file appropriate financing statement amendments to reflect such release and (y) agree to take such additional actions, as Seller may reasonably request to better evidence such release.”
7.     Payment and Transfer . Notwithstanding anything in Paragraph 7 of the SIFMA Master to the contrary, all transfers of Securities by one party to the other party shall be evidenced by the Portfolio Schedule attached to each Confirmation and any amendments thereto made in accordance with this Agreement; it being understood that upon Seller’s payment in full of the Repurchase Price with respect to a Transaction on any Repurchase Date (including as a result of netting), all Purchased Securities (other than Roll-Over Securities) shall be automatically deemed to be transferred and assigned from Buyer to Seller without further evidence thereof.
8.     Rehypothecation of Purchased Securities . Paragraph 8 of the SIFMA Master is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred with respect to Seller, Buyer shall be prohibited from

-8-



engaging in repurchase transactions with the Purchased Securities or otherwise selling, transferring, pledging or hypothecating the Purchased Securities.”
9.     Substitution . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 9 of the SIFMA Master, all substitutions of Purchased Securities pursuant to Paragraph 9 of the SIFMA Master, as amended by this Annex I, respect to any Transaction shall be evidenced by an amendment and restatement of the Portfolio Schedule for such Transaction.
10.     Representations . The representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Paragraph 10 of the SIFMA Master are hereby replaced with the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.1 of the Framework Agreement. It is acknowledged that Seller is also making the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5.2 of the Framework Agreement with respect to the Purchased Securities.
11.     Events of Default .
(a)     Replacement Events of Default . The Events of Default applicable to Seller set forth in Paragraph 11 of the SIFMA Master are hereby replaced with the Events of Default set forth in the definition thereof in the Framework Agreement.
(b)     Remedies . Paragraph 11(d) of the SIFMA Master is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“If the nondefaulting party is the Buyer and exercises or is deemed to have exercised the option referred to in subparagraph (a) of this Paragraph, Agent on behalf of the Buyers may, at its discretion and with such notice to the defaulting party as may be required by applicable law, immediately (i) take possession of and any or all Purchased Securities subject to any outstanding Transactions, at its discretion, (ii) subject to the requirements of applicable law, sell any or all such Purchased Securities, at such price or prices as Agent may reasonably deem satisfactory, and apply the proceeds thereof to the aggregate unpaid Repurchase Prices and any other amounts owing by the defaulting party hereunder or under any of the other Transaction Agreements (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that the defaulting party shall remain liable to the nondefaulting party for the excess of such aggregate unpaid Repurchase Prices and other amounts owing over any sale proceeds so applied); and (iii) generally exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable law.”
(c)     Replacement Securities Inapplicable . The provisions of Paragraph 11(e) of the SIFMA Master shall not apply to Transactions under this Agreement, and all references thereto or to “Replacement Securities” shall be disregarded.
12.     Single Agreement . With respect to any Transaction under this Agreement, and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the portion of the Repurchase Price for

-9-



such Transaction consisting of the Price Differential shall, in all circumstances, be paid by Seller by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of Agent set forth in Schedule 2 to the Framework Agreement on the Repurchase Date for such Transaction (or, if such Repurchase Date is not a Monthly Date, on the earlier of (i) next succeeding Monthly Date to occur following such Repurchase Date or (ii) the Facility Expiration Date), and such payment of the Price Differential shall not be subject to any setoff, netting or other application by Seller against other amounts, whether pursuant to Paragraph 12 of the SIFMA Master or otherwise.
13.     Miscellaneous .
(a)     Termination of Agreement . The last sentence of Paragraph 15(a) of the SIFMA Master is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

“This Agreement shall terminate on the Facility Expiration Date, except that this Agreement shall, notwithstanding such termination, remain applicable to any Transactions then outstanding.”
(b)     Other Inapplicable Provisions . Paragraphs 18, 19 and 20 of the SIFMA Master shall not be applicable to Transactions under this Agreement, and all terms and provisions thereof and references thereto shall be disregarded for purposes of this Agreement.
_____________________________________


-10-


 

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF CONFIRMATION


Dated:
[Date]     

To:
PHI Financial Services, Inc. ("Counterparty")
7100 NW 62
nd Avenue
P.O. Box 1050
Johnston, Iowa 50131

Attention:
Documentation
Email: [    ]

From:
Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A., New York Branch (“Rabobank”), as Agent for itself and for The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch (“BTMU”)
    
Tel:
Fax:

Re:    Confirmation of a Repurchase Transaction
____________________________________________________________________________________________

Dear PHI Financial Services, Inc.:

The purpose of this letter agreement (this "Confirmation") is to confirm the terms and conditions of the above referenced transaction entered into between Counterparty and Rabobank (on behalf of itself and the Buyers specified below) on the Purchase Date specified below (the "Transaction").

This Confirmation constitutes a "Confirmation" as referred to in the Master Repurchase Agreement specified below.
The definitions and provisions contained in such Master Repurchase Agreement are incorporated into this Confirmation. In the event of any inconsistency between such Master Repurchase Agreement and this Confirmation, this Confirmation will govern.

1.    This Confirmation supplements, forms part of, and is subject to, the 1996 SIFMA Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of February 3 2016, including Annex I thereto and as amended thereby (as further amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Master Repurchase Agreement”), among Counterparty, Rabobank and BTMU. All provisions contained in the Master Repurchase Agreement govern this Confirmation except as expressly modified below.

The terms of the particular Transaction to which this Confirmation relates are as follows:

2.
General Terms :


Purchase Date:
[Date]

Purchase Price:
$[    ]

Buyers:
[Rabobank and BTMU collectively.]

Seller:
Counterparty


 


Agent:
Rabobank

Purchased Securities:
Set forth on attached Portfolio Schedule

Pricing Rate
[    ]

Repurchase Date:
[Date] 1  

Repurchase Price:
$[    ]

Price Differential
$[    ]

3.
Security interest:     In accordance with and subject to the terms of the Master Repurchase Agreement, Seller hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of the Buyers, a first priority security interest in all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to all loans identified in the Portfolio Schedule applicable to the Transaction evidenced by this Confirmation, all rights to payment arising thereunder, all instruments that may from time to time evidence such loans and all rights arising under the loan agreements governing such loans, whether now existing or hereafter arising, and all proceeds thereof (collectively, the “Collateral”), to secure the Seller’s obligations under the Transaction Agreements (the “Secured Obligations”). Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as limiting or otherwise modifying the provisions of Paragraph 6 of the Master Repurchase Agreement.

4.
Governing law:     Unless otherwise provided in the Master Repurchase Agreement (in which case the law so specified shall govern), this Confirmation shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws as specified in the Master Repurchase Agreement.






[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
















______________________________________________
1 To be the earlier of (i) the Facility Expiration Date or (ii) the next Monthly Date to occur following the Purchase Date.


-2-




Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the terms of our agreement by executing the copy of this Confirmation enclosed for that purpose and returning it to us by electronic mail or by facsimile transmission to telecopier No. [    ].

Very truly yours,

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK, U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH


By: ______________________
Name:
Title:


By: ______________________
Name:
Title:


THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD., NEW YORK BRANCH

By Rabobank, as Agent

By: ______________________
Name:
Title:

By: ______________________
Name:
Title:


Confirmed as of the date first above written:


PHI FINANCIAL SERVICES, INC.


By: ______________________
Name:
Title:



-3-



EXHIBIT B
FORM OF PORTFOLIO SCHEDULE

Date: _________________________

Reference is hereby made to (i) the 1996 SIFMA Master Agreement dated as of February 3, 2016 (including, and as amended by, Annex I thereto, the “Master Repurchase Agreement”), among PHI Financial Services, Inc., Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A., New York Branch and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Master Repurchase Agreement.

[Applicable box to be checked below]

Portfolio Schedule for New Transaction. In accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Master Repurchase Agreement, this schedule constitutes the “Portfolio Schedule” for the Transaction evidenced by Confirmation to which this schedule is attached.

Amendment and Restatement of Portfolio Schedule. Further reference is made to the Confirmation dated as of __________, entered into in accordance with the Master Repurchase Agreement by Seller and each of the Buyers set forth in such Confirmation. In accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Master Repurchase Agreement, Seller hereby amends and restates the Portfolio Schedule to such Confirmation in its entirety with the information set forth below.

Part I: Balance and Market Value Summary



Aggregate Loan Balance of All Purchased Securities: _______________________

Aggregate Market Value of All Purchased Securities: _______________________

Weighted Average CBR Score of Transaction Portfolio:     _______________________

-4-



Part II: Key Metrics


Loans by Size
Loan Balance
# of Loans
Aggregate Market Value
% of Portfolio
Market Value
Average Market Value
0 to 10,000
 
 
 
 
10,001 to 25,000
 
 
 
 
25,001 to 50,000
 
 
 
 
50,001 to 100,000
 
 
 
 
100,001 to 250,000
 
 
 
 
250,001 to 500,000
 
 
 
 
500,001 to 1,000,000
 
 
 
 
1,000,001+
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Loans by CBR Score
CBR Score
# of Loans
% of Loans in Portfolio
Aggregate Market Value
% of Portfolio
Market Value
1-550
 
 
 
 
551-600
 
 
 
 
601-650
 
 
 
 
651-700
 
 
 
 
701-750
 
 
 
 
751-800
 
 
 
 
801+
 
 
 
 
No Score
 
 
 
 














-5-




Loans by Debtor Type
Debtor Type
# of Loans
% of Loans in Portfolio
Aggregate Market Value
% of Portfolio
Market Value
Corporation
 
 
 
 
Estate (Executor)
 
 
 
 
General Partnership
 
 
 
 
Individual
 
 
 
 
LLC
 
 
 
 
LLP
 
 
 
 
LP
 
 
 
 
Trust
 
 
 
 
Unknown
 
 
 
 



-6-



Part III: List of Purchased Securities
Loan ID No.
Debtor Type
CBR Score
Origination Date
Maturity Date
Interest Rate
Loan Balance
Market Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



-7-

Execution Version


Exhibit 10.21
MASTER FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT
This MASTER FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT (this “ Framework Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of February 3, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among:
Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A., New York Branch, a Dutch coöperatieve acting through its New York Branch (“ Rabobank ”) and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch, a Japanese banking corporation acting through its New York Branch (“ BTMU ”), as purchasers (collectively, the “ Buyers ”);
Rabobank, as Buyers’ agent (in such capacity, “ Agent ”); and
PHI Financial Services, Inc., an Iowa corporation (“ Seller ”).
Each of Agent, Buyers and Seller may also be referred to herein individually as a “ Party ”, and collectively as the “ Parties ”.
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Buyers have agreed to provide Seller with a facility under which Buyers and Seller will enter into certain sale and repurchase agreements with respect to Eligible Farmer Loans owned by Seller.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements and conditions set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:
1. Interpretation .
1.1      Definitions . All capitalized terms used in this Framework Agreement (including its recitals and Schedules) shall, unless defined herein, have the respective meanings set forth in Schedule 1 hereto.
1.2      Construction .
(a)      The headings, sub-headings and table of contents in this Framework Agreement shall not affect its interpretation. References in this Framework Agreement to Sections and Schedules shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be references to Sections of, and Schedules to, this Framework Agreement.
(b)      Words denoting the singular number only shall include the plural number also and vice versa; words denoting one gender only shall include the other genders and words denoting persons shall include firms and corporations and vice versa.

         



(c)      References to a Person are also to its permitted successors or assigns.
(d)      References in this Framework Agreement to any agreement or other document shall be deemed also to refer to such agreement or document as amended or varied or novated from time to time.
(e)      References to an amendment include a supplement, novation, restatement or re-enactment and amend and amended (or any of their derivative forms) will be construed accordingly.
(f)      Reference to a time of day is a reference to New York City time.
(g)      “Include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”
(h)      “Hereof”, “hereto”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Framework Agreement refer to this Framework Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Framework Agreement.
(i)      References to a “writing” or “written” include any text transmitted or made available on paper or through electronic means.
(j)      References to “$”, U.S. Dollars or otherwise to dollar amounts refer to the lawful currency of the United States.
(k)      References to a law include any amendment or modification to such law and any rules and regulations issued thereunder, whether such amendment or modification is made, or issuance of such rules and regulations occurs, before or after the Effective Date.
2.      Transaction Agreements .
2.1      Agreements to be Executed at the Closing . Concurrently with this Framework Agreement, the Parties intend to execute the following additional agreements (together with this Framework Agreement and each subsequent Confirmation entered into during the Facility Term subsequent to the Closing, the “ Transaction Agreements ”) to which they are party:
(a)      the Master Repurchase Agreement among Seller and the Buyers;
(b)      the Fee Letter among Seller and Buyers;
(c)      the Side Letter between Seller and Agent; and
(d)      the Guaranty.
2.2      Definitions . When used in any Transaction Agreement, capitalized terms not otherwise defined therein will, to the extent defined herein, have the meanings set forth in this Framework Agreement (including Schedule 1).

2     




3.      Closing; Closing Deliveries .
3.1      Closing . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Framework Agreement, the transactions contemplated in this Framework Agreement to occur concurrently with the execution hereof (other than the entry into any Confirmations) will take place at a closing (the “ Closing ”) to be held on the Effective Date at a mutually agreeable location or by the exchange of electronic documentation.
3.2      Seller Closing Deliverables . At the Closing or prior to the Closing, Seller will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to each Buyer:
(a)      an executed counterpart to each of the Transaction Agreements (other than any Confirmations) to which it is a party;
(b)      an executed counterpart of Guarantor to the Guaranty;
(c)      a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Seller, dated the Effective Date, certifying as to (i) the incumbency of the officers of Seller executing the Transaction Agreements, (ii) attached copies of Seller’s articles of incorporation and bylaws; and (iii) copies of all corporate approvals and consents of Seller that are required by it in connection with entering into, and the exercise of its rights and the performance of its obligations under, the Transaction Agreements;
(d)      a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Guarantor, dated the Effective Date, certifying as to (i) the incumbency of the officer(s) of Guarantor executing the Guaranty, (ii) attached copies of Guarantor’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws; and (iii) copies of all corporate approvals and consents of Guarantor that are required by it in connection with entering into, and the exercise of its rights and the performance of its obligations under, the Guaranty;
(e)      a customary legal opinion or opinions with respect to Seller opining on existence, due authorization and execution, absence of conflicts with Organizational Documents and with the Merger Agreement, binding nature of obligations, absence of violations of Law and no consents under Law; and
(f)      a customary legal opinion or opinions with respect to Guarantor opining on existence, due authorization and execution, absence of conflicts with Organizational Documents, binding nature of obligations, absence of violations of Law and no consents under Law.
3.3      Buyer Closing Deliverables . At the Closing or prior to the Closing, each Buyer will deliver to Seller and each other Buyer an executed counterpart to each of the Transaction Agreements (other than any Confirmations) to which it is a party.
3.4      Agent Closing Deliverables . At the Closing or prior to the Closing, Agent shall provide to Seller, an executed copy of IRS Form W-8IMY, indicating on Part VI that Agent is a U.S. branch of a foreign bank described in United States Department of Treasury Regulations section

3     



1.1441-1(b)(2)(iv)(A) agreeing to be treated as a U.S. person for purposes of withholding on payments under the Transaction Agreements.
3.5      Seller Initial Transaction Deliverables . On or prior to the Purchase Date for the initial Transaction hereunder, Seller will deliver, or cause to be delivered, to each Buyer:
(a)      results of a UCC lien search with respect to Seller for the State of Iowa as of a date not more than seven (7) days prior to the Closing;
(b)      fully prepared UCC-1 financing statements reflecting the Security Interests granted by Seller under the Master Repurchase Agreement; and
(c)      a customary legal opinion or opinions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, with respect to creation and perfection of security interests.
4.      Transactions .
4.1      Requests for Transactions .
(a)      Transaction Notices . Seller may, from time to time during the Facility Term, deliver a written notice, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and including a fully-completed proposed Portfolio Schedule (a “ Transaction Notice ”) to Agent requesting that Buyers enter into a Transaction on a Monthly Date (or, if Seller elects to terminate a Transaction pursuant to Paragraph 3(c)(ii) of Annex I to the Master Repurchase Agreement, on the effective date of such termination). Such notice shall be delivered to Agent not less than four (4) Business Days prior to the proposed Purchase Date for such proposed Transaction (or such later date as may be consented to by Agent, which consent may be conditioned on the consent of the Buyers). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the other Transaction Agreements, each Buyer agrees severally, and not jointly, to enter into such Transactions with Seller up to its respective Individual Commitment Amount as of the applicable Purchase Date.
(b)      Confirmation Process . Within one (1) Business Day of its receipt of a Transaction Notice, Agent shall deliver a fully completed draft Confirmation with respect to the proposed Transaction, attaching the related proposed Portfolio Schedule provided by Seller pursuant to Section 4.1(a). In the event Seller and Agent disagree with respect to any portion of the draft Confirmation or the proposed Portfolio Schedule or in the event Agent determines in good faith that any applicable Transaction Conditions are not, or will not be, satisfied as of the relevant Purchase Date, Seller or Agent (as applicable) shall promptly notify the other of the same, and Seller and Agent shall cooperate expeditiously and in good faith to resolve any such matters (to the extent the same are capable of being resolved). If the applicable Transaction Conditions are (or will be) satisfied as of the applicable Purchase Date, then Agent shall, on behalf of the Buyers and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5, enter into the proposed Transaction with Seller on the terms set forth in the draft Confirmation (as may be modified as agreed between Seller and Agent in accordance with the preceding sentence) by executing and delivering to Seller, on behalf of each such Buyer, a Confirmation evidencing such Transaction in accordance with the Master Repurchase Agreement.

4     



(c)      Failed Closings . If, on any proposed Purchase Date, the entry into a proposed Transaction on such date would otherwise fail to occur due to:
(i)      any failure of Seller and Agent to agree on the Confirmation or the Portfolio Schedule for such proposed Transaction in accordance with the foregoing Section 4.1(b) on or before such proposed Purchase Date;
(ii)      any failure as of such proposed Purchase Date of any applicable Transaction Condition to be satisfied with respect to such proposed Transaction;
(iii)      any unforeseen circumstance or event, such as a disruption in wire transfers, power or other mechanical or technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses, communications disruptions, work stoppages, natural disasters, fire, war, terrorism, riots, rebellions, or any circumstance beyond the control of the parties; or
(iv)      any other reason (other than the failure of a Deemed Roll-Over Condition to be satisfied);
then, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in any Transaction Agreement,
(x)     if the proposed Purchase Date is not a Monthly Date and any Current Transaction was specified for early termination on such proposed Purchase Date pursuant to Paragraph 3(c)(ii) of Annex I to the Master Repurchase Agreement, then notwithstanding such specification, such Current Transaction shall continue without termination on such proposed Purchase Date and no new Transaction shall be entered into on such proposed Purchase Date, and
(y)    if the proposed Purchase Date is a Monthly Date, then so long as the Deemed Roll-Over Conditions are satisfied as of such Monthly Date, and notwithstanding the failure of any Additional Funding Condition or Roll-Over Condition (which condition, in each case, is not also a Deemed Roll-Over Condition) to be satisfied as of such Monthly Date, Seller and Buyers shall be deemed to have entered into a new Roll-Over Transaction (a “ Deemed Roll-Over Transaction ”) on such Monthly Date in accordance with Section 4.1(d) below.
(d)      Deemed Roll-Over Transactions . In the event the Parties are deemed to have entered into a Deemed Roll-Over Transaction on any Monthly Date pursuant to the foregoing Section 4.1(c), such Deemed Roll-Over Transaction shall be deemed to be entered into on the same terms as those set forth in the final form of Confirmation (including the Portfolio Schedule thereto) governing the Transaction expiring on such Monthly Date, subject to the following modifications:
(A) the Purchase Date shall be the applicable Monthly Date on which such Deemed Roll-Over Transaction is deemed to have been entered into, and the applicable Pricing Rate shall be updated accordingly;
(B) the Repurchase Date shall be the earlier of the Facility Expiration Date or the next applicable Monthly Date following the Purchase Date;

5     



(C) the Portfolio Schedule applicable to the Deemed Roll-Over Transaction shall be: (i) in the event Seller has delivered to Agent a Portfolio Schedule by such Purchase Date designated for use in connection with entry into a Transaction on such Purchase Date and which satisfies clauses (vi) through (ix) of Section 4.3(a), such delivered Portfolio Schedule; and (ii) otherwise, the Portfolio Schedule for the prior Transaction expiring on such Monthly Date (the Portfolio Schedule described in this clause (ii), a “ Roll-Over Portfolio Schedule ”);
(D) if the Purchase Price set forth in the Confirmation for the expiring Transaction exceeds the Aggregate Commitment Amount applicable to such Deemed Roll-Over Transaction, the Purchase Price for such Deemed Roll-Over Transaction shall be reduced so as to be equal to such applicable Aggregate Commitment Amount, and Seller shall pay to Agent for the account of the Buyers any Funded Repurchase Price required to be paid by it as a result of such reduction; and
(E) in addition to any Funded Repurchase Price required to be paid by Seller on such Monthly Date in accordance with the terms hereof, Seller may, at its election, pay to Agent for the account of the Buyers an additional amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of Agent specified in Schedule 2 by or before 5:00 p.m. on such Monthly Date, which additional payment shall (i) reduce the Purchase Price for such Deemed Roll-Over Transaction and (ii) be treated as the payment of additional Funded Repurchase Price for all purposes hereunder and under the other Transaction Agreements; provided , that the Price Differential through the first two (2) Business Days of the Transaction Period for such Deemed Roll-Over Transaction shall be calculated as though the corresponding reduction of Purchase Price did not occur.
Promptly after entry into any Deemed Roll-Over Transaction, Seller and Agent shall cooperate expeditiously and in good faith to prepare, execute and deliver a Confirmation and Portfolio Schedule which, if treated as having been delivered in a timely manner in connection with a proposed Roll-Over Transaction to be entered into on the Purchase Date for such Deemed Roll-Over Transaction, would satisfy the applicable Roll-Over Conditions (excluding the condition described in Section 4.3(a)(iii), which need not be satisfied for purposes of this paragraph) as of such Purchase Date, to evidence and definitively document such Deemed Roll-Over Transaction, with the terms of such Confirmation, and if applicable, updated Portfolio Schedule, amending, restating and superseding any deemed terms specified in the preceding sentence as of the applicable Purchase Date, notwithstanding such later execution and delivery of such definitive documentation.
4.2      Funding of Transaction Purchase Prices .
(a)      Funding Notices . In the event Agent receives a Transaction Notice for a proposed Transaction in accordance with Section 4.1(a), Agent shall deliver to each other Buyer a written notice concerning such Transaction (a “ Funding Notice ”) not later than 10:00 a.m. on the date that is two (2) Business Days prior to the date of the proposed Transaction. Such notice shall (i) set forth the Purchase Date for the proposed Transaction, the amount of any Funded Purchase Price anticipated to be paid or Funded Repurchase Price anticipated to be received in connection with such Transaction, any Funding Amount payable by or Distribution Amount anticipated to be

6     



distributed to each Buyer in connection with the Transaction, any adjustments and related calculations made pursuant to Section 4.5 and the anticipated Aggregate Buyer Balance after giving effect to such Transaction, and (ii) be accompanied by a copy of the substantially final form of Confirmation to be entered into in connection with such Transaction.
(b)      Funding of Purchase Prices . Following receipt of any Funding Notice concerning a proposed Transaction, each Buyer shall fund its respective Funding Amount (if any) for such proposed Transaction by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of Agent specified in Schedule 2 no later than 11:00 a.m. on the Purchase Date for such Transaction (or such later time as Agent may determine with the consent of Seller (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld so long as the Funded Purchase Price is received for value on such Purchase Date)). Agent shall, subject to satisfaction of the Additional Funding Conditions, use such funds to pay the Funded Purchase Price for the Transaction on behalf of each of the Buyers in accordance with terms of the Master Repurchase Agreement and applicable Confirmation, upon which Seller will sell and assign, and Buyers will purchase, the Transaction Portfolio for such Transaction, with each Buyer receiving a fractional undivided interest in such Transaction Portfolio in accordance with its respective Undivided Funding Percentage as of the time of such purchase (after giving effect to the funding of such Payment Amounts and payment of such Funded Purchase Price). The closing of such Transaction and payment of such Funded Purchase Price shall occur at 12:00 noon on the Purchase Date (or such later time on such Purchase Date as Agent may determine with the consent of Seller (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld for so long as the Funded Purchase Price is received for value on such Purchase Date)).
(c)      Advance Payment of Funded Purchase Price . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.2(b) above, Agent may, at its sole discretion, on any Purchase Date for a Transaction in respect of which it anticipates receiving Funding Amounts from Buyers, transfer in advance any Funded Purchase Price anticipated to be payable in respect of such Transaction to Seller on such Purchase Date prior to Agent’s actual receipt of such Funding Amounts; provided , that if Agent does not receive all such Funding Amounts from Buyers by or before 5:00 p.m. on such Purchase Date, then subject to and in accordance with Section 4.5(a)(iii), Seller and each applicable Defaulting Buyer severally agree to pay to Agent forthwith on demand the amount of Funded Purchase Price transferred in advance corresponding to the Funding Amounts not received, with interest thereon at a rate reasonably determined by Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
(d)      Return of Excess Funding Amounts . In the event any Buyer has funded its respective Funding Amount on any proposed Purchase Date for an Additional Funding Transaction in accordance with Section 4.2(b), and either (i) Seller and Buyers fail to enter into such Additional Funding Transaction on such proposed Purchase Date or (ii) Seller and Buyers enter into an Additional Funding Transaction on such Purchase Date with respect to which less than all of the amount funded by such Buyer is actually applied to the payment of Funded Purchase Price on such Purchase Date, then Agent shall, promptly following either such event, refund to such Buyer the unused portion of such funded amount.

7     



4.3      Transaction Conditions .
(a)      The obligation of Buyers to enter into any Additional Funding Transaction shall be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions (in each case, as of the Purchase Date) (together, the “ Additional Funding Conditions ”):
(i)      with respect to the initial Transaction, each of the items required to be delivered by Seller in connection with such initial Transaction pursuant to Section 3.5 shall have been delivered in accordance with the terms hereof;
(ii)      all amounts then due and owing by Seller under the Fee Letter and the Side Letter shall have been paid in full;
(iii)      the Transaction Notice, including the proposed Portfolio Schedule required to be attached thereto, shall have been delivered to Agent in accordance with Section 4.1;
(iv)      Seller shall have delivered to Agent a duly executed counterpart to the applicable Confirmation;
(v)      each of the representations and warranties of Seller and Guarantor (as applicable) set forth in the Transaction Agreements (excluding any representations or warranties set forth in the Asset Representations, Warranties and Covenants) shall be true and correct in all material respects;
(vi)      the aggregate Market Value of the Transaction Portfolio for such Transaction (as set forth in the Portfolio Schedule to the Confirmation provided by Seller) shall be equal to or greater than 105% of the Purchase Price for such Transaction;
(vii)      all of the loans included in the Transaction Portfolio for such Transaction (as set forth in the Portfolio Schedule to the Confirmation provided by Seller) shall be Eligible Farmer Loans;
(viii)      the Weighted Average CBR Score with respect to the Transaction Portfolio for such Transaction shall be equal to or greater than 675;
(ix)      no less than seventy percent (70%) of the Eligible Farmer Loans comprising the Transaction Portfolio for such Transaction (based on their respective Book Values) shall have been made to Debtors that are natural persons;
(x)      the Purchase Date for such Transaction shall be at least 10 days prior to the Facility Expiration Date;
(xi)      the payment of the proposed Purchase Price would not cause (x) the Aggregate Buyer Balance (after giving effect to such payment) to exceed the Aggregate Commitment Amount applicable to such Transaction or (y) any Buyer’s Individual Buyer Balance (after giving effect to such payment) to exceed such Buyer’s applicable Individual Commitment Amount with respect to such Transaction;

8     



(xii)      no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing which has not been waived; and
(xiii)      no “Event of Default” shall have occurred and be continuing under the Revolver which has not been waived.
(b)      The obligation of Buyers to enter into any Roll-Over Transaction (other than a Deemed Roll-Over Transaction) shall be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions (in each case, as of the Purchase Date) (together, the “ Roll-Over Conditions ”):
(i)      each of the conditions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), and (vi) through (xi) of Section 4.3(a) shall have been satisfied; and
(ii)      no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing which has not been waived.
(c)      The deemed entry by Buyers into any Deemed Roll-Over Transaction shall be subject to satisfaction of the following conditions (in each case, as of the Purchase Date) (together, the “ Deemed Roll-Over Conditions ”):
(i)      the aggregate Market Value of the Transaction Portfolio for such Deemed Roll-Over Transaction (as set forth in the applicable Portfolio Schedule for such Deemed Roll-Over Transaction determined in accordance with Section 4.1(d)(C)) shall be equal to or greater than (x) 100% of the Purchase Price for such Transaction, if the applicable Portfolio Schedule for such Deemed Roll-Over Transaction is a Roll-Over Portfolio Schedule, or (y) 105% of the Purchase Price for such Transaction, in all other cases;
(ii)      each of the conditions set forth in clauses (vii) through (xi) of Section 4.3(a), as applied mutatis mutandis to the applicable terms of such Deemed Roll-Over Transaction and to the Transaction Portfolio set forth on the Portfolio Schedule for such Deemed Roll-Over Transaction, shall have been satisfied;
(iii)      if the prior Transaction expiring on such Purchase Date is a Deemed Roll-Over Transaction, Seller shall have executed and delivered definitive documentation evidencing such prior Deemed Roll-Over Transaction in accordance with the last sentence of Section 4.1(d) on or before the Business Day immediately preceding such Purchase Date; and
(iv)      no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing which has not been waived.
4.4      Funding of Transaction Repurchase Prices .
(a)      Seller’s Payment of Funded Repurchase Price . On each Repurchase Date for a Transaction on which Funded Repurchase Price (other than Funded Repurchase Price on account of accrued but unpaid Price Differential) is payable by Seller pursuant to the Transaction Documents (including, for the avoidance of doubt, on the Facility Expiration Date and the Commitment Reduction Date), Seller shall fund the Funded Repurchase Price for such Transaction

9     



by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of Agent specified in Schedule 2, no later than 5:00 p.m. on such Repurchase Date (or such later time as Seller may determine with the consent of Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld so long as such Funded Repurchase Price is received for value on such Repurchase Date)).
(b)      Distribution of Amounts Received by Agent . On any Business Day when Agent receives any Funded Repurchase Price or Margin Payment from Seller for any Transaction, Agent shall distribute to each Buyer such Buyer’s Distribution Amount in respect of such Funded Repurchase Price or Margin Payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of such Buyer set forth on Schedule 2 hereto (i) on the same Business Day if such Funded Repurchase Price or Margin Payment is received from Seller prior to 2:00 p.m. on such Business Day or (ii) otherwise, on the next succeeding Business Day.
(c)      Advances of Funded Repurchase Price . Notwithstanding the foregoing Section 4.4(b), Agent may, at its discretion, on any Repurchase Date when it anticipates receiving any Funded Repurchase Price from Seller, transfer in advance to each Buyer its anticipated Distribution Amount in respect of such anticipated Funded Repurchase Price on such Repurchase Date prior to Agent’s actual receipt of such Funded Repurchase Price; provided , that if Agent does not receive such Funded Repurchase Price from Seller by 5:00 p.m. on such Repurchase Date, each Buyer shall be required to promptly refund to Agent any such anticipated Distribution Amounts transferred in advance.
4.5      Defaulting Buyers .
(a)      Adjustment for Reduced Funding. Notwithstanding anything in this Article IV to the contrary, in the event that, on any Purchase Date on which Agent has entered into, or is obligated to enter into, an Additional Funding Transaction with respect to which any Funded Purchase Price is to be paid in accordance with Section 4.2(b), one or more Buyers (any such Buyer, a “ Defaulting Buyer ”) fails to fund its respective Funding Amount on such Purchase Date when and as required by Section 4.2(b), then Agent shall promptly give notice of such failure to Seller and each other Buyer. Upon Agent’s giving of such notice:
(i)      the Confirmation for such Additional Funding Transaction shall be amended (or, if already executed and delivered by Seller prior to Agent’s giving of such notice, shall be deemed to have been amended) so as to reduce the Purchase Price for such Additional Funding Transaction by the applicable Funding Amounts such Defaulting Buyers have failed to fund;
(ii)      when and as required pursuant to Section 4.2(b), and subject to the satisfaction of the Additional Funding Conditions otherwise applicable to such Additional Funding Transaction, Agent shall pay to Seller, on behalf of the Buyers (other than the Defaulting Buyer), any remaining unpaid Funded Purchase Price payable in respect of such Additional Funding Transaction (after giving effect to the reduction in Purchase Price pursuant to the foregoing Section 4.5(a)(i));

10     



(iii)      to the extent Agent has advanced any amounts to Seller pursuant to Section 4.2(c) on such Purchase Date in excess of the Funded Purchase Price payable in respect of such Additional Funding Transaction (after giving effect to the reduction in Purchase Price pursuant to the foregoing Section 4.5(a)(i)), Seller shall refund any such excess when and as required pursuant to Section accordance with Section 4.2(c);
(iv)      following such Purchase Date, Seller shall be entitled to exercise its rights under Paragraph 4(b) of Annex I to the Master Repurchase Agreement to address the excess Market Value of the Transaction Portfolio which may result from the failure of such Defaulting Buyer to fund.
(b)      Replacement of Buyers . Seller may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to any Defaulting Buyer and Agent, require such Defaulting Buyer to assign, without recourse, all of its rights and obligations under the Transaction Agreements (including its Individual Buyer Balance, Individual Commitment Amount and any undivided fractional interest it may own with respect to any Transaction Portfolio) to one or more existing Buyers or new Buyers that is willing to assume such obligations; provided that (i) Seller shall have received the prior written consent of Agent with respect to any new Buyer, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Defaulting Buyer shall have received payment of an amount equal to its Individual Buyer Balance and accrued and unpaid Price Differential, fees and all other amounts payable to it under the Transaction Agreements (which may be paid by the applicable assignee and/or by Seller) and (iii) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Law. No Buyer shall be required to make any such assignment if prior thereto, such Buyer shall have ceased to be a Defaulting Buyer in accordance with Section 4.5(c). Each Party agrees that an assignment required pursuant to this Section 4.5(b) may be effected pursuant to assignment documentation executed by Seller, Agent and the assignee and that the Defaulting Buyer required to make such assignment need not be a party thereto. In connection with any such assignment, each assignee of the Defaulting Buyer agrees to purchase (at par) Individual Buyer Balances of other non-Defaulting Buyers (together with corresponding portions of such other non-Defaulting Buyers’ undivided fractional interests in any Transaction Portfolio) as Agent may determine necessary to cause each non-Defaulting Buyer’s Undivided Funding Percentage in connection with the applicable Current Transaction to equal its Undivided Commitment Percentage with respect to such Current Transaction (in each case, after giving effect to such assignment and with such adjustments as Agent may deem appropriate to take into account any Buyers that remain Defaulting Buyers).
(c)      Reinstatement of Defaulting Buyers . In the event that Agent and Seller agree that a Defaulting Buyer has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Buyer to be a Defaulting Buyer, then such Buyer shall cease to be a Defaulting Buyer for all purposes hereof. In connection with any such reinstatement of a Defaulting Buyer, such Defaulting Buyer agrees to purchase (at par) Individual Buyer Balances of other non-Defaulting Buyers as Agent may determine necessary to cause each non-Defaulting Buyer’s Undivided Funding Percentage in connection with the applicable Current Transaction to equal its Undivided Commitment Percentage with respect to such Current Transaction (in each case, after giving effect to such reinstatement and with such adjustments as Agent may deem appropriate to take into account any Buyers that remain Defaulting Buyers).

11     



(d)      Replacement of Agent. In the event that Agent or any Affiliate thereof is a Defaulting Buyer, Buyers having more than 50% of the aggregate amount of Individual Commitment Amounts of all Buyers (excluding all Individual Commitment Amounts or Individual Buyer Balances of any Defaulting Buyer) may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to Seller and Agent, remove Agent in its capacity as such, and subject to Seller’s approval (not to be unreasonably withheld), appoint a successor. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the removed Agent and the removed Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Transaction Agreements. The fees payable by Seller to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Seller and such successor. Removed Agent agrees to execute such additional documents and perform such further acts as may be reasonably required or desirable to carry out or perform the foregoing provisions of this Section; provided that, to the extent removed Agent fails to promptly execute such additional documents and or to perform such further acts, successor Agent may, on behalf of removed Agent, execute such additional documents or perform such further acts.
(e)      Calculations . All calculations with respect to adjustments in the Undivided Commitment Percentages and Undivided Funding Percentages of, Funding Amounts owed by, or Distribution Amounts payable to, any Buyers resulting from any Buyer becoming a Defaulting Buyer or any actions taken by Agent pursuant to this Section 4.5 shall be made by Agent and communicated to Buyers in appropriate Funding Notices or other written notices (in all cases, with copies to Seller).
5.      Representations and Warranties; Certain Covenants .
5.1      Representations and Warranties of Seller . Seller represents to Agent and each Buyer that:
(a)      Organization and Authority . Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the Laws of the state of Iowa. Seller has full corporate power and authority to enter into the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party, to carry out its obligations thereunder, and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution and delivery by Seller of the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party and the performance by Seller of its obligations thereunder have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of Seller. The Transaction Agreements to which Seller is a party have been duly executed and delivered by Seller, and (assuming due authorization, execution, and delivery by each other Party) the Transaction Agreements to which Seller is a party constitute a legal, valid, and binding obligation of Seller enforceable against Seller in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity.
(b)      No Conflicts; Consents . The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of each of the Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements do not and will not: (A) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, or default under, any provision of the Organizational Documents of Seller; (B) conflict with or

12     



result in a violation or breach of any provision of any Law or Governmental Order applicable to Seller except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or (C) require the consent, notice or other action by any Person pursuant to, or result in a default or event of default under, any Contract to which Seller is a party, except: (1) as expressly set forth in the applicable Transaction Agreement, (2) as shall have been obtained by Seller as of the Effective Date or (3) as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No consent, approval, Permit, Governmental Order, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Authority is required by or with respect to Seller in connection with the execution and delivery of the Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements except as shall have been obtained by Seller or except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(c)      Legal Proceedings . There are no Actions pending or, to Seller’s knowledge, threatened against or by Seller or any Affiliate of Seller that challenge or seek to prevent, enjoin, or otherwise delay the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements.
(d)      Compliance with Laws . Seller is in compliance with all applicable Laws in connection with the performance of obligations or exercise of rights under the Transaction Agreements, except where the failure to be so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(e)      No Defaults . No Event of Default under this Framework Agreement has occurred and is continuing that has not been waived. Except as disclosed to Agent, no Potential Event of Default under this Framework Agreement has occurred and is continuing that has not been waived.
5.2      Asset Representations and Warranties . Seller represents or covenants, as applicable, to Agent and each Buyer with respect to each Eligible Farmer Loan included in the Transaction Portfolio for any outstanding Transaction that:
(a)      Accuracy of Information . The information regarding such Eligible Farmer Loan set forth on the Portfolio Schedule to the Confirmation for such Transaction (as corrected in accordance with Section 4.1(d), in the case of any Deemed Roll-Over Transaction) is true and correct in all material respects as of the Purchase Date for such Transaction.
(b)      Form of Loan Agreement . The Loan Agreement for such Eligible Farmer Loan is substantially in the form of one of the Deferred Payment Loan Agreements attached to Schedule 3 hereto or any other form of Loan Agreement provided to and deemed satisfactory by Agent.
(c)      Enforceability . Such Eligible Farmer Loan and related Loan Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by all parties thereto, and constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation of each such party enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity.

13     



(d)      No Conflicts; Consents . The execution, delivery and performance by Seller and each applicable Debtor under such Eligible Farmer Loan of the Loan Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby do not and will not conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any provision of any Law or Governmental Order applicable to Seller except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and no consent, approval, Permit, Governmental Order, declaration or filing with, or notice to, any Governmental Authority is required by or with respect to Seller or any Affiliate of Seller in connection with the execution and delivery of the Loan Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby except as shall have been obtained by Seller or such Affiliate as of the date of such Loan Agreement or except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(e)      No Modifications . Except in accordance with its ordinary servicing practices (so long as the related modification, alteration or amendment would not (i) cause such loan to cease to be an Eligible Farmer Loan, (ii) breach any of the other Asset Representations, Warranties and Covenants, (iii) reduce the amount payable under the Eligible Farmer Loan (other than as a result of a prepayment), (iv) extend the stated maturity date of such Eligible Farmer Loan or (v) reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect) or as consented to by Agent, Seller is not a party to any Contract or other legally binding arrangement with any Debtor in relation to such Eligible Farmer Loan that modifies, alters or amends any of the terms in the related Loan Agreement.
(f)      Compliance with Laws .
(i)      Seller and its Affiliates are in compliance with all applicable Laws with respect to the making of such Eligible Farmer Loan (including all applicable “know your customer” Laws), except where the failure to be so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(ii)      None of Seller, any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of Seller, any Affiliate of Seller or any director, officer, agent or other person acting on behalf of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries (i) is a Sanctioned Person, (ii) transacts with, or has any investments in, any Sanctioned Country or Sanctioned Person or (iii) is the subject of any action or investigation under any Sanctions Laws or Anti-Money Laundering Laws.
(iii)      None of Seller, any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of Seller, any director, officer, agent or other person acting on behalf of Seller or any of its Subsidiaries has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of Anti-Corruption Laws; and Seller has instituted and maintains policies and procedures designed to ensure continued compliance therewith.
(g)      Legal Proceedings . There is no Action pending or, to the knowledge of Seller, threatened against Seller relating to such Eligible Farmer Loan or which seeks the issuance of an order restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting or making illegal the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Agreement, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

14     



(h)      Segregation of Eligible Farmer Loans . All Eligible Farmer Loans included in the Portfolio Schedule for the Current Transaction that are in the possession of Seller shall be segregated from other securities in its possession and shall be identified as subject to the Transaction Agreements. Segregation may be accomplished by appropriate identification on the books and records of Seller.
5.3      Certain Covenants . Seller covenants with Agent and each Buyer as follows:
(a)      Taxes . Subject to the provisions of Section 6.8 and the provision by each Buyer of any relevant IRS forms and related documentation confirming its exemption from withholding Taxes, Seller will pay all relevant Taxes and make all relevant returns in respect of Taxes in relation to any Purchased Securities and Seller shall indemnify and hold each Buyer harmless from and against any such Taxes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller shall remit all Direct Taxes to the applicable Governmental Authority relating to the Purchased Securities as and when due and Seller shall indemnify and hold Buyer harmless from and against any such Taxes.
(b)      Performance of Loan Agreements . Seller shall perform and comply with each Loan Agreement governing an Eligible Farmer Loan included in the Transaction Portfolio for the Current Transaction in such a way as would not (or would not reasonably be expected to) materially affect the entitlement and/or ability to receive and/or to recover and/or enforce and/or collect payment of the full amount of such Eligible Farmer Loan, and the exercise by Agent of its rights under this Framework Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements shall not relieve Seller of such obligations.
(c)      Indemnification . Seller will indemnify and keep indemnified Agent, each Buyer, their Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents and their successors and assigns (each, an “Indemnified Party” ) against any cost, claim, loss, expense, liability or damages (including reasonable legal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) arising out of or involving a claim or demand made by any Person (other than by Seller, any of its Affiliates or any Indemnified Party) against such Indemnified Party (each a Claim ) and incurred or suffered by it in connection with:
(i)      any representation or warranty made by Seller under or in connection with any Transaction Agreement (including with respect to any Portfolio Schedule delivered by Seller pursuant hereto) that shall have been false or incorrect when made or deemed made (without regard to any knowledge, materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifiers contained therein);
(ii)      the failure by Seller, to comply with any applicable Law with respect to any Eligible Farmer Loan included in any Transaction Portfolio, or the nonconformity of any such Eligible Farmer Loan included therein or any related Contract with any such applicable Law, rule or regulation or any failure of Seller to keep or perform any of its obligations, express or implied, with respect to any Contract;

15     



(iii)      any failure of Seller to perform its duties, covenants or other obligations in accordance with the provisions of any Transaction Agreement;
(iv)      any products liability, personal injury or damage, suit or other similar claim arising out of or in connection with merchandise, insurance or services that are the subject of any Eligible Farmer Loan in which any Indemnified Party becomes involved as a result of any of the Transactions contemplated hereby;
(v)      any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to or arising from any Transaction Agreement, the Transactions contemplated hereby, Seller’s use of the proceeds of such Transactions, the ownership of the Eligible Farmer Loans originated by Seller or any other investigation, litigation or proceeding relating to Seller in which any Indemnified Party becomes involved as a result of any of the Transactions contemplated hereby;
(vi)      any action or omission by Seller which reduces or impairs the rights of Buyer with respect to any Eligible Farmer Loan or the value of any such Eligible Farmer Loan; and
(vii)      any civil penalty or fine assessed by OFAC or any other Governmental Authority administering any Sanctions Law or Anti-Money Laundering Law against, and all reasonable costs and expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with defense thereof by any Buyer as a result of any action of Seller;
provided , that notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Seller be liable hereunder to any Indemnified Party or any other Person for (A) any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages, even if Seller has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action or (B) Claims to the extent arising from any Indemnified Party’s breach, bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.
(d)      Approvals and Filings . Except as would not (or would not reasonably be expected to) materially affect the entitlement and/or ability to receive and/or to recover and/or enforce and/or collect payment of the full amount in the Eligible Farmer Loans, Seller shall maintain such Permits and make such filings, registrations and submissions as are necessary or advisable for the performance of its obligations under the Loan Agreements relating to the Eligible Farmer Loans.
(e)      Books and Records . Seller shall keep all its books, records and documents evidencing or relating to the Eligible Farmer Loans in accordance with its practice and procedures from time to time. Seller shall, but only upon Agent’s reasonable request in advance of the same, during normal business hours at reasonably accessible offices in the continental United States designated by Seller, and subject to Seller’s normal security and confidentiality procedures, permit Agent or any of its agents or representatives to examine and make copies of and abstracts from the records, books of account and documents (including computer tapes and disks) of Seller, visit the properties of Seller for the purpose of examining or obtaining access to such records, books of account and documents, and discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of Seller relating to the

16     



Eligible Farmer Loans with any of its officers, and Seller shall be obligated to reimburse Agent for the costs and expenses of one such examination during the Facility Term.
(f)      No Sales, Liens . Seller (i) shall not sell, assign or grant any Security Interest on or otherwise encumber any Eligible Farmer Loan subject to a Transaction or any Loan Agreement under which such Eligible Farmer Loan arises except as expressly contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, (ii) shall not permit any Security Interest to exist on or with respect to, any such Eligible Farmer Loan or Loan Agreement except as expressly contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, and (iii) will defend the right, title and interest of the Buyers in, to and under any of the foregoing.
(g)      No Waivers, Amendments . Except to the extent arising in the ordinary course of business and except as required by Section 5.3(h), Seller shall not (x) cancel, terminate, amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any Loan Agreement for an Eligible Farmer Loan subject to a Transaction (including reducing the amount of such Eligible Farmer Loan) or (y) take any other action that, in each case, may materially affect any entitlement and/or ability to receive and/or recover and/or enforce and/or collect payment in full of the full amount of the Eligible Farmer Loan, or otherwise prejudice any Buyer’s interest in any Eligible Farmer Loan in any material respect.
(h)      Ordinary Course . Seller shall follow its credit and collection procedures with respect to the Eligible Farmer Loans in accordance with its ordinary course of dealing as in effect from time to time without regard to the Transactions contemplated hereby, and shall use the same standards it would follow with respect to Eligible Farmer Loans which are owned by Seller.
(i)      Notice of Defaults . Seller shall provide Agent with prompt notice upon becoming aware of any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default.
(j)      Changes in Credit and Collection Procedures . Seller shall provide Agent with prompt notice, and in all instances at least sixty (60) days prior to the effectiveness of any material change in or material amendment to the credit and collection procedures (other than any such change or amendment required by applicable Law, in which case Seller shall provide notice to Agent of such change or amendment as promptly as practicable), a copy of the credit and collection procedures then in effect and a notice indicating such proposed change or amendment.
(k)      Information Required by Governmental Authorities . Subject to applicable Laws prohibiting or limiting such disclosure or provision of such information, documents, records or reports, Seller shall provide each Buyer promptly, from time to time upon request, such information, documents, records or reports relating to the Eligible Farmer Loans or Seller as such Buyer (or its assigns) may be required by a Governmental Authority to obtain; provided , that each such Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the confidentiality of such information, documents, records or reports to the extent consistent with applicable Law, Seller’s normal privacy and confidentiality procedures, the terms of the Data Transfer Agreement and any confidentiality provisions or restrictions contained therein.
(l)      Accounting . Seller shall comply with all required accounting and Tax disclosures related to the Transactions in accordance with GAAP and applicable Law, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

17     



(m)      Changes Concerning Seller . Seller will not undergo a Change of Control or change its (i) jurisdiction of organization, (ii) name, (iii) identity or structure (within the meaning of Article 9 of the UCC), unless it shall have notified Agent of the same and delivered to Agent all financing statement amendments and other documents necessary to maintain the perfection of the Security Interests granted by Seller under the Transaction Agreements in connection with such change, relocation or Change of Control.
(n)      Compliance . Seller will not directly or indirectly use, and shall not permit its Subsidiaries and its or their respective directors, officers, employees and, to the knowledge of Seller and to the extent commercially reasonable, agents to directly or indirectly use, the proceeds of any Transaction (i) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Money Laundering Laws or Anti-Corruption Laws, (ii) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, in violation of Sanctions Laws, or (iii) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions or Sanctions Laws by any Person (including any Party hereto). Seller shall, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to, use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that no funds used to pay the obligations under any Transaction Agreement (i) constitute the property of, or are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Sanctioned Person, (ii) are derived from any transactions or business with any Sanctioned Person or Sanctioned Country, or (iii) are derived from any unlawful activity, including activity in violation of Anti-Money Laundering Laws or Anti-Corruption Laws. Seller will maintain in effect policies and procedures designed to promote compliance by Seller, its Subsidiaries, and their respective directors, officers, employees, and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws.
(o)      Margin Compliance During Final Two Months . On each Recalculation Date, Seller shall recalculate the aggregate Market Value of the Transaction Portfolio for the Current Transaction as of the close of business on the Business Day that is three (3) Business Days before such Recalculation Date, and based on such recalculations, shall notify Agent in writing (i) no later than the second Business Day following such Recalculation Date if the aggregate Market Value of such Transaction Portfolio decreases to an extent sufficient to result in a Margin Deficit exceeding fifty percent (50%) of the applicable threshold specified in Paragraph 4(e) of Annex I to the Master Repurchase Agreement and (ii) promptly if the aggregate Market Value of such Transaction Portfolio decreases to an extent sufficient to result in a Margin Deficit exceeding the applicable threshold specified in Paragraph 4(e) of Annex I to the Master Repurchase Agreement.
(p)      Servicing Information . In the event that Agent reasonably determines, with notice to Seller, that the likelihood of an Event of Default occurring has increased by an amount that it deems material, Seller shall within ten (10) Business days following receipt of such notice, provide Agent with an updated Portfolio Schedule for the Current Transaction, which updated Portfolio Schedule shall include, for each Debtor with respect to each Eligible Farmer Loan listed on the Portfolio Schedule, the name, address, phone number, email address of, and principal contact at, each such Debtor and each Portfolio Schedule delivered hereunder thereafter shall contain such additional information; provided , that, for the avoidance of doubt, any removal by Seller of Eligible Farmer Loans from the applicable Transaction Portfolio prior to or in connection with the delivery

18     



of such updated Portfolio Schedule and other documents must comply with the applicable requirements of this Framework Agreement and the Master Repurchase Agreement. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Seller, upon a written request from Agent, provide to Agent (i) within ten (10) Business Days following receipt of such request with a list of all invoices provided to the Debtors under the Eligible Farmer Loans comprising the Transaction Portfolio, (ii) within four weeks following receipt of such request, copies of all loan agreements with and invoices pertaining to, such Debtors and corresponding Eligible Farmer Loans, which delivery shall be effected at an approximate rate of 25% of such loan agreements and invoices per week, it being understood that delivery at a faster rate in earlier weeks may result in a smaller percentage being delivered in later weeks and (iii) as promptly as practicable following receipt of such request, any other documents which may be necessary or appropriate to enforce Seller’s rights in connection with such Eligible Farmer Loans.
6.      Agent .
6.1      Appointment and Authority .

(a)      Each of the Buyers hereby irrevocably appoints Rabobank to act on its behalf as Agent hereunder and under the other Transaction Agreements and authorizes Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to Agent by the terms hereof or thereof (including the power to execute and deliver Confirmations on behalf of such Buyer in accordance with Sections 4.1 and 4.5 of this Framework Agreement and the Master Repurchase Agreement), together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article VI (other than the proviso to the first sentence of Section 6.5) are solely for the benefit of Agent, and neither Seller nor Guarantor shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.
(b)      Each of the Buyers hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes Agent to act as the agent of such Buyer for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Security Interests on Purchased Securities granted by Seller under the Transaction Agreements, including the filing in Agent’s name of any financing statements on behalf of Buyers, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Buyer hereby authorizes Agent to exercise any rights and remedies on its behalf hereunder or under the other Transaction Agreements in respect of such Security Interests.
(c)      Agent hereby agrees that it will promptly deliver to each Buyer copies of each Confirmation and Portfolio Schedule and any notices or written information received by Agent from Seller or Guarantor in connection with any Transaction Agreement (other than the Side Letter).
6.2      Rights as a Buyer . The Person serving as Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Buyer as any other Buyer and may exercise the same as though it were not Agent and the term “Buyer” or “Buyers” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with

19     



Seller, Guarantor or any of their Affiliates as if such Person were not Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Buyers.
6.3      Exculpatory Provisions . The Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Transaction Agreements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Agent:

(i)      shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;
(ii)      shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers; and
(iii)      shall not, except as expressly set forth herein or in the other Transaction Agreements, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Seller, Guarantor or any of their Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.
Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Event of Default unless and until notice describing such Event of Default as such is given to Agent by Seller, Guarantor or a Buyer.
Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Framework Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Event of Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Framework Agreement, any other Transaction Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Purchased Securities or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article III, Section 4.3 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to Agent.
6.4      Reliance by Agent . Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. Agent may consult with legal counsel, independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

20     



6.5      Delegation of Duties . Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Transaction Agreement by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by Agent; provided , that with respect to any sub-agents taking actions with respect to, or receiving information in respect of, Eligible Farmer Loans that are not wholly-owned Subsidiaries of Agent and could reasonably be considered a competitor of Seller, but only insofar as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Agent shall have first obtained the prior written consent of Seller. Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of Agent and any such sub-agent.
6.6      Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Buyers . Each Buyer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Buyer or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Framework Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements. Each Buyer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Buyer or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Framework Agreement, any other Transaction Agreement or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
6.7      Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to Seller or Guarantor, Agent shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(i)      to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of any amounts that are owing by Seller or Guarantor under any Transaction Agreement and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Buyers and Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Buyers, Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due to the Buyers and Agent under any Transaction Agreement) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(ii)      to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, curator, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Buyer to make such payments to Agent and, in the event that Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Buyers, to pay to Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Agents and their respective agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to Agent hereunder or under any Transaction Agreement.
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Buyer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or

21     



composition affecting the obligations of Seller or Guarantor under any Transaction Agreement or the rights of any Buyer or to authorize Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Buyer in any such proceeding.
6.8      Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any applicable Law, Agent may withhold from any payment to any Buyer an amount equal to any applicable withholding Tax; provided , that Agent shall ensure that the withholding does not exceed the minimum amount legally required and Agent shall pay the amount withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. If the IRS or any other authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that Agent did not properly withhold Tax from any amount paid to or for the account of any Buyer for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed, or because such Buyer failed to notify Agent of a change in circumstances that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding Tax ineffective), such Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless Agent (to the extent that Agent has not already been reimbursed by Seller or Guarantor and without limiting or expanding the obligation of Seller or Guarantor to do so) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by Agent as Tax or otherwise, including any penalties, additions to Tax or interest thereon, together with all expenses incurred, including legal expenses and any out-of-pocket expenses, whether or not such Tax was correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided , that Buyer shall not be required to indemnify Agent for penalties, addition to Tax or interest thereon, or any expenses incurred, to the extent the failure to withhold results from Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Buyer by Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Buyer hereby authorizes Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Buyer under this Framework Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement against any amount due to Agent under this Article VI. The agreements in this Article VI shall survive any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Buyer, the expiration of the Facility Term and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under this Framework Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements. Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time shall Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Buyer any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the account of such Buyer.
7.      Payment To Agent; Several Obligations And Certain Calculations .
7.1      Payments to Agent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, all amounts payable to any Buyer in connection with any Transaction shall be paid to Agent, and Agent shall distribute such payments to the Buyers in accordance with Section 4.4. As between Seller and the Buyers, any payment of such amounts to Agent shall be treated as payments to the Buyers and neither Seller nor Guarantor shall have any liability for the failure of Agent to comply with the preceding sentence.
7.2      Several Obligations. The obligations of the Buyers hereunder are several, and no Buyer shall have any obligation or liability for the failure of any other Buyer to perform its obligations hereunder.


22     



7.3      Certain Calculations . Agent shall calculate the Undivided Commitment Percentages, Undivided Funding Percentages, Funded Purchase Prices, Funding Amounts, Distribution Amounts, Aggregate Commitment Amount, Aggregate Buyer Balance, Individual Commitment Amounts, Individual Buyer Balances, Breakage Amounts, the amounts of any fees payable under the Fee Letter or the Side Letter and all other amounts to be calculated under the Transaction Agreements, as well as any adjustments thereto, which calculations shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Upon the reasonable request of Seller, any Buyer or Guarantor for any such calculations, Agent shall promptly provide such calculations to such Person.
8.      Confidentiality .
8.1      Duty to Preserve Confidentiality . Except as otherwise provided herein, each Receiving Party agrees, for a period of two (2) years following the termination or expiration of this Framework Agreement, to hold in confidence all Confidential Information furnished by the Disclosing Party, to not disclose any Confidential Information to any third party, and to use Confidential Information solely for purposes of the transactions contemplated by this Framework Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements; provided , that such Confidential Information may be disclosed to Representatives of such Receiving Party as reasonably necessary in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Framework Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements, so long as such Representatives are similarly bound by an obligation of confidentiality (including by means of applicable policies of the Receiving Party).
8.2      Permitted Disclosure . Notwithstanding the foregoing Section, a Receiving Party shall be permitted to disclose Confidential Information of a Disclosing Party if the Receiving Party is required by applicable Law or other legal process or requested by any Governmental Authority asserting jurisdiction over the Receiving Party or its Affiliates, or as necessary or appropriate to enforce its rights under the Transaction Agreements. Such Receiving Party agrees that in the event of any such disclosure (other than as a result of an examination by a Governmental Authority or other regulatory authority), it will notify the Disclosing Party as soon as practicable, unless such notification shall be prohibited by applicable Law. Such Receiving Party shall disclose only that portion of the Confidential Information that, in the reasonable judgment of such Receiving Party and its Representatives, is legally required (or, in the case of request by a Governmental Authority or other regulatory authority, that portion ordinarily disclosed in accordance with the Receiving Party’s usual practice with respect to such requests) and shall disclose the Confidential Information in a manner reasonably designed to preserve its confidential nature.
8.3      Return of Confidential Information . Unless otherwise specified in writing, all Confidential Information shall remain the property of the Disclosing Party. Upon request of the Disclosing Party, the Receiving Party agrees to return or destroy all Confidential Information received from the Disclosing Party; provided , that (i) the Receiving Party and its Representatives may retain Confidential Information to the extent required by any applicable Law, by any supervisory or regulatory body or by its internal record retention policy, and (ii) the Receiving Party and its Representatives shall in no event be required to erase, destroy or return any information from computer systems or hard drives, tapes, memory or other electronic forms of information retention

23     



processes, materials or equipment. All Confidential Information so retained shall remain subject to the confidentiality obligations set forth herein.
8.4      Data Transfer Agreement . In addition to the confidentiality provisions set forth in Section 8.1, but subject to the provisions of Sections 8.2 and 8.3 concerning permitted disclosures and retention, each Buyer agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Data Transfer Agreement that are applicable to the “Company” thereunder as though such Buyer were a signatory to such Data Transfer Agreement as the “Company” thereunder.
9.      Miscellaneous .
Except as otherwise expressly set forth in a Transaction Agreement, the following will apply to all Transaction Agreements:
9.1      Copies of Records; Further Assurances . Each Party will promptly provide, upon the other Party’s written request, copies of the other Party’s records in a Party’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ possession or control. Each Party will promptly execute, or cause its Subsidiaries to promptly execute, such other documents and instruments, and provide such other assurances, as reasonably necessary to carry out the purpose and intent of the Transaction Agreements.
9.2      Expenses . Except as otherwise set forth in the Engagement Letter or in any Transaction Agreement, all costs and expenses, including fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors, and accountants, incurred in connection with any Transaction Agreement will be paid by the Party incurring those costs and expenses.
9.3      Entire Agreement . This Framework Agreement, together with the other Transaction Agreements, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all prior oral and written negotiations, communications, discussions, and correspondence pertaining to the subject matter of the Transaction Agreements (other than, with respect to reimbursement of expenses, the Engagement Letter).
9.4      Order of Precedence . If there is a conflict between this Framework Agreement and any other Transaction Agreement, this Framework Agreement will control unless the conflicting provision of the other Transaction Agreement specifically references the provision of this Framework Agreement to be superseded.
9.5      Amendments and Waivers . The Transaction Agreements may only be amended or modified (including any waiver of or exception to any obligation or covenant under a Transaction Agreement) by an instrument in writing signed by each Party hereto. For the avoidance of doubt, Agent is not authorized to sign any waiver or amendment on behalf of any Buyer without the consent of such Buyer.
9.6      Binding Effect . The Transaction Agreements will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns.

24     



9.7      Assignment . Except as provided in this Framework Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement, neither this Framework Agreement nor any other Transaction Agreement, respectively, may be assigned or otherwise transferred, nor may any right or obligation hereunder or under another Transaction Agreement be assigned or transferred by any Party without the consent of the other Parties. Any permitted assignee shall assume all obligations of its assignor under this Framework Agreement; provided , that in the event of any assignment by a Defaulting Buyer required pursuant to Section 4.5(b), any indemnity obligations owed to or by such Defaulting Buyer under the Transaction Agreements shall survive such assignment. This Framework Agreement is binding upon the permitted successors and assigns of the Parties. Any attempted assignment not in accordance with this Section 9.7 shall be void.
9.8      Notices . All notices, requests, demands, and other communications required or permitted to be given under any of the Transaction Agreements by either Party must be in writing delivered to the applicable Party at the following address:
If to Rabobank or Agent:    
Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A., New York Branch
 
 
245 Park Avenue
 
 
New York, New York 10167
 
 
Attention:
Michael Lahaie
 
 
 
 
 
E-Mail:
Michael.Lahaie@rabobank.com
 
 
 
 

With copy to:
Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A., New York Branch
 
 
245 Park Avenue
 
 
New York, New York 10167
 
 
Attention:
Chris Kortlandt
 
 
 
 
 
E-Mail:
Chris.Kortlandt@rabobank.com
 
 
 
 
If to BTMU:    
The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.
 
 
1251 Avenue of the Americas
 
 
New York, New York 10020-1104
 
 
Attention:
Arnold Schraa
 
 
 
 
E-Mail:
aschraa@us.mufg.jp
 
 
 







25     



With copy to:
The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.
 
 
1251 Avenue of the Americas
 
 
New York, NY 10020-1104
 
 
Attention:
Nicholas Sopkin
 
 
 
 
 
E-Mail:
nsopkin@us.mufg.jp
 
 
 
 

If to Seller:    
PHI Financial Services, Inc.
 
 
7100 NW 62 nd  Avenue
 
 
P.O. Box 1050
 
 
Johnston, Iowa 50131
 
 
Attention:
Secretary
 
 
 
 
 
E-Mail:
mike.wineland@pioneer.com
 
 
 
 

With a copy to:    
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
 
 
974 Centre Road
 
 
Chestnut Run Plaza 730/5218
 
 
Wilmington, Delaware 19805
 
 
Attention:
Treasury Consultant and Corporate Secretary
 
 
 
 
 
E-Mails:
james.p.donaghey@dupont.com
 
 
 
 
 
erik.t.hoover@dupont.com
 
 
 
 
or to such other address as any Party may designate by written notice to the other Party. Each notice, request, demand, or other communication will be deemed given and effective, as follows: (i) if sent by hand delivery, upon delivery; (ii) if sent by first-class U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, upon the earlier to occur of receipt or three days after deposit in the U.S. Mail; (iii) if sent by a recognized prepaid overnight courier service, one Business Day after the date it is given to such service; (iv) if sent by facsimile, upon receipt of confirmation of successful transmission by the facsimile machine; and (iv) if sent by email, upon acknowledgement of receipt by the recipient.
9.9      GOVERNING LAW . THIS FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.

26     



9.10      Jurisdiction . Each Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:
(a)      submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Framework Agreement, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the state of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York and appellate courts from any thereof;
(b)      consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;
(c)      agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the applicable party at its respective address set forth in Section 9.8 or at such other address which has been designated in accordance therewith; and
(d)      agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by Law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction.
9.11      WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO ANY OF THE TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY AGAINST THE OTHER, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, OR OTHERWISE. EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION WILL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE PREVIOUS SENTENCE, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM, OR OTHER PROCEEDING THAT SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF ANY PORTION OF ANY TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS. THIS WAIVER WILL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT, RENEWAL, SUPPLEMENT, OR MODIFICATION TO ANY OF THE TRANSACTION AGREEMENTS.
9.12      Severability . If any provision of a Transaction Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unenforceable, or void, that provision will be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, and the remainder of the applicable Transaction Agreement will remain in full force and effect. If the time period or scope of any provision is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to exceed the maximum time period or scope that that court deems enforceable, then that court will reduce the time period or scope to the maximum time period or scope permitted by Law.

27     



9.13      Survival . The provisions of Section 5.3(c), Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII and this Article IX shall survive any termination or expiration of this Framework Agreement and any of the other Transaction Agreements.
9.14      Counterparts . The Transaction Agreements and any document related to the Transaction Agreements may be executed by the Parties on any number of separate counterparts, by facsimile or email, and all of those counterparts taken together will be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signatures are physically attached to the same document. A facsimile or portable document format (“.pdf”) signature page will constitute an original for the purposes of this Section 9.14.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


28     


 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Master Framework Agreement as of the date first written above.
Buyer and Agent:

Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A., New York Branch



By:
/s/ Michael J. Lahaie
Name:
Michael J. Lahaie
Title:
Vice President


By:
/s/ Vikram Malkani
Name:
Vikram Malkani

Title:
Managing Director


[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

         
        
[Signature Page to Master Framework Agreement]

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Master Framework Agreement as of the date first written above.
Buyers:

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch



By:
/s/ Nicholas Sopkin
Name:
Nicholas Sopkin

Title:
Managing Director





[SIGNATURE PAGES CONTINUE ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

[Signature Page to Master Framework Agreement]

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Master Framework Agreement as of the date first written above.

Seller:

PHI Financial Services, Inc.



By:
 /s/ Daniel R. Bouchard
Name:
Daniel R. Bouchard
Title:
President






[Signature Page to Master Framework Agreement]

 

SCHEDULE 1
DEFINITIONS
As used in the Transaction Agreements, the following terms have the following meanings unless otherwise defined in any Transaction Agreement:
Action ” means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or administrative proceeding conducted or presided over by any Governmental Authority.
Additional Funding Conditions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(a).
Additional Funding Transaction ” means a Transaction with respect to which any Funded Purchase Price is to be paid, whether pursuant to Section 4.2(b) or Section 4.5(a)(ii).
Affiliate ” of a Party means any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, that Party. The term “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
“Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Aggregate Commitment Amount ” means, as of any date of determination with respect to any Transaction or proposed Transaction, the sum of the applicable Individual Commitment Amounts for each of the Buyers as of such date of determination.
Aggregate Buyer Balance ” means, as of any time of determination, the aggregate Purchase Price with respect to the applicable Current Transaction.
Anti-Corruption Laws ” means the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the UK Bribery Act of 2010, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and all other laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to Seller or any of its Subsidiaries concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.
Anti-Money Laundering Laws ” means the Patriot Act, the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, the Bank Secrecy Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and corresponding laws of the jurisdictions in which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries operates or in which Seller or any of its Subsidiaries will use the proceeds of the Transactions.
Asset Representations, Warranties and Covenants ” means, collectively, the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Section 5.2, Section 5.3(b), Section 5.3(d), Section 5.3(f), Section 5.3(g) and Section 5.3(h).


Schedule 1 to Master Framework Agreement


 

Book Value ” means, with respect to any Eligible Farmer Loan as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of such Eligible Farmer Loan as of such date of determination.
Breakage Amount ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Repurchase Agreement.
“Business Day” means any day other than (i) a Saturday or Sunday or (ii) a day on which banking institutions located in New York City are permitted or required by applicable Law or regulation to remain closed.
“Buyer ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
CBR Score ” means, with respect to any Debtor that is a natural person as of any date of determination, the most recent numerical FICO score issued by Equifax, Experian or TransUnion with respect to such Debtor obtained by Seller and maintained in its records in accordance with its underwriting procedures for the 2016 season; provided , that any such Debtor for which Seller does not have a FICO score in its records as of such date of determination (with respect to which the most recent FICO score in Seller’s records was issued more than three (3) years prior to such date of determination) shall be deemed to have a FICO score of zero.
Change of Control ” means with respect to any Person, the acquisition of ownership, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, by any Person or group (within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof), of voting equity securities representing more than 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding voting equity securities of such Person; provided , that none of the foregoing shall constitute a Change of Control with respect to Seller or Guarantor to the extent occurring as a result of the DowDuPont Merger so long as each of the following conditions is satisfied:
(a) Guarantor continues as a surviving entity following the DowDuPont Merger;
(b) neither Guarantor nor any of its Subsidiaries transfer or spins-off concurrently with or after the consummation of the DowDuPont Merger any material business or assets unless such transfer or spin-off is to (x) a Subsidiary of Guarantor or (y) an Affiliate, other than a Subsidiary, of Guarantor if, in the case of this clause (y), after giving effect to any such transfer or spin-off, together with all prior such transfers or spin-offs, the ability of the Guarantor to perform its obligations under the Guaranty is not, in the reasonable judgement of Agent, materially impaired;
(c) the long-term senior unsecured debt obligations of Guarantor continue to be independently rated by each of S&P and Moody’s;
(d) Seller continues to be a direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Guarantor; and
(e) neither Guarantor nor any of its Material Subsidiaries has created, incurred, assumed or permitted any Lien to exist on any property or asset that violate the terms of Section 6.01 of the Revolver, as amended from time to time.

Schedule 1 to Master Framework Agreement

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Commitment Reduction Date ” means the Monthly Date occurring in November, 2016
Confidential Information ” means any and all information, know-how and data, technical or non-technical, disclosed or provided by one Party to another Party concerning any of the Transaction Agreements, the subject matter thereof or any of the transaction contemplated thereby, whether disclosed or provided in oral, written, graphic, photographic, electronic, or any other form, but excluding any such information to the extent that such information:
(a)      is or becomes generally known or available to the public without breach of this Framework Agreement;
(b)      is known to the Receiving Party or any of its Representatives at the time of disclosure, as evidenced by written records of the Receiving Party;
(c)      is independently developed by the Receiving Party or any of its Representatives, as evidenced by written records of the Receiving Party; or
(d)      is disclosed to the Receiving Party by a third party who, to the knowledge of the Receiving Party, is not bound by any duty of confidentiality to the Disclosing Party.
Confirmation ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Repurchase Agreement.
Contract ” means contracts, leases, deeds, mortgages, licenses, instruments, notes, commitments, undertakings, indentures, joint ventures and all other agreements, commitments, and legally binding arrangements, whether written or oral.
Current Transaction ” means, as of any time of determination, the Transaction, if any, outstanding at such time of determination.
Data Transfer Agreement ” means that certain Data Transfer Agreement dated as of September 15, 2015, between Agent and Guarantor, as set forth on Schedule 4.
Debtor ” means, with respect to any Eligible Farmer Loan, each of the Persons designated as a “borrower” under the applicable Loan Agreement.
Deemed Roll-Over Conditions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(c).
Deemed Roll-Over Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(c).
Defaulting Buyer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.5.
Direct Taxes ” means sales, use, excise, gross receipts, fuel, value added, export/import, acquisition, transfer and similar Taxes, or any inspection fees, environmental fees and similar amounts imposed on or with respect to any Eligible Farmer Loan or any Contracts related thereto.

Schedule 1 to Master Framework Agreement

 

Disclosing Party ” means the Party who provides (by any means, including indirectly through Agent or any third party or third party application or website) any Confidential Information to the Receiving Party.
Distribution Amount ” means, for any Buyer with respect to any Funded Repurchase Price or Margin Payment paid by Seller in connection with any Transaction, an amount equal to the product of such Funded Repurchase Price or Margin Payment, multiplied by such Buyer’s Undivided Funding Percentage as of the date such Funded Repurchase Price or Margin Payment was paid by Seller to Agent.
DowDuPont Merger ” means any of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 11, 2015, by and among The Dow Chemical Company, Diamond-Orion Holdco, Inc., Diamond Merger Sub, Inc., Orion Merger Sub, Inc. and E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, as supplemented by the Orion Disclosure Letter thereto and the Diamond Disclosure Letter thereto, each dated as of the same date (the “ Merger Agreement ”), as such Merger Agreement may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.
Eligible Farmer Loan ” means any outstanding loan made by Seller to a customer of Seller or its Affiliates in connection with Seller’s Pioneer Deferred Payment Plan program with a stated final maturity date of December 1, 2016.
Engagement Letter ” means that certain Engagement Letter dated September 4, 2015, between Rabobank and Guarantor, as amended on February 3, 2016.
ERISA Event ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Revolver.
Event of Default ” means any of the following:
(a)      Seller or Guarantor shall have failed to pay any margin payment required to be paid under Paragraph 4(a) of the Master Repurchase Agreement or any Repurchase Price due and payable on the Scheduled Facility Expiration Date or on any Commitment Reduction Date, in each case, when and as the same shall become due and payable;
(b)      Seller or Guarantor shall have failed to pay any Repurchase Price (other than any Repurchase Price payable on the Scheduled Facility Expiration Date), Price Differential, any fee required to be paid under the Fee Letter or the Side Letter, any amount required to be refunded pursuant to Section 4.5(a)(iii) hereof, or any other amounts owing under any Transaction Agreement (other than amounts specified in clause (a) of this definition), in each case, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of three (3) or more Business Days;
(c)      Seller shall fail to perform any covenant set forth in Section 5.3(f)(i) or Section 5.3(o);
(d)      Seller or Guarantor shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Framework Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement (excluding (i)

Schedule 1 to Master Framework Agreement

 

any covenants, conditions or agreements contained in the Asset Representations, Warranties and Covenants unless the failure to observe such covenants, conditions and agreements would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) any covenants, conditions or agreements specified in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this definition) and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 or more days;
(e)      any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of Seller or Guarantor in or in connection with this Framework Agreement, any other Transaction Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made (excluding any representations or warranties contained in the Asset Representations, Warranties and Covenants unless the failure of such representations and warranties would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect), and such failure to be correct shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 or more days;
(f)      an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of either of Seller or Guarantor or its debts, or of a substantial part of the assets thereof, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for either of Seller or Guarantor or for a substantial part of its assets, and in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for a period of 60 or more days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;
(g)      Seller or Guarantor shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (f) of this definition, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for Seller or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
(h)      Seller or Guarantor shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;
(i)      one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (to the extent not covered by insurance) in excess of $100,000,000 shall be rendered against Seller, Guarantor or any Material Subsidiaries of Guarantor or any combination thereof, and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 or more consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, vacated or bonded pending appeal;
(j)      an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the reasonable determination of Agent, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and

Schedule 1 to Master Framework Agreement

 

(k)      the Guaranty shall cease to be in full force and effect, or its validity or enforceability shall be disputed by Seller or Guarantor.

Facility Expiration Date ” means the Scheduled Facility Expiration Date; provided , that on any Business Day following the occurrence of a Change of Control with respect to Guarantor or Seller, Agent may deliver a written notice to Seller terminating the Facility Term, in which case the Facility Expiration Date shall be the first Monthly Date to occur that is at least five (5) Business Days following the date of such delivery.
Facility Term ” means the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the Facility Expiration Date.
Fee Letter ” means that certain Fee Letter Agreement dated as of the Effective Date, by and between Seller, Agent and the Buyers.
“Framework Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Funded Purchase Price ” means, with respect to any Transaction entered into (or proposed to be entered into) on any Purchase Date, the excess of (a) Purchase Price for such Transaction over (y) the amount of Repurchase Price under the Transaction (if any) whose Repurchase Date coincides with such Purchase Date which is netted against such Purchase Price in accordance with Paragraph 12 of the Master Repurchase Agreement (any such netting being subject to Paragraph 12 of Annex I to the Master Repurchase Agreement).
Funded Repurchase Price ” means, with respect to any Transaction expiring on any Repurchase Date, the Repurchase Price for such Transaction minus the amount of any Purchase Price under any other Transaction whose Purchase Date coincides with such Repurchase Date which is netted against such Repurchase Price in accordance with Paragraph 12 of the Master Repurchase Agreement (any such netting being subject to Paragraph 12 of Annex I to the Master Repurchase Agreement).
Funding Amount ” means, with respect to any Buyer in connection with any proposed Additional Funding Transaction, an amount equal to the product of (x) the Funded Purchase Price anticipated to be payable with respect to such Additional Funding Transaction (as specified in the relevant Funding Notice and without regard to any subsequent reduction thereof) multiplied by (y) such Buyer’s Undivided Commitment Percentage with respect to such Additional Funding Transaction; provided , that if one or more Buyers are Defaulting Buyers as of the date on which Agent delivers (or is required to deliver) the relevant Funding Notice in connection with such proposed Additional Funding Transaction pursuant to Section 4.2(a), then solely for purposes of calculating the applicable Funding Amounts for each Buyer in connection with such proposed Additional Funding Transaction, (i) the Undivided Commitment Percentage of each such existing Defaulting Buyer with respect to such Additional Funding Transaction shall be deemed to be zero, and (ii) the Undivided Commitment Percentages of the remaining Buyers shall be deemed to be proportionately increased (as calculated by Agent and indicated in the relevant Funding Notice for such proposed Additional Funding Transaction) such that the sum of the Undivided Commitment Percentages of such remaining Buyers equals 100%.

Schedule 1 to Master Framework Agreement

 

Funding Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(a).
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States.
Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or political subdivision thereof, or any agency or instrumentality of such government or political subdivision, or any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).
Governmental Order ” means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, stipulation, determination or award entered by or with any Governmental Authority.
Guarantor ” means E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, a Delaware corporation, as guarantor under the Guaranty.
Guaranty ” means that certain Guaranty, dated as of the Effective Date, executed by Guarantor in favor of Buyers.
Individual Buyer Balance ” means, for any Buyer as of any time of determination, the excess, if any, of (x) the aggregate amount of Funded Purchase Price funded by such Buyer and applied to Purchase Price over (y) the aggregate Distribution Amounts allocated to such Buyer with respect to amounts of Funded Repurchase Price or Margin Payments paid by Seller (excluding any such amounts of Funded Repurchase Price attributable to payments of Price Differential), in each case, in connection with the Current Transaction and all prior Transactions as of such time of determination, subject to transfer or adjustment in accordance with the terms hereof.
Individual Commitment Amount ” means, with respect to each Buyer in connection with any outstanding or proposed Transaction, the amount set forth in Schedule 5 to this Framework Agreement for such Buyer corresponding to the calendar month in which the Purchase Date for such Transaction occurs, subject to transfer or adjustment in accordance with the terms hereof.
Law ” means any statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, order, constitution, treaty, common law, judgment, decree, other requirement or rule of law of any Governmental Authority.
Loan Agreement ” means, with respect to each Eligible Farmer Loan, the Contract governing such loan, as amended.
Margin Deficit ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Repurchase Agreement.
Margin Payment ” means any cash transferred by Seller to Agent as required pursuant to Paragraph 4(a) of the Master Repurchase Agreement or as permitted under Paragraph 4(f) of Annex I to the Master Repurchase Agreement.
Market Value ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Repurchase Agreement.

Schedule 1 to Master Framework Agreement

 

Master Repurchase Agreement ” means that certain 1996 SIFMA Master Repurchase Agreement dated as of February 3, 2016, between Seller and Buyers, including Annex I thereto (and as amended thereby).
Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the Eligible Farmer Loans, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of Seller to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party or (c) the rights of or benefits available to the Buyers under the Transaction Agreements.
Material Subsidiary ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Revolver.
“Monthly Date” means the eleventh (11 th ) Business Day of each calendar month occurring during the Facility Term.
Moody’s” means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and any successor or successors thereto.
OFAC ” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.
Organizational Documents ” means a Party’s articles or certificate of incorporation and its by-laws or similar governing instruments required by the laws of its jurisdiction of formation or organization.
“Party” and “ Parties ” have the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Permits ” means all permits, licenses, franchises, approvals, authorizations, registrations, certificates, variances and similar rights obtained, or required to be obtained, from Governmental Authorities.
Person ” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, Governmental Authority, unincorporated organization, trust, association, or other entity.
Portfolio Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Repurchase Agreement.
Potential Event of Default ” means the occurrence of any event that, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, would become an Event of Default.
Price Differential ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Repurchase Agreement.
Pricing Rate ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Repurchase Agreement.
Purchase Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Repurchase Agreement.
Purchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Repurchase Agreement.
Purchased Securities ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Repurchase Agreement.
“Rabobank ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Schedule 1 to Master Framework Agreement

 

Recalculation Date ” means each of October 28, 2016 and November 23, 2016, as each such date may be adjusted at the request of Seller with the consent of Agent.
Receiving Party ” means the Party to whom any Confidential Information is provided (by any means, including indirectly through Agent or any third party or third party application or website) by the Disclosing Party.
Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, sub-agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
Representatives ” means, with respect to any Person, its Affiliates, and the respective directors, officers, employees, consultants, representatives, attorneys, accountants, auditors, professional advisors and agents of such Person and each such Affiliate.
Repurchase Date ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Repurchase Agreement.
Repurchase Price ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Repurchase Agreement.
Revolver ” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of May 21, 2014, among DuPont, as Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (as such agreement may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time).
Roll-Over Conditions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(b).
Roll-Over Portfolio Schedule ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(d)(C).
Roll-Over Transaction ” means any Transaction other than an Additional Funding Transaction.
S&P ” means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a Standard & Poor's Financial Services LLC business, and any successor or successors thereto.
Sanctioned Country ” means, at any time, a country or territory that is the target of comprehensive, country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions.
Sanctioned Person ” means, at any time, (a) any Person that is the target of any Sanctions, (b) listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by any U.S. Governmental Authority (including OFAC), Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or the Netherlands, (c) any Person organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (d) any Person that is fifty-percent or more owned, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate by, or is otherwise controlled by (within the meaning of applicable Sanctions Laws), any Person referred to in clauses (a), (b) or (c) above.
Sanctions ” means the economic or financial sanctions, trade embargoes or anti-terrorism programs implemented by Sanctions Laws.

Schedule 1 to Master Framework Agreement

 

Sanctions Laws ” means the laws, rules, regulations and executive orders promulgated or administered to implement economic or financial sanctions, trade embargoes or anti-terrorism programs by (a) any U.S. Governmental Authority (including OFAC), including Executive Order 13224, the Patriot Act, the Trading with the Enemy Act, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act; (b) Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom; (c) the United Nations Security Council; (d) the European Union; or (e) the Netherlands.
Scheduled Facility Expiration Date ” means November 30, 2016.
“Security Interest” means any pledge, charge, lien, assignment by way of security, retention of title and any other encumbrance or security interest whatsoever created or arising under any relevant law, as well as any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of or performing the economic function of the same.
“Seller ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.
Side Letter ” means that certain Side Letter Agreement dated as of the Effective Date, by and between Seller and Rabobank.
Subsidiary ” of any Person means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated association or other legal entity of which such Person (either alone or through or together with any other Subsidiary), (i) owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the shares of capital stock or other equity interests that are generally entitled to vote for the election of the board of directors or other governing body of such corporation or other legal entity; or (ii) has the contractual or other power to designate a majority of the board of directors or other governing body (and, where the context permits, includes any predecessor of such an entity).
Tax ” means all taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges payable to or imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any sales, use, excise or similar taxes and inclusive of any interest, additions to tax, penalties or fines applicable thereto.
Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in the Master Repurchase Agreement.
Transaction Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.
Transaction Conditions ” means (i) in the case of any Additional Funding Transaction, the Additional Funding Conditions, (ii) in the case of any Roll-Over Transaction, the Roll-Over Conditions and (iii) in the case of any Deemed Roll-Over Transaction, the Deemed Roll-Over Conditions.
Transaction Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.
Transaction Period ” means, with respect to any Transaction, the period commencing on (and including) the Purchase Date for such Transaction and expiring on (but excluding) the Repurchase Date for such Transaction.

Schedule 1 to Master Framework Agreement

 

Transaction Portfolio ” means, with respect to any Transaction, the portfolio of Eligible Farmer Loans comprising the Purchased Securities acquired by Buyers in connection with such Transaction, as such portfolio may be modified from time to time during the Transaction Period for such Transaction in accordance with the terms of the Master Repurchase Agreement and applicable Confirmation.
Undivided Commitment Percentage ” means, with respect to any Buyer as of any date of determination or in connection with any Transaction or proposed Transaction, a fraction (expressed as a percentage) the numerator of which is the Individual Commitment Amount of such Buyer applicable to such Transaction as of such date of determination, and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Commitment Amount in connection with such Transaction as of such date of determination.
Undivided Funding Percentage ” means, with respect to any Buyer as of any date of determination in connection with any Transaction, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), (a) the numerator of which is the Individual Buyer Balance of such Buyer as of such date of determination and (b) the denominator of which is the Aggregate Buyer Balance as of such date of determination.
Weighted Average CBR Score ” means, with respect to any Transaction Portfolio, the average of the CBR Scores for the applicable Debtors with respect to all Eligible Farmer Loans included in such Transaction Portfolio made to Debtors who are natural persons, weighted in accordance with the respective Book Values of such Eligible Farmer Loans.



Schedule 1 to Master Framework Agreement

 


SCHEDULE 5
INDIVIDUAL COMMITMENT AMOUNTS
($ in millions)

 
Rabobank

BTMU

January 2016

$0


$0

February 2016

$50


$50

March 2016

$150


$150

April 2016

$300


$300

May 2016

$500


$500

June 2016

$500


$500

July 2016

$500


$500

August 2016

$500


$500

September 2016

$500


$500

October 2016

$500


$500

November 2016

$300


$300




Schedule 5 to Master Framework Agreement

 


Exhibit A
Form of Transaction Notice

COÖPERATIEVE RABOBANK, U.A., NEW YORK BRANCH, A DUTCH COÖPERATIEVE ACTING THROUGH ITS NEW YORK BRANCH, as Agent
RE:    Transaction under the Framework Agreement and the Master Repurchase Agreement

Ladies and Gentlemen:
This Transaction Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Master Framework Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2016 (the “ Framework Agreement ”), by and among PHI Financial Services, Inc., an Iowa corporation, as seller (the “ Seller ”), each of the buyers from time to time party thereto (each, a “ Buyer ”), and Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A., New York Branch, a Dutch coöperatieve acting through its New York Branch, as agent for the Buyers (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”), relating to repurchase transactions to be entered into pursuant to the terms of the 1996 SIFMA Master Repurchase Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2016, including Annex I thereto (the “ Master Repurchase Agreement ”) by and among Seller and the Buyers. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Framework Agreement, or if not defined therein, in the Master Repurchase Agreement.
Seller hereby requests that, in accordance with the terms of the Framework Agreement, a Transaction under the Master Repurchase Agreement with a proposed Purchase Price of $__________________ be entered into on the proposed Purchase Date of _____________________, with a proposed Repurchase Date of ________________________. [Seller further requests that, pursuant to Paragraph 3(c)(ii) of Annex I to the Master Repurchase Agreement, the current Transaction thereunder evidenced by the Confirmation dated as of [ ] and originally scheduled to expire on [ ] be instead terminated as of such proposed Purchase Date.] 1 Attached hereto is a completed proposed Portfolio Schedule setting forth information with respect to the proposed Purchased Securities to be subject to such Transaction.




____________________________________
1 To be used in connection with an early termination of a Transaction by Seller.


Exhibit A to Master Framework Agreement

 



PROPOSED PORTFOLIO SCHEDULE
Date: _______________
Reference is hereby made to (i) the 1996 SIFMA Master Agreement dated as of February 3, 2016 (including, and as amended by, Annex I thereto, the “Master Repurchase Agreement”), among PHI Financial Services, Inc., Coöperatieve Rabobank, U.A., New York Branch and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Master Purchase Agreement.
[Applicable box to be checked below]
X
Portfolio Schedule for New Transaction. In accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Master Repurchase Agreement, this schedule constitutes the “Portfolio Schedule” for the Transaction evidenced by Confirmation to which this schedule is attached.
Amendment and Restatement of Portfolio Schedule. Further reference is made to the Confirmation dated as of __________, entered into in accordance with the Master Repurchase Agreement by Seller and each of the Buyers set forth in such Confirmation. In accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Master Repurchase Agreement, Seller hereby amends and restates the Portfolio Schedule to such Confirmation in its entirety with the information set forth below.


Part I: Balance and Market Value Summary

Aggregate Loan Balance of All Purchased Securities: _______________________
Aggregate Market Value of All Purchased Securities: _______________________

Weighted Average CBR Score of Transaction Portfolio:     _______________________

Exhibit A to Master Framework Agreement

 


Part II: Key Metrics

Loans by Size
Loan Balance
# of Loans
Aggregate Market Value
% of Portfolio
Market Value
Average Market Value
0 to 10,000
 
 
 
 
10,001 to 25,000
 
 
 
 
25,001 to 50,000
 
 
 
 
50,001 to 100,000
 
 
 
 
100,001 to 250,000
 
 
 
 
250,001 to 500,000
 
 
 
 
500,001 to 1,000,000
 
 
 
 
1,000,001+
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Loans by CBR Score
CBR Score
# of Loans
% of Loans in Portfolio
Aggregate Market Value
% of Portfolio
Market Value
1-550
 
 
 
 
551-600
 
 
 
 
601-650
 
 
 
 
651-700
 
 
 
 
701-750
 
 
 
 
751-800
 
 
 
 
801+
 
 
 
 
No Score
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Exhibit A to Master Framework Agreement

 



Loans by Debtor Type
Debtor Type
# of Loans
% of Loans in Portfolio
Aggregate Market Value
% of Portfolio
Market Value
Corporation
 
 
 
 
Estate (Executor)
 
 
 
 
General Partnership
 
 
 
 
Individual
 
 
 
 
LLC
 
 
 
 
LLP
 
 
 
 
LP
 
 
 
 
Trust
 
 
 
 
Unknown
 
 
 
 



Exhibit A to Master Framework Agreement

 


Part III: List of Purchased Securities
Loan ID No.
Debtor Type
CBR Score
Origination Date
Maturity Date
Interest Rate
Loan Balance
Market Value
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 





Exhibit A to Master Framework Agreement


Exhibit 12
 
E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
 
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
 
$
2,591

 
$
4,313

 
$
2,566

 
$
1,290

 
$
1,715

Adjustment for companies accounted for by the
   equity method
 
39

 
150

 
63

 
(12)

 
(52)

Less: Capitalized interest
 
(70)

 
(56)

 
(39)

 
(37)

 
(46)

Add: Amortization of capitalized interest
 
32

 
36

 
36

 
37

 
36

 
 
2,592

 
4,443

 
2,626

 
1,278

 
1,653

Fixed charges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

Interest and debt expense
 
322

 
377

 
448

 
464

 
447

Capitalized interest
 
70

 
56

 
39

 
37

 
46

Rental expense representative of interest factor
 
107

 
108

 
101

 
121

 
103

 
 
499

 
541

 
588

 
622

 
596

Total adjusted earnings available for payment of
    fixed charges
 
$
3,091

 
$
4,984

 
$
3,214

 
$
1,900

 
$
2,249

Number of times fixed charges earned
 
6.2

 
9.2

 
5.5

 
3.1

 
3.8





Exhibit 21


SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Set forth below are certain subsidiaries of
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
        

Name
 
Organized Under
Laws Of
1811324 Ontario Limited
 
Canada
Belco Technologies Corporation
 
New Jersey
Christiana Insurance, LLC
 
Vermont
Coastal Training Technologies Corp.
 
Virginia
Danisco US Inc.
 
California
Danisco USA Inc.
 
Kansas
DPM Netherlands B.V.
 
The Netherlands
DPNL BV
 
The Netherlands
Du Pont (Australia) PTY LTD.
 
Australia
Du Pont Agricultural Chemicals Ltd., Shanghai
 
China
Du Pont de Nemours (Belgium) BVBA
 
Belgium
Du Pont de Nemours Development Sarl
 
Switzerland
Du Pont de Nemours Italiana S.r.l.
 
Italy
Du Pont Far East (Philippines Branch)
 
The Phillipines
Du Pont Far East (Vietnam Branch)
 
Vietnam
Du Pont Teijin Advanced Papers (Asia) Limited
 
Hong Kong
Du Pont Vietnam Limited
 
Vietnam
DuPont (China) Research & Development and Management Co., Ltd.
 
China
DuPont (Korea) Inc.
 
Korea
DuPont (New Zealand) Limited
 
New Zealand
DuPont (Shanghai) Electronic Materials
 
China
DuPont (Shenzhen) Industrial Company Ltd.
 
China
DuPont (Thailand) Limited
 
Thailand
DuPont (U.K.) Industrial Limited
 
United Kingdom
DuPont (U.K.) Limited
 
United Kingdom
DuPont (UK) Electronic Materials Limited
 
United Kingdom
DuPont Acquisition (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l.
 
Luxembourg
DuPont Acquisition, LLC
 
Delaware
DuPont Agricultural Caribe Industries, Ltd.
 
Bermuda
DuPont Apollo (Shenzhen) Limited
 
China
DuPont Argentina S.R.L.
 
Argentina
DuPont Asia Pacific Limited
 
Delaware
DuPont Asturias, S.L.
 
Spain
DuPont Authentication, Inc.
 
Utah
DuPont Belgium North America Finance Company
 
Belgium
DuPont Beteiligungs GmbH
 
Austria
DuPont Capital Management Corporation
 
Delaware
DuPont Chemical and Energy Operations, Inc.
 
Delaware
DuPont China Holding Company Ltd.
 
China
DuPont China Limited
 
Hong Kong
DuPont Company (Singapore) Pte Ltd.
 
Singapore
DuPont Contern (Luxembourg) SARL
 
Luxembourg
DuPont Coordination Center N.V.
 
Belgium
DuPont DACI Beteiligungs-GmbH
 
Austria



Name
 
Organized Under
Laws Of
DuPont Danisco Cellulosic Ethanol LLC
 
Delaware
DuPont de Nemours (Deutschland) GmbH
 
Germany
DuPont de Nemours (France) S.A.S.
 
France
DuPont de Nemours (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l.
 
Luxembourg
DuPont de Nemours (Nederland) B.V.
 
The Netherlands
DuPont de Nemours Groupe SAS
 
France
DuPont de Nemours Holding LLC (DuPont de Nemours Holding S.a.r.l.)
 
Switzerland
DuPont de Nemours International S.a.r.l.
 
Switzerland
DuPont de Nemours South Africa (Pty) Ltd.
 
South Africa
DuPont Denmark Holding ApS
 
Denmark
DuPont Deutschland Holding GmbH & Co. KG
 
Germany
DuPont do Brasil S.A.
 
Brazil
DuPont Electronics Microcircuits Industries, Ltd.
 
Bermuda
DuPont Energy Company, LLC
 
Delaware
DuPont Global Operations, Inc.
 
Delaware
DuPont Iberica, S.L.
 
Spain
DuPont Industrial (Luxembourg) S.a r.l.
 
Luxembourg
DuPont Integration (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l
 
Luxembourg
DuPont Integration, LLC
 
Delaware
DuPont International (Luxembourg) SCA
 
Luxembourg
DuPont International B.V.
 
The Netherlands
DuPont International Operations S.a r.l.
 
Switzerland
DuPont Kabushiki Kaisha
 
Japan
DuPont Kazakhstan LLP
 
Kazakhstan
DuPont KGA B.V.
 
The Netherlands
DuPont Mexico S.A. de C.V.
 
Mexico
DuPont North America Inc.
 
Delaware
DuPont Nutrition Biosciences ApS
 
Denmark
DuPont Operations (Luxembourg) S.a r.l.
 
Luxembourg
DuPont Operations Worldwide, Inc.
 
Delaware
DuPont Operations, Inc.
 
Delaware
DuPont Properties (Luxembourg) S.A.R.L.
 
Luxembourg
DuPont Quimica de Venezuela, C.A.
 
Venezuela
DuPont Scandinavia GmbH
 
Delaware
DuPont Science (Luxembourg) S.a r.l.
 
Luxembourg
DuPont Solutions (Luxembourg) S.a r.l.
 
Luxembourg
DuPont Taiwan Limited
 
Taiwan
DuPont Technology (Luxembourg) S.a.r.l.
 
Luxembourg
DuPont Teijin Films China LTD.
 
Hong Kong
DuPont Textiles & Interiors Delaware, Inc.
 
Delaware
DuPont Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
 
China
DuPont Ukraine LLC
 
Ukraine
DuPont-MRC Company, Ltd.
 
Japan
E.I. DuPont Canada- Thetford Inc.
 
Canada
E.I. DuPont Canada Company
 
Canada
E.I. DuPont India Private Limited
 
India
EKC Technology, Inc.
 
California
Electronic Materials Du Pont Dongguan Ltd
 
China
FCC Acquisition Corporation
 
California
Hickory Holdings, Inc.
 
Delaware
Holding Du Pont SA de CV
 
Mexico
Howson Algraphy BV
 
The Netherlands



Name
 
Organized Under
Laws Of
Innovalight Inc.
 
California
MECS Inc.
 
Delaware
New Asia Holdco B.V.
 
The Netherlands
Pioneer Hi-Bred International, Inc.
 
Iowa
PT Du Pont Agricultural Products Indonesia
 
Indonesia
Solae L.L.C.
 
Delaware
Sporting Goods Properties Inc.
 
Delaware

Subsidiaries not listed would not, if considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, constitute a significant subsidiary.


Exhibit 23







CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Forms S-3 (Nos. 033-60069 and 333-195450); and Forms S-8 (Nos. 333-114330, 333-129496, 333-147452, 333-150605, 333-164987, 333-164988, 333-164989, 333-172151, 333-195451 and 333-195452) of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company of our report dated February 4, 2016 relating to the financial statements, financial statement schedule and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.



/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
February 4, 2016






Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Edward D. Breen, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2015 of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 
 
Date:
 
February 4, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/ EDWARD D. BREEN
 
 
 
 
Edward D. Breen
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer and
Chair of the Board





Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Nicholas C. Fanandakis, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2015 of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 
 
Date:
 
February 4, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
 
/s/ NICHOLAS C. FANANDAKIS
 
 
 
 
Nicholas C. Fanandakis
 
 
 
 
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer




Exhibit 32.1

Certification of CEO Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), Edward D. Breen, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 
 
 
 
/s/ EDWARD D. BREEN
 
 
 
 
Edward D. Breen
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
February 4, 2016






Exhibit 32.2

Certification of CFO Pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
As Adopted Pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), Nicholas C. Fanandakis, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 
 
 
 
/s/ NICHOLAS C. FANANDAKIS
 
 
 
 
Nicholas C. Fanandakis
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
February 4, 2016